AT Commands For GSM/GPRS Wireless Modems

Reference Guide

AT Commands for GSM Wireless Modems

AT Commands for GSM/GPRS Wireless Modems Reference Guide Products: MTCBA-G-F1/F2, MTMMC-G-F1/F2, and MTSMC-G-F1/F2 PN S000293C, Revision C
Copyright This publication may not be reproduced, in whole or in part, without prior expressed written permission from Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. All rights reserved. Copyright 2003, by Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. makes no representations or warranties with respect to the contents hereof and specifically disclaims any implied warranties of merchantability or fitness for any particular purpose. Furthermore, Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. reserves the right to revise this publication and to make changes from time to time in the content hereof without obligation of Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. to notify any person or organization of such revisions or changes. Revisions Revision Level A B C Date 07/15/03 03/08/04 09/28/04 Description Initial release. Add Values to each command. Add new commands. Change page 19 data/fax call to ATD<nb>; and voice call to ATD<nb> Change page 93 Autobauding is supported (operating from 2400 to 115200)

Trademarks The Multi-Tech logo is a trademark of Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. World Headquarters Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. 2205 Woodale Drive Mounds View, Minnesota 55112 Phone: 763-785-3500 or 800-328-9717 Fax: 763-785-9874 Technical Support Country France: India: U.K.: U.S. and Canada: Rest of the World: Internet Address:

By Email [email protected] [email protected] [email protected] [email protected] [email protected] http://www.multitech.com

By Phone (33) 1-64 61 09 81 91 (124) 6340778 (44) 118 959 7774 (800) 972-2439 (763) 717-5863

Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. GSM Wireless AT Commands - PN S000293B

Table of Contents for AT Commands for GSM Wireless Modems

Contents
Chapter 1 - Introduction .............................................................................................................................10 Scope of This Document..........................................................................................................................10 Related Documents .................................................................................................................................10 Definitions ................................................................................................................................................10 Chapter 2 - AT command Features............................................................................................................11 Line Settings ............................................................................................................................................11 Command Line.........................................................................................................................................11 Information Responses and Result Codes ..............................................................................................11 Chapter 3 - General be haviors ..................................................................................................................12 SIM Card Insertion and Removal Procedures .........................................................................................12 Background Initialization ..........................................................................................................................12 Chapter 4 - General AT Commands...........................................................................................................13 Manufacturer Identification +CGMI .........................................................................................................13 Request Model Identification +CGMM ....................................................................................................13 Request Revision Identification +CGMR ................................................................................................13 Product Serial Number +CGSN ..............................................................................................................14 Select TE Character Set +CSCS ............................................................................................................14 Phonebook Character Set +WPCS.........................................................................................................14 Request IMSI +CIMI................................................................................................................................15 Card Identification +CCID .......................................................................................................................15 Capabilities List +GCAP..........................................................................................................................15 Repeat Last Command A/.......................................................................................................................15 Power Off +CPOF ...................................................................................................................................15 Set Phone Functionality +CFUN.............................................................................................................16 Phone Activity Status +CPAS .................................................................................................................16 Report Mobile Equipment Errors +CMEE ...............................................................................................17 Keypad Control +CKPD ..........................................................................................................................17 Clock Management +CCLK ....................................................................................................................17 Alarm Management +CALA ....................................................................................................................18 Chapter 5 AT Call Control commands ...................................................................................................19 Dial Command D.....................................................................................................................................19 Hang-Up command H .............................................................................................................................20 Answer a Call A.......................................................................................................................................21 Remote Disconnection.............................................................................................................................21 Extended Error Report +CEER...............................................................................................................21 DTMF Signals +VTD, +VTS....................................................................................................................22 Redial Last Telephone Number DL..........................................................................................................22 Automatic Dialing with DTR %D ............................................................................................................23 Automatic Answer S0..............................................................................................................................23 Incoming Call Bearer +CICB...................................................................................................................24 Single Numbering Scheme +CSNS ......................................................................................................24 Gain Control +VGR, +VGT .....................................................................................................................25 Microphone Mute Control +CMUT ..........................................................................................................26 Speaker & Microphone Selection +SPEAKER ......................................................................................26
Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. GSM Wireless AT Commands - PN S000293B 3

Table of Contents for AT Commands for GSM Wireless Modems

Echo Cancellation +ECHO......................................................................................................................27 SideTone Modification +SIDET...............................................................................................................29 Initialize Voice Parameters +VIP ............................................................................................................29 Chapter 6 - Network service commands...................................................................................................30 Signal Quality +CSQ ...............................................................................................................................30 Operator Selection +COPS....................................................................................................................31 Network Registration +CREG .................................................................................................................33 Read Operator Name +WOPN ...............................................................................................................34 Selection of Preferred PLMN List +CPLS ...............................................................................................34 Preferred Operator List +CPOL ..............................................................................................................35 Read Operator Name +COPN ................................................................................................................37 Chapter 7 - Security commands ................................................................................................................38 Enter PIN +CPIN.....................................................................................................................................38 Enter PIN2 +CPIN2.................................................................................................................................40 PIN Remaining Attempt Number +CPINC ..............................................................................................40 Facility Lock +CLCK...............................................................................................................................41 Change Password +CPWD.....................................................................................................................42 Chapter 8 - Phonebook commands...........................................................................................................43 Select Phonebook Memory Storage +CPBS ..........................................................................................43 Read Phonebook Entries +CPBR...........................................................................................................44 Find Phonebook Entries +CPBF.............................................................................................................44 Write Phonebook Entry +CPBW .............................................................................................................45 Phonebook Phone Search +CPBP .........................................................................................................46 Move Action in Phonebook +CPBN ......................................................................................................46 Subscriber Number +CNUM ...................................................................................................................47 Avoid Phonebook Initialization +WAIP....................................................................................................48 Delete Calls Phonebook +WDCP ...........................................................................................................48 Set Voice Mail Number +CSVM..............................................................................................................49 Chapter 9 - Short Messages Commands .................................................................................................50 Parameters Definition ..............................................................................................................................50 Select Message Service +CSMS............................................................................................................51 New Message Acknowledgement +CNMA .............................................................................................51 Preferred Message Storage +CPMS ......................................................................................................53 Preferred Message Format +CMGF .......................................................................................................54 Save Settings +CSAS .............................................................................................................................54 Restore Settings +CRES ........................................................................................................................55 Show Text Mode Parameters +CSDH ....................................................................................................55 New Message Indication +CNMI ............................................................................................................56 Read Message +CMGR..........................................................................................................................57 List Message +CMGL .............................................................................................................................58 Send Message +CMGS ..........................................................................................................................59 Write Message to Memory +CMGW .......................................................................................................59 Send Message from Storage +CMSS.....................................................................................................60 Set Text Mode Parameters +CSMP .......................................................................................................60 Delete Message +CMGD ........................................................................................................................61 Service Center Address +CSCA.............................................................................................................62
Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. GSM Wireless AT Commands - PN S000293B 4

Table of Contents for AT Commands for GSM Wireless Modems

Select Cell Broadcast Message Types +CSCB ......................................................................................62 Cell Broadcast Message Identifiers +WCBM...........................................................................................63 Message Status Modification +WMSC ..................................................................................................63 Message Overwriting +WMGO ...............................................................................................................64 Unchange SMS Status +WUSS..............................................................................................................65 Chapter 10 Supplementary Services Commands .................................................................................66 Call Forwarding +CCFC..........................................................................................................................66 Call Barring +CLCK.................................................................................................................................67 Modify SS Password +CPWD.................................................................................................................68 Call Waiting +CCWA...............................................................................................................................68 Calling Line Identification Restriction +CLIR...........................................................................................69 Calling Line Identification Presentation +CLIP........................................................................................70 Connected Line Identification Presentation +COLP ...............................................................................71 Advice of Charge +CAOC .......................................................................................................................72 Accumulated Call Meter +CACM ............................................................................................................72 Accumulated Call Meter Maximum +CAMM ...........................................................................................73 Price Per Unit and Currency Table +CPUC............................................................................................73 Call Related Supplementary Services +CHLD .......................................................................................74 List Current Calls +CLCC........................................................................................................................75 Supplementary Service Notifications +CSSN .........................................................................................76 Unstructured Supplementary Service Data +CUSD ...............................................................................77 Closed User Group +CCUG....................................................................................................................78 Chapter 11 - Data Commands ....................................................................................................................79 Using AT Commands During a Data Connection ....................................................................................79 Bearer Type Selection +CBST................................................................................................................80 Select Mode +FCLASS ...........................................................................................................................81 Service Reporting Control +CR ..............................................................................................................81 Cellular Result Dodes +CRC ..................................................................................................................82 DTE-DCE Local Rate Reporting +ILRR..................................................................................................82 Radio Link Protocol Parameters +CRLP ................................................................................................83 Other Radio Link Parameters +DOPT ....................................................................................................83 Select Data Compression %C ................................................................................................................84 V42bis Data Compression +DS ..............................................................................................................84 V42bis Data Compression Report +DR ..................................................................................................85 Select Data Error Correcting Mode \N ....................................................................................................85 Chapter 12 - Fax Commands......................................................................................................................86 Transmit speed +FTM.............................................................................................................................86 Receive Speed +FRM.............................................................................................................................86 HDLC Transmit Speed +FTH..................................................................................................................86 HDLC Receive Speed +FRH ..................................................................................................................87 Stop Transmission and Wait +FTS .........................................................................................................87 Receive Silence +FRS ............................................................................................................................87 Setting Up the PC Fax Application:..........................................................................................................87 Chapter 13 - Fax Class 2 Commands .......................................................................................................88 Transmit Data +FDT ...............................................................................................................................88 Receive Data +FDR ................................................................................................................................88
Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. GSM Wireless AT Commands - PN S000293B 5

Table of Contents for AT Commands for GSM Wireless Modems

Transmit Page Punctuation +FET...........................................................................................................88 Page Transfer Status Parameters +FPTS ..............................................................................................88 Terminate Session +FK ..........................................................................................................................89 Page Transfer Bit Order +FBOR.............................................................................................................89 Buffer Size Report +FBUF ......................................................................................................................89 Copy Quality Checking +FCQ.................................................................................................................89 Capability to Receive +FCR....................................................................................................................89 Current Sessions Parameters +FDIS .....................................................................................................90 DCE Capabilities Parameters +FDCC ....................................................................................................91 Local ID String +FLID..............................................................................................................................91 Page Transfer Timeout Parameter +FPHCTO .......................................................................................91 Fax Class 2 Indication Messages ............................................................................................................92 Chapter 14 V.24 and V.25 commands ....................................................................................................93 Fixed DTE Rate +IPR .............................................................................................................................93 DTE-DCE Character Framing +ICF ........................................................................................................94 DTE-DCE Local Flow Control +IFC ........................................................................................................95 Set DCD Signal &C .................................................................................................................................95 Set DTR Signal &D .................................................................................................................................96 Set DSR Signal &S .................................................................................................................................96 Back to Online Mode O...........................................................................................................................96 Result Code Suppression Q ...................................................................................................................97 DCE Response Format V .......................................................................................................................97 Default Configuration Z ...........................................................................................................................97 Save Configuration &W...........................................................................................................................97 Auto-Tests &T .........................................................................................................................................98 Echo E.....................................................................................................................................................98 Restore Factory Settings &F...................................................................................................................98 Display Configuration &V ........................................................................................................................99 Request Identification Information I ........................................................................................................99 Multiplexing Mode +WMUX...................................................................................................................100 Chapter 15 - Specific AT commands.......................................................................................................101 Cell Environment Description +CCED ..................................................................................................101 General Indications +WIND ..................................................................................................................103 Analog Digital Converter Measurements +ADC ...................................................................................104 Mobile Equipment Event Reporting +CMER.........................................................................................105 Indicator Control +CIND.........................................................................................................................106 Mobile Equipment Control Mode +CMEC.............................................................................................107 Read Language Preference +WLPR ....................................................................................................107 Write Language Preference +WLPW....................................................................................................108 Read GPIO Value +WIOR ....................................................................................................................108 Write GPIO Value +WIOW....................................................................................................................109 Input/Output Management +WIOM.......................................................................................................109 Abort Command +WAC ........................................................................................................................110 Play Tone +WTONE .............................................................................................................................110 Play DTMF Tone +WDTMF ..................................................................................................................111 Downloading +WDWL...........................................................................................................................111
Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. GSM Wireless AT Commands - PN S000293B 6

Table of Contents for AT Commands for GSM Wireless Modems

Voice Rate +WVR .................................................................................................................................112 Data Rate +WDR ..................................................................................................................................112 Select Voice Gain +WSVG ...................................................................................................................113 Status Request +WSTR........................................................................................................................113 Scan +WSCAN .....................................................................................................................................114 Ring Indicator Mode +WRIM.................................................................................................................114 32kHz Power Down Mode +W32K .......................................................................................................115 Change Default Melody +WCDM..........................................................................................................115 Custom Character Set +WCCS ............................................................................................................116 Lock +WLCK .........................................................................................................................................117 CPHS Command +CPHS .....................................................................................................................118 Unsolicited Result: Voice Mail Indicator +WVMI...................................................................................120 Unsolicited Result: Diverted Call Indicator +WDCI...............................................................................120 Network Operator Name +WNON .......................................................................................................121 CPHS Information +WCPI.....................................................................................................................121 Customer Service Profile +WCSP ........................................................................................................122 Customer Storage Mirror +WMIR .........................................................................................................122 Change Default Player +WCDP............................................................................................................122 CPHS Mail Box Number +WMBN.........................................................................................................123 Alternate Line Service +WALS .............................................................................................................124 Open AT Control Command +WOPEN.................................................................................................124 Reset +WRST .......................................................................................................................................125 Set Standard Tone +WSST ..................................................................................................................126 Hang-up +WATH...................................................................................................................................127 Chapter 16 - SIM ToolKit...........................................................................................................................128 Overview of SIM Application ToolKit......................................................................................................128 Messages Exchanged During a SIM ToolKit Operation ........................................................................130 SIM Toolkit Commands Section.............................................................................................................131 SIM ToolKit Set Facilities +STSF..........................................................................................................131 SIM ToolKit Indication +STIN................................................................................................................133 SIM ToolKit Get Information +STGI ......................................................................................................134 Unsolicited Result: SIM ToolKit Control Response +STCR..................................................................137 SIM ToolKit Give Response +STGR.....................................................................................................137 Chapter 17 - GPRS commands ................................................................................................................140 Define PDP Context +CGDCONT ........................................................................................................140 Quality of Service Profile Requested +CGQREQ.................................................................................142 Quality of Service Profile Minimum Acceptable +CGQMIN ..................................................................144 GPRS Attach or Detach +CGATT.........................................................................................................145 PDP Context Activate or Deactivate +CGACT .....................................................................................146 Enter Data State +CGDATA .................................................................................................................147 GPRS Mobile Station Class +CGCLASS..............................................................................................148 Select Service for MO SMS Messages +CGSMS ................................................................................149 GPRS Event Reporting +CGEREP.......................................................................................................150 GPRS Network Registration Status +CGREG......................................................................................151 Request GPRS IP Service D ................................................................................................................152 Network Requested PDP Context Activation.........................................................................................152
Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. GSM Wireless AT Commands - PN S000293B 7

Table of Contents for AT Commands for GSM Wireless Modems

Automatic Response to a Network Request for PDP Context Activation +CGAUTO...........................153 Manual Response to a Network Request for PDP Context Activation +CGANS .................................154 Show PDP Address +CGPADDR .........................................................................................................155 Cellular Result Codes +CRC ................................................................................................................156 Service Reporting Control +CR ............................................................................................................156 Extended Error Report +CEER.............................................................................................................157 GPRS Parameters Customization +WGPRS........................................................................................157 Full GPRS AT Command Examples ......................................................................................................158 GPRS-Related Errors +CME ERROR ..................................................................................................159 Specific GPRS Failure Cause for +CEER .............................................................................................159 Chapter 18 - Other AT commands ...........................................................................................................160 V.25ter Recommendation ......................................................................................................................160 GSM 07.05 Recommendation................................................................................................................160 GSM 07.07 Recommendation...............................................................................................................160 Appendix A Result Codes, Failure Causes, Other Tables .................................................................161 ME Error Result Code: +CME ERROR: <error>...................................................................................161 Message Service Failure Result Code +CMS ERROR: <er>...............................................................162 Specific Error Result Codes...................................................................................................................162 Failure Cause from GSM 04.08 Recommendation (+CEER) ................................................................163 Specific Failure Cause for +CEER.........................................................................................................164 GSM 04.11 Annex E-2: Mobile Originating SM-Transfer.....................................................................164 Unsolicited Result Codes.......................................................................................................................165 Final Result Codes.................................................................................................................................165 Intermediate Result Codes ....................................................................................................................165 Parameter Storage Mode.......................................................................................................................166 GSM Sequences List .............................................................................................................................168 Operator Names.....................................................................................................................................170 Appendix B - Data Commands and Multiplexing, CPHS Information Field, and CSP Constants...178 Data Commands and Multiplexing .........................................................................................................178 CPHS Information Field .........................................................................................................................179 CSP Constants.......................................................................................................................................180 Appendix C - AT Command Examples....................................................................................................182 Examples ...............................................................................................................................................182 Appendix D - ME SIM ToolKit Support ....................................................................................................186 Appendix E - Structure of the Terminal Profile ......................................................................................188 Appendix F - Command Type and Next Action Indicator.....................................................................190 Appendix G - Coding of Alpha fields in the SIM for UCS2....................................................................191 Appendix H - Specification of Power Down Control via RS232 ...........................................................192 Appendix I - Conditions for command execution and SIM dependence .............................................193 General Commands ...............................................................................................................................193 Call Control Commands.........................................................................................................................193 Network Service Commands .................................................................................................................193 Security Commands...............................................................................................................................194 Phonebook Commands .........................................................................................................................194 Short Messages Commands..................................................................................................................194 Supplementary Services Commands.....................................................................................................194
Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. GSM Wireless AT Commands - PN S000293B 8

Table of Contents for AT Commands for GSM Wireless Modems

Data Commands ....................................................................................................................................195 Fax Commands......................................................................................................................................195 Class 2 Commands................................................................................................................................195 V24-V25 Commands..............................................................................................................................195 Specific AT Commands .........................................................................................................................196 SIM ToolKit Commands .........................................................................................................................196 Index ...........................................................................................................................................................197

Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. GSM Wireless AT Commands - PN S000293B

Chapter 1 Introduction

CHAPTER 1 - INTRODUCTION
Scope of This Document
This document describes the AT-command based messages exchanged between an application and the Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. products in order to manage GSM-related events or services.

Related Documents
This interface specification is based on the following recommendations: [1] ETSI GSM 07.05: Digital cellular telecommunications system (Phase 2); Use of DTE-DCE interface for Short Message Service (SMS) and Cell Broadcast Service (CBS) [2] ETSI GSM 07.07: Digital cellular telecommunications system (Phase 2); AT command set for GSM Mobile Equipment (ME) [3] ITU-T Recommendation V.25 ter: Serial asynchronous automatic dialing and control [4] ETSI GSM 03.40: Digital cellular telecommunications system (Phase 2); Technical implementation of the Short Message Service (SMS) Point-to-Point (PP) [5] ETSI GSM 03.38: Digital cellular telecommunications system (Phase 2); Alphabets and language-specific information [6] ETSI GSM 04.80: Digital cellular telecommunications system (Phase 2): Mobile radio interface layer 3, Supplementary service specification, Formats and coding

Definitions
The words, Mobile Station (MS) or Mobile Equipment (ME) are used for mobile terminals supporting GSM services. A call from a GSM mobile station to the PSTN is called a mobile originated call (MOC) or outgoing call, and a call from a fixed network to a GSM mobile station is called a mobile terminated call (MTC) or incoming call. In this document, the word product refers to any Multi-Tech product supporting the AT commands interface.

Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. GSM Wireless AT Commands - PN S000293B

10

Chapter 2 AT Command Features

CHAPTER 2 - AT COMMAND FEATURES

Line Settings
A serial link handler is set with the following default values (factory settings): autobaud, 8 bits data, 1 stop bit, no parity, RTS/CTS flow control. Please use the +IPR, +IFC and +ICF commands to change these settings.

Command Line
Commands always start with AT (which means ATtention) and finish with a <CR> character.

Information Responses and Result Codes

Responses start and end with <CR><LF>, except for the ATV0 DCE response format and the ATQ1 (result code suppression) commands. If command syntax is incorrect, an ERROR string is returned. If command syntax is correct but with some incorrect parameters, the +CME ERROR: <Err> or +CMS ERROR: <SmsErr> strings are returned with different error codes.

If the command line has been performed successfully, an OK string is returned. In some cases, such as AT+CPIN? or (unsolicited) incoming events, the product does not return the OK string as a response. In the following examples <CR> and <CR><LF> are intentionally omitted.

Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. GSM Wireless AT Commands - PN S000293B

11

Chapter 3 General Behaviors

CHAPTER 3 - G ENERAL BE HAVIORS

SIM Card Insertion and Removal Procedures
SIM card Insertion and Removal procedures are supported. There are software functions relying on positive reading of the hardware SIM detect pin. This pin state (open/closed) is permanently monitored. When the SIM detect pin indicates that a card is present in the SIM connector, the product tries to set up a logical SIM session. The logical SIM session will be set up or not depending on whether the detected card is a SIM Card or not. The AT+CPIN? command delivers the following responses: If the SIM detect pin indicates absent, the response to AT+CPIN? is +CME ERROR 10 (SIM not inserted). If the SIM detect pin indicates present, and the inserted Card is a SIM Card, the response to AT+CPIN? is +CPIN: xxx depending on SIM PIN state. If the SIM detect pin indicates present, and the inserted Card is not a SIM Card, the response to AT+CPIN? is CME ERROR 10.

These last two states are not given immediately due to background initialization. Between the hardware SIM detect pin indicating present and the previous results the AT+CPIN? sends +CME ERROR: 515 (Please wait, init in progress). When the SIM detect pin indicates card absence, and if a SIM Card was previously inserted, an IMSI detach procedure is performed, all user data is removed from the product (Phonebooks, SMS etc.). The product then switches to emergency mode.

Background Initialization
After entering the PIN (Personal Identification Number), some SIM user data files are loaded into the product (Phonebooks, SMS status, etc.). Please be aware that it might take some time to read a large phonebook. The AT+CPIN? command response comes just after the PIN is checked. After this response user data is loaded (in background). This means that some data may not be available just after PIN entry is confirmed by OK. The reading of phonebooks will then be refused by +CME ERROR: 515 or +CMS ERROR: 515 meaning, Please wait, service is not available, init in progress. This type of answer may be sent by the product at several points: When trying to execute another AT command before the previous one is completed (before response), When switching from ADN to FDN (or FDN to ADN) and trying to read the relevant phonebook immediately, When asking for +CPIN? status immediately after SIM insertion and before the product has determined if the inserted card is a valid SIM Card.

Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. GSM Wireless AT Commands - PN S000293B

12

Chapter 4 General AT Commands

CHAPTER 4 - G ENERAL AT COMMANDS

Manufacturer Identification +CGMI
Description: Displays the manufacturer identification. Values: No parameters Command syntax: AT+CGMI
Command AT+CGMI Note: Get manufacturer identification Possible responses WAVECOM MODEM OK Note: Command valid, Wavecom modem

Request Model Identification +CGMM

Description: Displays the supported frequency bands. With multi-band products the response may be a combination of different bands. Values: No parameters Command syntax: AT+CGMM
Command AT+CGMM Note: Get hardware version Possible responses MULTIBAND 900 E 1800 OK Note: Multiband: GSM 900 MHz extended band and DCS 1800 MULTIBAND G850 1900 OK Note: Multiband: GSM 850 and PCS

AT+CGMM Note: Get hardware version

Request Revision Identification +CGMR

Description: Displays the revised software version. Values: No parameters Syntax: AT+CGMR
Command AT+CGMR Note: Get software version Possible responses 640b09gg.Q2406A 1266500 070403 17:06 OK Note: Software release 6.40b, generated on the 4th of July 2003

Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. GSM Wireless AT Commands - PN S000293B

13

Chapter 4 General AT Commands

Product Serial Number +CGSN

Description: Allows the user application to get the IMEI (Interrnational Mobile Equipment Identity, 15-digit number) of the product. Values: No parameters Syntax: AT+CGSN
Command AT+CGSN Note: Get the IMEI AT+CGSN Note: Get the IMEI Possible responses 012345678901234 OK Note: IMEI read from EEPROM +CME ERROR: 22 Note: IMEI not found in EEPROM

Select TE Character Set +CSCS

Description: Informs the ME which character set is used by the TE. The ME can convert each character of entered or displayed strings. This is used to send, read or write short messages. See also +WPCS for the phonebooks character sets. Values: <Character Set> GSM GSM default alphabet. PCCP437 PC character set code page 437. CUSTOM User defined character set (cf. +WCCS command). HEX Hexadecimal mode. No character set used; the user can read or write hexadecimal values. Default: GSM alphabet Syntax: AT+CSCS=<Character Set>
Command AT+CSCS=GSM Note: GSM default alphabet AT+CSCS=PCCP437 Note: PC character set code AT+CSCS=? Note: Get possible values Possible responses OK Note: Command valid OK Note: Command valid +CSCS: ("GSM","PCCP437","CUSTOM","HEX") OK Note: Possible values

Phonebook Character Set +WPCS

Description: Informs the ME which character set is used by the TE for the phonebooks. The ME can convert each character of entered or displayed strings. This is used to read or write phonebook entries. See also +CSCS for the short messages character sets. Values: <Character Set> TRANSPARENT Transparent mode. The strings are displayed and entered as they are stored in SIM or in ME. CUSTOM User defined character set (cf. +WCCS command). HEX Hexadecimal mode. No character set used; the user can read or write hexadecimal values. Syntax: AT+WPCS=<Character Set>
Command AT+WPCS=TRANSPARENT Note: Transparent mode AT+WPCS=CUSTOM Note: Custom character set AT+WPCS=? Note: Get possible values Possible responses OK Note: Command valid OK Note: Command valid +WPCS: ("TRANSPARENT","HEX","CUSTOM") OK Note: Possible values

Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. GSM Wireless AT Commands - PN S000293B

14

Chapter 4 General AT Commands

Request IMSI +CIMI

Description: Reads and identifies the IMSI (International Mobile Subscriber Identity) of the SIM card. The PIN may need to be entered before reading the IMSI. Values: No parameters Syntax: AT+CIMI
Command AT+CIMI Note: Read the IMSI Possible responses 208200120320598 OK Note: IMSI value (15 digits), starting with MCC (3 digits) / MNC (2 digits, 3 for PCS 1900)

Card Identification +CCID

Description: Orders the product to read the EF-CCID file on the SIM card. Values: No parameters Syntax: AT+CCID
Command AT+CCID Note: Get card ID AT+CCID? Note: Get current value AT+CCID= ? Note: Get possible value Possible responses +CCID: 123456789AB111213141 Note: EF-CCID is present, hexadecimal format + CCID: 123456789AB111213141 Note: Same result as +CCID OK Note: No parameter but this command is valid

Note: If there is no EF-CCID file present on the SIM, the +CCID answer will not be sent, but the OK message will be returned.

Capabilities List +GCAP

Description: Displays the complete list of capabilities. Values: No parameters Syntax: AT+GCAP
Command AT+GCAP Note: Get capabilities list Possible responses +GCAP: +CGSM +FCLASS OK Note: Supports GSM and FAX commands

Repeat Last Command A/

Description: Repeats the previous command. Only the A/ command itself cannot be repeated. Values: No parameters Syntax: A/
Command A/ Note: Repeat last command Possible responses

Power Off +CPOF

Description: Stops the GSM software stack as well as the hardware layer. The AT+CFUN=0 command is equivalent to +CPOF. Values: No parameters Syntax: AT+CPOF
Command AT+CPOF Note: Stop GSM stack Possible responses OK Note: Command valid 15

Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. GSM Wireless AT Commands - PN S000293B

Chapter 4 General AT Commands

Set Phone Functionality +CFUN

Description: Selects the mobile stations level of functionality. When the application wants to stop the product with a power off, or if the application wants to force the product to execute an IMSI DETACH procedure, then it must send: AT+CFUN=0 (equivalent to AT+CPOF). This command executes an IMSI DETACH and makes a backup copy of some internal parameters in SIM and in EEPROM. The SIM card cannot then be accessed. If the mobile equipment is not powered off by the application after this command has been sent, a re-start command (AT+CFUN=1) will have to issued to restart the whole GSM registration process. If the mobile equipment is turned off after this command, then a power on will automatically restart the whole GSM process. The AT+CFUN=1 command restarts the entire GSM stack and GSM functionality: a complete software reset is performed. All parameters are reset to their previous values if AT&W was not used. If you write entries in the phonebook (+CPBW) and then reset the product directly (AT+CFUN=1, with no previous AT+CFUN=0 command), some entries may not be written (the SIM task does not have enough time to write entries in the SIM card). In addition, the OK response will be sent at the last baud rate defined by the +IPR command. With the autobauding mode the response can be at a different baud rate, it is therefore preferable to save the defined baud rate with AT&W before directly sending the AT+CFUN=1 command. Values: <functionality level> 0: Set minimum funtionality; IMSI detach procedure 1: Set the full functionality mode with a complete software reset Syntax: AT+CFUN=<functionality level>
Command AT+CFUN? Note: Ask for current functionality level AT+CFUN=0 Note: Set minimum functionality, IMSI detach procedure AT+CFUN=1 Note: Set the full functionality mode with a complete software reset Possible responses +CFUN: 1 OK Note: Full functionality OK Note: Command valid OK Note: Command valid

Phone Activity Status +CPAS

Description: Returns the activity status of the mobile equipment. Values: <pas> 0 ready (allow commands from TA/TE) 1 unavailable (does not allow commands) 2 unknown 3 ringing (ringer is active) 4 call in progress 5 asleep (low functionality) Syntax: AT+CPAS
Command AT+CPAS Note: Current activity status Possible responses +CPAS: <pas> OK

Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. GSM Wireless AT Commands - PN S000293B

16

Chapter 4 General AT Commands

Report Mobile Equipment Errors +CMEE

Description: Disables or enables the use of the +CME ERROR: <xxx> or +CMS ERROR:<xxx> result code instead of simply ERROR. See Appendix A for +CME ERROR result codes description and +CMS ERROR result codes. Values: <error reporting flag> 0: Disable ME error reports; use only ERROR 1: Enable +CME ERROR: <xxx> or +CMS ERROR: <xxx> Syntax: AT+CMEE=<error reporting flag>
Command AT+CMEE=0 Note: Disable ME error reports, use only ERROR AT+CMEE=1 Note: Enable +CME ERROR: <xxx> or +CMS ERROR: <xxx> Possible responses OK OK

Keypad Control +CKPD

Description: Emulates the ME keypad by sending each keystroke as a character in a <keys> string. The supported GSM sequences are listed in the Appendix A. If emulation fails, a +CME ERROR: <err> is returned. If emulation succeeds, the result depends on the GSM sequence activated: <keys>: string of the following characters (0-9,*,#). Note: In the case where the FDN phonebook is activated, the sequences concerning call forwarding are allowed only if the entire sequence is written in the FDN. Values: <keys> Keyboard sequence; sting of the following characters (0-9, *, #) Syntax: AT+CKPD=<keys>
Command AT+CKPD=*#21# Note: Check every call forwarding status AT+CKPD=1234 Note: Sequence not allowed Possible responses +CCFC: 0,7 +CME ERROR 3

Clock Management +CCLK

Description: Sets or gets the current date and time of the ME real-time clock. Values: <date and time string> String format for date/time is yy/MM/dd,hh:mm:ss Note: Valid years are 98 (for 1998) to 97 (for 2097). The seconds field is not mandatory. Default date/time is 98/01/01,00:00:00 (January 1st, 1998 / midnight). Syntax: AT+CCLK=<date and time string>
Command AT+CCLK=00/06/09,17:33:00 Note: set date to June 9th, 2000, and time to 5:33pm AT+CCLK=00/13/13,12:00:00 Note: Incorrect month entered AT+CCLK? Note: Get current date and time Possible responses OK Note: Date/Time stored +CME ERROR 3 +CCLK: 00/06/09,17:34:23 OK Note: current date is June 9th, 2000 current time is 5:34:23 pm

Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. GSM Wireless AT Commands - PN S000293B

17

Chapter 4 General AT Commands

Alarm Management +CALA

Description: Sets the alarm date/time in the ME. The maximum number of alarms is 16. Values: <date and time string> String format for alarms: yy/MM/dd,hh:mm:ss (see +CCLK) Note: Seconds are taken into account. <index> Offset in the alarm list, range 1 to 16 Syntax: AT+CALA=<date and time string> (set alarm) AT+CALA=,<index> (delete alarm)
Command AT+CALA=00/06/09,07:30 Note: set an alarm for June 9th, 2000 at 7:30 am AT+CALA=99/03/05,13:00:00 Note: set an alarm for March 5th, 1999 at 1:00 pm AT+CALA? Note: list all alarms Possible responses OK Note: Alarm stored +CME ERROR 3 Note: Invalid alarm (date/time expired) +CALA: 00/06/08,15:25:00,0 +CALA: 00/06/09,07:30:00,1 +CALA: 00/06/10,23:59:00,2 Note: three alarms are set (index 0, 1, 2) +CALA: 00/06/08,15:25:00,0 Note: an alarm occurs (index 0) OK Note: Alarm index 2 deleted +CALA: 00/06/09,07:30:00,1 Note: Only one alarm (index 1)

AT+CALA=,2 Note: delete alarm index 2 AT+CALA? Note: list all alarms

Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. GSM Wireless AT Commands - PN S000293B

18

Chapter 5 AT Call Control Commands

CHAPTER 5 AT CALL CONTROL COMMANDS

Dial Command D
Values: <nb> <I> <i> <mem> Destination phone number Optional parameter <I> means invocation (restrict CLI presentation) Means suppresssion (allow CLI presentation) Phonebook (one of SM, LD, MC, ME, RC, MT or SN). A default value can be selected by +CPBS command.

<index> Call number at indicated offset from the phonebook selected by the +CPBS command. <name> Call number corresponding to given name from the phonebook selected by the +CPBS command. Description: The ATD command sets a voice, data or fax call. As per GSM 02.30, the dial command also controls supplementary services. For a data or a fax call, the application sends the following ASCII string to the product (the bearer must be previously selected with the +CBST command): ATD<nb> where <nb> is the destination phone number; For a voice call, the application sends the following ASCII string to the product: (the bearer may be selected previously, if not a default bearer is used). ATD<nb>; where <nb> is the destination phone number. Please note that for an international number, the local international prefix does not need to be set (usually 00) but does need to be replaced by the + character. Example: to set up a voice call to Multi-Tech offices from another country, the AT command is: ATD+17637853600; Note that some countries may have specific numbering rules for their GSM handset numbering. The response to the ATD command is one of the following:
Verbose result code OK CONNECT <speed> BUSY NO ANSWER NO CARRIER Numeric code (with ATV0 set) 0 10,11,12,13,14,15 7 8 3 Description if the call succeeds, for voice call only if the call succeeds, for data calls only, <speed> takes the value negotiated by the product. If the called party is already in communication If no hang up is detected after a fixed network time-out Call setup failed or remote user release. Use the AT+CEER command to know the failure cause

Direct Dialing from a Phonebook (stored in the SIM card) can be performed with the following commands: ATD> <index>; to call <index> from the selected phonebook (by the +CPBS command) ATD> BILL; to call BILL from the selected phonebook ATD> mem <index> (mem is SM, LD, MC, ME, RC, MT or SN, see +CPBS command) allows direct dialing from a phonebook number. Does not function with ON mem.

Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. GSM Wireless AT Commands - PN S000293B

19

Chapter 5 AT Call Control Commands

Syntax:

ATD<nb>[<I>][;] ATD>[<mem>]<index>[<I>][;] ATD>[<mem>]<name>[<I>][;]

Possible responses +CPBS:SM,8,10 Note: ADN phonebook is selected, 8 locations are used and 10 locations are available OK Note: Call succeeds

Command AT+CPBS? Note: Which phonebook is selected ? ATD>SM6; Note: Call index 6 from AND phonebook

When the FDN phonebook has been locked, only numbers beginning with the digits of FDN phonebook entries can be called. For example, if 014629 is entered in the FDN phonebook all the phone numbers beginning with these 6 digits can be called. The CLIR supplementary service subscription can be overridden for this call only. I means invocation (restrict CLI presentation). i means suppression (allow CLI presentation). Control of CUG supplementary service information by G or g is allowed for this call only. The index and info values set with the +CCUG command are used. An outgoing call attempt could be refused if the AOC service is active and credit has expired (NO CARRIER). When trying to set up an outgoing call while there is an active call, the active call is first put on hold, then the call set up is carried out. As per GSM 02.30, GSM sequences may be controlled using dial commands. These sequences can contain *, #, but ; is forbidden. If the sequence is not supported or fails, +CME ERROR: <err> is returned. In the case where the FDN phonebook is activated, the sequences concerning call forwarding are allowed only if there are written in the FDN.
Command ATD*#21# Note: Check any call forwarding status ATD**61*+33146290800**25# Note: Register call forwarding on no reply, with no reply timer fixed at 25 s. ATD*2# Note: Bad sequence Possible responses +CCFC: 0,7 Note: No call forwarding OK Note: done +CME ERROR 3

Hang-Up command H
Description: The ATH (or ATH0) command disconnects the remote user. In the case of multiple calls, all calls are released (active, on-hold and waiting calls). The specific ATH1 command has been appended to disconnect the current outgoing call, only in dialing or alerting state (ie. ATH1 can be used only after the ATD command, and before its terminal response (OK, NO CARRIER, ...). It can be useful in the case of multiple calls. Values: <n> 0: Ask for disconnection (default value) 1: Ask for outgoing call disconnection Syntax: ATH<n>
Command ATH Note: Ask for disconnection ATH1 Note: Ask for outgoing call disconnection Possible responses OK Note: Every call, if any, is released OK Note: Outgoing call, if any, is released

Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. GSM Wireless AT Commands - PN S000293B

20

Chapter 5 AT Call Control Commands

Answer a Call A
Description: When the product receives a call, it sets the RingInd signal and sends the ASCII RING or +CRING: <type> string to the application (+CRING if the cellular result code +CRC is enabled). Then it waits for the application to accept the call with the ATA command. Syntax: ATA
Command Possible responses RING Note: Incoming call OK Note: Call accepted OK Note: Call disconnected

ATA Note: Answer to this incoming call ATH Note: Disconnect call

Remote Disconnection
This message is used by the product to inform the application that an active call has been released by the remote user. The product sends NO CARRIER to the application and sets the DCD signal. In addition, for AOC, the product can release the call if credit has expired (release cause 68 with +CEER command).

Extended Error Report +CEER

Description: This command gives the cause of call release when the last call set up (originating or answering) failed. Values: No parameters Syntax: AT+CEER
Command ATD123456789; Note: Outgoing voice call AT+CEER Note: Ask for reason of release Possible responses NO CARRIER Note: Call setup failure +CEER: Error <xxx> OK Note: <xxx>is the cause information element values from GSM recommendation 04.08 or specific Call accepted

NO CARRIER indicates that the AT+CEER information is available for failure diagnosis.

Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. GSM Wireless AT Commands - PN S000293B

21

Chapter 5 AT Call Control Commands

DTMF Signals +VTD, +VTS

+VTD Description: The product enables the user application to send DTMF tones over the GSM network. This command is used to define tone duration (the default value is 300ms). To define this duration, the application uses: AT+VTD=<n> where <n>*100 gives the duration in ms. If n < 4, tone duration is 300 ms. +VTD Values: <n> tone duration.
*100 is the duration in ms. If < 4, tone duration is 300 ms; if n > 255, the value used is modulo 256. Default value: 300 ms, that is <n> = 3.

+VTD Syntax:

AT+VTD=<n>
Command AT+VTD=6 Note: To define 600 ms tone duration AT+VTD=0 Note: To set the default value Possible responses OK Note: Command valid OK

+VTS Description: The product enables the user application to send DTMF tones over the GSM network. This command enables tones to be transmitted only when there is an active call. To transmit DTMF tones (only when there is an active call), the application uses: AT+VTS=<Tone> where <Tone> is in {0-9,*,#,A,B,C,D} +VTS Values: <Tone> DTMF tone to transmit. Tone is in {0-9, *, #, A, B, C, D} +VTS Syntax: AT+VTS=<Tone>
Command AT+VTS=A AT+VTS=11 Note: To set the default value AT+VTS=4 Possible responses OK Note: Command valid +CME ERROR: 4 Note: If the <Tone> is wrong +CME ERROR: 3 Note: If there is no communication

Example: To send tone sequence 13#, the application sends: AT+VTS=1;+VTS=3;+VTS=# OK

Redial Last Telephone Number DL

Description: This command redials the last number used in the ATD command. The last number dialed is displayed followed by ; for voice calls only. Values: No parameters Syntax: ATDL
Command ATDL Note: Redial last number Possible responses 0146290800; OK Note: Last call was a voice call. Command valid

Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. GSM Wireless AT Commands - PN S000293B

22

Chapter 5 AT Call Control Commands

Automatic Dialing with DTR %D

Description: This command enables and disables: Automatic dialing of the phone number stored in the first location of the ADN phonebook, Automatic sending of the short message (SMS) stored in the first location of the SIM. The number is dialed when DTR OFF switches ON. The short message is sent when DTR OFF switches ON. Values: <n> Enable or disables automatic message transmission or number dialing. Informs the product that the number is a voice rather than a fax or data number. 0 Disables automatic DTR number dialing / message transmission. 1; Enables automatic DTR dialing if DTR switches from OFF to ON; Dials the phone number in the first location of the ADN phonebook. Voice call. 1 Activates automatic DTR dialing if DTR switches from OFF to ON; Dials the phone number in the first location of the ADN phonebook. Data or Fax call. 2 Activates automatic DTR message transmission if DTR switches from OFF to ON. Syntax: AT%D<n>[;]
Command AT%D1; Note: Activates DTR number dialing DTR is OFF DTR switches ON Note: The number in the first location of the ADN is dialed automatically DTR switches OFF Note: The product goes on-hook AT%D2 Note: Activates DTR short message sending Possible responses OK Note: Command has been executed

OK Note: Command has been executed

Automatic Answer S0
Description: This S0 parameter determines and controls the product automatic answering mode. Values: <value> is the number of rings before automatic answer (3 characters padded with zeros) Range of values is 0 to 255. Syntax: ATS0=<value>
Command ATS0=2 Note: Automatic answer after 2 rings ATS0? Note: Current value ATS0=0 Note: No automatic answer Possible responses OK 002 OK Note: always 3 characters padded with zeros OK Note: Command valid

All others S-parameters (S6,S7,S8 ) are not implemented.

Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. GSM Wireless AT Commands - PN S000293B

23

Chapter 5 AT Call Control Commands

Incoming Call Bearer +CICB

Description: This command sets the type of incoming calls when no incoming bearer is given (see +CSNS). Note: Setting the +CICB command affects the current value of +CSNS. Values: <mode> 0: Data 1: Fax 2: Speech Syntax: AT+CICB=<mode>
Command AT+CICB=1 Note: If no incoming bearer, force a fax call AT+CICB=2 Note: If no incoming bearer, force a voice call AT+CICB? Note: Interrogate value AT+CICB=? Note: Test command Possible responses OK Note: Command accepted OK Note: Command accepted +CICB: 2 OK Note: Default incoming bearer: voice call +CICB: (0-2) OK Note: Speech, data or fax default incoming bearer

Single Numbering Scheme

+CSNS

Description: This command selects the bearer to be used when an MT single numbering scheme call is set up (see +CICB). Note: Setting the +CSNS command affects the current value of +CICB. Values: <mode> 0: Voice 2: Fax 4: Data Syntax: AT+CSNS
Command AT+CSNS=2 Note: force a fax call AT+CSNS=0 Note: force a voice call AT+CSNS? Note: Interrogate value AT+CSNS=? Note: Test command Possible responses OK Note: Command accepted OK Note: Command accepted +CSNS: 0 Note: Default incoming bearer: voice call +CSNS: (0,2,4) Note: Voice, data or fax default incoming bearer

Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. GSM Wireless AT Commands - PN S000293B

24

Chapter 5 AT Call Control Commands

Gain Control +VGR, +VGT

Description: This command is used by the application to tune the receive gain of the speaker and the transmit gain of the microphone. Values: <Rgain> is the reception gain <Tgain> is the transmission gain Syntax: AT+VGR=<Rgain> AT+VGT=<Tgain>
Command AT+VGR=25 AT+VGT=45 AT+VGR? Note: Interrogate value AT+VGR=? Note: Test command AT+VGT? Note: Interrogate value AT+VGT=? Note: Test command Possible responses OK Note: Command valid OK Note: Command valid +VGR: 64 OK Note: Default receive gain +VGR: (0-255) OK Note: Possible values +VGT: 64 OK Note: Default transmit gain +VGT: (0-255) OK Note: Possible values

Note: For the AT+VGT? command with controller 1 set, the value is the lower value of range, whereas with controller 2, value corresponds to the entered value with AT+VGT=xx. The application sends:
AT+VGR=<val> for receive gain 0 to 15 16 to 31 32 to 47 48 to 63 64 to 79 80 to 95 96 to 111 112 to 127 128 to 143 144 to 159 160 to 175 176 to 191 192 to 207 208 to 223 224 to 255 (*) +6 db +4 db +2 db +0 db -2 db -4 db -6 db -8 db -10 db -12 db -14 db -16 db -18 db -20 db -22 db AT+VGT=<val> Controller 1 0 to 31 32 to 63 64 to 95 96 to 127 128 to 159 160 to 191 192 to 223 224 to 255 for transmit gain Controller 1 +30 db +33 db +36 db +39 db +42 db +45 db +48 db +51 db AT+VGT=<val> Controller 2 0 1 2 3 19 20 21 (**) 22 (**) 23 (**) 58 (**) 59 (**) 60 (**) 61 62 101 102 to 127 128 to 243 244 245 246 255 for transmit gain Controller 2 +0 db +0,5 db +1 db +1,5 db +9,5 db +10 db +10.5 db +11 db +11.5 db +29 db +29.5 db +30 db +30,5 db +31 db +50,5 db +51 db -6,5 db -6 db -5,5 db -5 db -0,5 db

The gain values listed here are relative, for absolute (electrical) values please refer to the specific hardware documentation of the module used in the application. ** For Wismo Quik Q22xx: 21 to 60: - +30db

Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. GSM Wireless AT Commands - PN S000293B

25

Chapter 5 AT Call Control Commands

Microphone Mute Control +CMUT

Description: This command mutes the microphone input on the product (for the active microphone set with the +SPEAKER command). This command is only allowed during a call. Values: <mode> 0: microphone mute off (default value). 1: microphone mute on. Syntax: AT+CMUT=<mode>
Command AT+CMUT=? Note: Test command AT+CMUT? Note: Ask for current value AT+CMUT=1 Note: Mute ON (call active) AT+CMUT? Note: Ask for current value AT+CMUT=0 Note: Mute OFF (call not active) Possible responses +CMUT: (0,1) OK Note: Enable / disable mute +CMUT: 0 OK Note: Current value is OFF OK Note: Command valid +CMUT: 1 OK Note: Mute is active (call active) +CME ERROR:3 Note: Command not valid

Speaker & Microphone Selection +SPEAKER

Description This specific command selects the speaker and the microphone set. Values: <ActiveSpkMic> 0: Speaker One, Micro One 1: Speaker Two, Micro Two Syntax: AT+SPEAKER=<ActiveSpkMic>
Command AT+SPEAKER=0 Note: Speaker ONE and Micro ONE AT+SPEAKER? Possible responses OK Note: Command valid +SPEAKER: 0 OK Note: Speaker ONE and Micro ONE are active +SPEAKER: (0,1) OK

AT+SPEAKER=?

Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. GSM Wireless AT Commands - PN S000293B

26

Chapter 5 AT Call Control Commands

Echo Cancellation +ECHO

Description: This command enables, disables or configures the Echo Cancellation functions for voice calls (in rooms, in cars, etc.). It is necessary to tune the Microphone gain (AT+VGT) and the Speaker gain (AT+VGR) before activating the Echo Cancellation. Values: <mode> 0: Deactivate Echo 1: Activate Echo When mode = 1 is choosen, AlgoId is mandatory. <AlgoId> 1: Echo cancellation 1 3: Echo cancellation 3 To use Echo cancellation 3, the ECHO feature must be activated. Echo cancellation 1 (4 parameters): The parameter <Volout> specifies the maximum attenuation of the switch <Volout> 0: 31 db (default) 1: 29 db 2: 27 db 3: 25 db 14: 3 db 15: 1 db The parameter <Step> specifies the attenuation step between attenuation and no attenuation. <Step> 0: 1 db 1: 2 db 2: 3 db The <PcmThRel> paramaeter specifies the relative threshold between max and min energy information. The allowed range is [0 - 31]. Default = 10. The <PcmThMax> parameter specifies threshold of max energy information. The allowed range is [0 - 31]. Default = 7. Echo Cancellation 3 (3 parameters): <AlgoParam> high value leads to high echo attenuation but the full-duplex quality will be less efficient. The allowed range is [ 0 ; 63 ]. (30 by default) <NoiseThres> indicates the noise threshold. Low value leads to high noise attenuation. The threshold 32767 indicates no noise attenuation. The allowed range is [0 ;32767]. The default is 8000. <NmbTaps> indicates the Number of Taps of the Adaptive Filter. The allowed range is [64 -256]. The default is 256. 64 taps = short Echo 256 taps = long Echo. Read Command: AT+ECHO? This command returns the current settings of the Echo cancellation. Returns: +ECHO: <Status>,<AlgoId>, <Param1>,<Param2>, <Param3>, <Param4>, <Param5>,<Param6>

Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. GSM Wireless AT Commands - PN S000293B

27

Chapter 5 AT Call Control Commands

The number of parameters displayed depends on the algorythm used. For Echo cancellation 1, 4 parameters are displayed, 3 parameters are displayed for Echo cancellation 3. <Status> 0 Echo Deactivated. 1 Echo Activated for Mic/Spk one. 2 Echo Activated for Mic/Spk two. 3 Reset the product. Note: You can activate/deactivate the echo cancellation during a call without resetting the product if the <AlgoId> parameter is not changed, but you have to use the syntax with all parameters: AT+ECHO=1,3,30,8000,256 for instance. Syntax: AT+ECHO= <mode> [,<AlgoId>, <Param1>,<Param2>,<Param3>,<Param4>,<Param5>,<Param6>]
Command AT+CMEE=1 Note: Enables the use of result code AT+SPEAKER? Possible responses OK + SPEAKER: 0 OK Note: Speaker ONE and Micro ONE are active OK +SIDET: 0,0 +ECHO: 0,1,0,3,10,7 OK OK +ECHO: 1,1,0,3,10,7 OK +CME ERROR: 519 Note: The new algorithm will be activated after a reset of the product +ECHO: 3,3,30,8000,256 OK OK +ECHO: 1,3,30,8000,256 OK OK

AT+SIDET=0 Note: Deactivate the Sidetone AT+SIDET? AT+ECHO? Note: Read current settings AT+ECHO=1,1,0,3,10,7 Note: Active Echo cancellation 1 for Mic/Spk one. AT+ECHO? Note: Read current settings AT+ECHO=1,3,30,8000,256 Note: Activate the Echo cancellation 3 AT+ECHO? Note: Read the Echo cancellation settings AT+CFUN=1 Note: Reset the product AT+ECHO? Note: Read current settings AT+ECHO=0 Note: Deactivate the Echo Cancellation

Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. GSM Wireless AT Commands - PN S000293B

28

Chapter 5 AT Call Control Commands

SideTone Modification +SIDET

Description: This command sets the level of audio feedback in the speaker (microphone feedback in the speaker). Values: <val1> 0: SideTone is disabled 1: SideTone is enabled <val2> (default value 0 will be used if this parameter is not given) 0: 0 db 1: - 6 db 2: - 12 db 3: - 18 db Syntax: AT+SIDET=<val1>,<val2>
Command AT+SIDET=1,0 AT+SIDET? Note: Current value Possible responses OK Note: Command valid +SIDET: 1,0 OK Note: Command valid

Initialize Voice Parameters +VIP

Description: This command allows factory settings for voice parameters to be restored from EEPROM. These voice parameters include: Gain control (+VGR & +VGT commands) Gain controller (+WSVG command) Microphone mute control (+CMUT command) Speaker & Microphone selection (+SPEAKER command) Echo cancellation (+ECHO command) Side tone modification (+SIDET command) Values: <n> 1 Restore all voice parameters. Other values are not supported. Syntax: AT+VIP=<n>
Command AT+VIP? AT+VIP=2 Note: Syntax error AT+VIP=1 Note: Restore the factory settings from EEPROM AT+VIP=1 Note: Restore the factory settings from EEPROM with the current Echo cancellation algo (different of the default algo). AT+VIP=? Note: List of supported <n>s Possible responses +VIP: 1 OK +CME ERROR: 3 OK Note: The command has been executed CME ERROR: 519 Note: Reset the product to accept the new algo.

+VIP: (1) OK

Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. GSM Wireless AT Commands - PN S000293B

29

Chapter 6 Network Service Commands

CHAPTER 6 - NETWORK SERVICE COMMANDS

Signal Quality +CSQ
Description: This command determines the received signal strength indication (<rssi>) and the channel bit error rate (<ber>) with or without a SIM card inserted. Values: <rssi>: 0: -113 dBm or less 1: -111 dBm 2 to 30: -109 to 53 dBm 31: -51dBm or greater 99: not known or not detectable <ber>: 07: as RXQUAL values in the table GSM 05.08 99: not known or not detectable Syntax: AT+CSQ
Command AT+CSQ Possible responses +CSQ: <rssi>,<ber> OK Note: <rssi> and <ber> as defined below

Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. GSM Wireless AT Commands - PN S000293B

30

Chapter 6 Network Service Commands

Operator Selection +COPS

Description: There are three possible ways of selecting an operator (PLMN): 1) The product is in manual mode. It then tries to find the operator specified by the application and if found, tries to register. 2) The product is in automatic mode. It then tries to find the home operator and if found, tries to register. If not found, the product automatically searches for another network. 3) The product enters into manual/automatic mode, and then tries to find an operator as specified by the application (as in manual mode). If this attempt fails it enters automatic mode. If this is successful, the operator specified by the application is selected. The mobile equipment then enters into automatic mode. Note: The read command returns the current mode and the currently selected operator. In manual mode, this PLMN may not be the one set by the application (as it is in the search phase). These commands are not allowed during one communication. Values: <mode> 0: automatic (default value) 1: manual 2: deregistration ; ME will be unregistered until <mode>=0 or 1 is selected. 3: set only <format> (for read command AT+COPS?) 4: manual / automatic (<oper> shall be present), if manual selection fails, automatic mode is entered. <format>: format of <oper> field <format> 0: long alphanumeric format <oper> 1: short alphanumeric format <oper> 2: numeric <oper> (default value) <stat>: status of <oper> <stat> 0: unknown 1: available 2: current 3: forbidden <oper>: operator identifier (MCC/MNC in numeric format only for operator selection) The long alphanumeric format can be up to 16 characters long (see Appendix A for operator names description, field is Name). The short alphanumeric format can be up to 8 characters long. Syntax: AT+COPS=<mode>, [<format> [ , <oper> ] ] To force an attempt to select and register on a network, the application must send the following command: Possible responses for AT+COPS=<mode>: OK (Network is selected with full service) +CME ERROR: 30 (No network service), +CME ERROR: 32 (Network not allowed emergency calls only) +CME ERROR: 3 (not allowed during one Communication) +CME ERROR: 4 (Incorrect parameters) +CME ERROR: 527 (Please wait, and retry your selection later) +CME ERROR: 528 (Location update failure emergency calls only) +CME ERROR: 529 (Selection failure emergency calls only)

Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. GSM Wireless AT Commands - PN S000293B

31

Chapter 6 Network Service Commands

Response syntax for AT+COPS?: +COPS: <mode> [, <format>, <oper> ] Response syntax for AT+COPS=?: +COPS: [list of supported (<stat>, long alphanumeric <oper>, short alphanumeric <oper>s, numeric <oper>) s] If an incoming call occurs during a PLMN list request, the operation is aborted (+CME ERROR: 520) and the unsolicited RING appears.
Command AT+COPS? Note: Ask for current PLMN AT+COPS=? Possible responses +COPS: 0,2,20801 OK Note: Home PLMN is France Telecom Orange +COPS: (2,F Itinris,Itline,20801), (3,F SFR,SFR,20810) OK Note: Home PLMN is France Telecom SFR network has been detected +CME ERROR: 32 Note: Network not allowed emergency calls only +CME ERROR: 529 Note: Selection failed emergency calls only OK Note: Succeeded OK +COPS: 0,0,Orange F OK Note: Home PLMN is France Telecom Orange OK Note: Succeeded +COPS: 2 Note: ME is unregistered until <mode>=0 or 1 is selected

Note: Ask for PLMN list AT+COPS=1,2,20810 Note: Ask for registration on SFR network AT+COPS=1,1,23433 Note: Ask for registration on UK Orange network AT+COPS=0 Note: Ask for registration on home network AT+COPS=3,0 Note: Set <format> to long alphanumeric AT+COPS? Note: Ask for current PLMN AT+COPS=2 Note: Ask for deregistration from network AT+COPS? Note: Ask for current PLMN

Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. GSM Wireless AT Commands - PN S000293B

32

Chapter 6 Network Service Commands

Network Registration +CREG

Description: This command is used by the application to ascertain the registration status of the product. Values: <mode> 0: Disable network registration unsolicited result code (default) 1: Enable network registration code result code +CREG: <stat> 2: Enable network registration and location information unsolicited result code +CREG: <stat>,<lac>,<ci> if there is a change of network cell. <stat> 0: not registered, ME is not currently searching for a new operator. 1: registered, home network. 2: not registered, ME currently searching for a new operator to register to. 3: registration denied. 4: unknown. 5: registered, roaming. <lac>: string type; two byte location area code in hexadecimal format (e.g. 00C3 equals 195 in decimal). <ci>: string type; two byte cell ID in hexadecimal format. Syntax: Command Syntax : AT+CREG= <mode> Response syntax: +CREG: <mode>, <stat> [ ,<lac>,<ci> ] for AT+CREG? Command only
Command AT+CREG? Possible responses +CREG: <mode>,<stat> OK Note: As defined here-above OK Note: Command valid OK Note: Command valid OK Note: Command valid +CREG: (0-2) Note: 0,1,2 <mode> values are supported

AT+CREG=0 Note: Disable network registration unsolicited result code AT+CREG=1 Note: Enable network registration unsolicited result code AT+CREG=2 Note: Enable network registration and location information unsolicited result code AT+CREG=?

Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. GSM Wireless AT Commands - PN S000293B

33

Chapter 6 Network Service Commands

Read Operator Name +WOPN

Description: This command returns the operator name in alphanumeric format when given the numeric format. With E-ONS feature, lac is an optional parameter to read names from OPL/PNN sim files. If it is not entered, name will be given with current lac. Note that in limited service, current lac is set to 0. Values: <format> is the required format. Only long (0) and short (1) alphanumeric formats are supported. <NumOper> is the operator in numeric format. <AlphaOper> is the operator in long or short alphanumeric format (see Appendix A for description). <lac> is the two byte Location Area Code to be used to get the PLMN name. If it is not entered, Current lac will be used (0 if limited service). Syntax: Command syntax: AT+WOPN=<format>,<NumOper> Response syntax: +WOPN: <format>,<AlphaOper>
Command AT+WOPN=? Note: Test command AT+WOPN=0,20801 Note: Give an operator in numeric format AT+WOPN=0,99999 Note: Give a wrong operator AT+WOPN=0,2081,36 Note: Give an operator in numeric format for lac 36 Possible responses OK +WOPN: 0,Orange F OK Note: Alphanumeric answer +CME ERROR: 22 Note: Not found +WOPN: 0, OrangeF OK Note: Alphanumeric answer

Selection of Preferred PLMN List +CPLS

Description: This command selects one PLMN selector with access technology list in the SIM card that is used by AT+CPOL command. Values: <List>: 0: User controlled PLMN selector with access technology EF_PLMNwAct Note: if this file is not found EF_PLMNSel will be selected 1: Operator controlled PLMN selector with access technology EF_OPLMNwAct 2: Home PLMN selector with access technology EF_HPLMNwAct Syntax: AT+CPLS= <List>
Command AT+CPLS? Note: Ask for selection of the SIM file AT+CPLS=0 Note: selection of EF_PLMNwAct AT+CPLS=1 Note: selection of EF_OPLMNwAct AT+CPLS=? Note: Get possible values Possible responses +CPLS: 1 OK Note: EF_OPLMNwAct is selected Note: if EF_PLMNwAct is not present, EF_PLMNsel will be selected +CME ERROR: 3 Note: EF_OPLMNwAct is not present +CPLS: (0-2) OK Note: The 3 files with Acces technology are present and can be selected

AT+CPLS=? Note: Get possible values

+CPLS: (0) OK Note: Only EF_PLMNwAct or EF_PLMNsel can be selected

Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. GSM Wireless AT Commands - PN S000293B

34

Chapter 6 Network Service Commands

Preferred Operator List +CPOL

Description: This command edits (or updates) the SIM preferred list of networks. This list is read in the SIM file selected by the command AT+CPLS. Values: <index>: position of the operator record in the Sim preferred operator list. Use AT+CPOL=? to view the maximum index of the selected EF. <format>: 0 long alphanumeric format for <oper> 1 short alphanumeric format for <oper> 2 numeric format for <oper> <oper>: characterstring or integer (see <format>) indicating operator identifier. <GSM_AcT>: GSM access technology <GSMcomp_Act>: GSM compact access technology <Utran_Act>: UTRA access technology 0 access technology not selected 1 access technology selected Syntax: AT+CPOL= [<index>] [,<format>[,<oper>[,<GSM_AcT>,<GSMcomp_Act>,<Utran_Act>]]] The different possibilities are: AT+CPOL = <index> to delete an entry. AT+CPOL = , <format> to set the format used by the read command (AT+CPOL?). AT+CPOL = , <format>, <oper> to put <oper> in the next free location. AT+CPOL = <index> , <format> , <oper> to write <oper> in the <format> at the <index>. AT+CPOL = <index>,<format>,<oper>,<GSM_AcT>,<GSMcp_Act>,<Utran_Act> To write <oper> in the <format> at the <index> precising the access technology (in the case of EF_PLMNwact, EF_HPLMNwact or EF_OPLMNwact is present). Note: Per default if Acces technology parameters are not given, the GSM access technology will be choosen. The supported format are those of the +COPS command. The length of this list is limited to 85 entries for EF_PLMNsel, and 51 for EF_PLMNwAct, EF_OPLMNwAct, EF_HPLMNwAct. (See table on next page)

Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. GSM Wireless AT Commands - PN S000293B

35

Chapter 6 Network Service Commands

Command AT+CPOL? Note: Ask for preferred list of networks With only EF_PLMNsel present AT+CPOL?

Note: Ask for preferred list of networks With EF_PLMNwAct selected and present

AT+CPOL=,0 Note: Select long alphanumeric format AT+CPOL? Note: Ask for preferred list of networks With only EF_PLMNsel present AT+CPOL=7,2,20801 Note: Add a network to the list AT+CPOL? Note: Ask for preferred list of networks With only EF_PLMNsel present AT+CPOL=7 Note: Delete 7th location AT+CPOL? Note: Ask for preferred list of networks With only EF_PLMNsel present AT+CPOL=8,2,77777 Note: Add a new network to the list With only EF_PLMNsel present AT+CPOL=8,2,77777,0,0,1 Note: Add a new network to the list With EF_PLMNwact present AT+CPOL=8,2,77777 Note: Add a new network to the list With EF_PLMNwact present AT+CPOL?

Possible responses +CPOL:1,2,26201 +CPOL: 6,2,20810 OK Note: Preferred list of networks in numeric format (read in EF_PLMNsel) +CPOL:1,2,26201,1,0,0 +CPOL: 6,2,20810,1,0,0 OK Note: Preferred list of networks in numeric format (read in EF_PLMNwAct) GSM acces technology selected GSM compact acces technology not selected Utran acces technology not selected OK +CPOL: 1,0,D1-TELEKOM +CPOL: 6,0,F SFR OK Note: Preferred list of networks in long alphanumeric format OK +CPOL: 1,0,D1-TELEKOM +CPOL: 6,0,F SFR +CPOL: 7,0,Orange F OK Note: Preferred list of networks in long alphanumeric format OK +CPOL: 1,0,D1-TELEKOM +CPOL: 6,0,F SFR OK Note: Preferred list of networks in long alphanumeric format OK

OK Note: Acces technology UTRAN is selected OK Note: Per default Acces technology GSM is selected +CPOL: 1,0,D1-TELEKOM +CPOL: 6,0,F SFR +CPOL: 8,2,77777 OK Note: Preferred list of networks in long alphanumeric format but 8th entry is unknown so the product edits it in the numeric format

Note: Ask for preferred list of networks With only EF_PLMNsel present AT+CPOL=9,0,Orange F Note: Add a new network to the list (text format) AT+CPOL?

Note: Ask for preferred list of networks With only EF_PLMNsel present AT+CPOL=?

+CPOL: 1,0,D1-TELEKOM +CPOL: 6,0,F SFR +CPOL: 8,2,77777 +CPOL: 9,0,Orange F OK Note: Preferred list of networks in long alphanumeric format +CPOL: (1-16),(0-2) OK Note: The EF can accept 16 records. Supported formats are 0, 1, or 2.

Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. GSM Wireless AT Commands - PN S000293B

36

Chapter 6 Network Service Commands

Read Operator Name +COPN

Description: This command returns the list of all operator names (in numeric and alphanumeric format) stored in the module. Values: <NumOper>: is the operator in numeric format <AlphaOper>: is the operator in long alphanumeric format Command Syntax: AT+COPN Command Response: +COPN: <NumOper>,<AlphaOper>
Command AT+COPN Note: Ask for list of operators Possible responses +COPN: 23201,A1 +COPN: 23203,Amax. +COPN: 23207,A tele.ring +COPN: 23205,one OK +CME ERROR: <err> OK

AT+COPN=?

Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. GSM Wireless AT Commands - PN S000293B

37

Chapter 7 Security Commands

CHAPTER 7 - SECURITY COMMANDS

Enter PIN +CPIN
Description: This command enters the ME passwords (CHV1 / CHV2 / PUK1 / PUK2, etc.), that are required before any ME functionality can be used. CHV1/CHV2 is between 4 and 8 digits long, PUK1/PUK2 is only 8 digits long. If the user application tries to make an outgoing call before the SIM PIN code (CHV1) has been confirmed, then the product will refuse the ATD command with a +CME ERROR: 11 (SIM PIN required). The application is responsible for checking the PIN after each reset or power on - if the PIN was enabled. Values: <pin> is the personal identification number <puk> is the personal unblocking key needed to change the PIN. Syntax: AT+CPIN=<pin>
Command AT+CPIN=1234 Note: Enter PIN AT+CPIN=5678 Note: Enter PIN Possible responses OK Note: PIN code is correct +CME ERROR: 3 Note: Operation not allowed, PIN previously entered

After 3 unsuccessful attempts to enter the PIN (Personal Identification Number), the PUK (Personal Unblocking Key) will be required. PUK validation forces the user to enter a new PIN code as a second parameter and this will be the new PIN code if PUK validation succeeds. CHV1 is then enabled if PUK1 is correct. The application therefore uses this command: AT+CPIN=<Puk>,<NewPin>
Command AT+CPIN=00000000,1234 Note: Enter PUK and new PIN AT+CPIN=12345678,1234 Note: Enter PUK and new PIN, 2nd attempt Possible responses +CME ERROR: 16 Note: Incorrect PUK OK Note: PUK correct, new PIN stored

To determine which code must be entered (or not), the following query command can be used: AT+CPIN? The possible responses are:
+CPIN: READY +CPIN: SIM PIN +CPIN: SIM PUK +CPIN: SIM PIN2 +CPIN: SIM PUK2 +CPIN: PH-SIM PIN +CPIN: PH-NET PIN +CME ERROR: <err> ME is not pending for any password CHV1 is required PUK1 is required CHV2 is required PUK2 is required SIM lock (phone-to-SIM) is required Network personnalisation is required SIM failure (13) absent (10) etc

Please note that in this case the mobile equipment does not end its response with the OK string. The response +CME ERROR: 13 (SIM failure) is returned after 10 unsuccessful PUK attempts. The SIM card is then out of order and must be replaced by a new one.

Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. GSM Wireless AT Commands - PN S000293B

38

Chapter 7 Security Commands

Example: 3 failed PIN validations + 1 successful PUK validation

AT+CPIN? +CPIN: SIM PIN AT+CPIN=1235 +CME ERROR: 16 AT+CPIN=1236 +CME ERROR: 16 AT+CPIN=1237 +CME ERROR: 16 AT+CPIN? +CPIN: SIM PUK AT+CPIN=99999999,5678 OK AT+CPIN? +CPIN: READY Read the PIN status The product requires SIM PIN First attempt to enter a SIM PIN Wrong PIN Second attempt Wrong PIN Third attempt Wrong PIN Read PIN state The product requires PUK The PUK is entered, the new PIN shall be 5678 PUK validation is OK. New Pin is 5678 Read PIN state The product is ready

If the user tries to do something which requires PIN2 (CHV2), the product will refuse the action with a +CME ERROR: 17 (SIM PIN2 required). The product then waits for SIM PIN2 to be given. Of course, if SIM PIN2 is blocked, SIM PUK2 is required instead of SIM PIN2. For example, the product needs PIN2 to write in the fixed dialing phonebook (FDN) , so if SIM PIN2 authentication has not been performed during the current session, SIM PIN2 is required
Command AT+CPBS=FD Note: Choose FDN AT+CPBW=5,01290917,129,Jacky Note: Write in FDN at location 5 AT+CPIN? AT+CPIN=5678 Note: Enter SIM PIN2 AT+CPBW=2,01290917,129,Jacky Note: Write in FDN at location 5 Possible responses OK +CME ERROR: 17 Note: SIM PIN2 is required SIM PIN2 Note: SIM PIN2 is required OK OK Note: Now writing in FDN is allowed

Note:

Please note that the product only requests PIN2 or PUK2 once. Therefore, if they are not entered properly, the next +CPIN? command will return +CPIN: READY.

Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. GSM Wireless AT Commands - PN S000293B

39

Chapter 7 Security Commands

Enter PIN2 +CPIN2

Description: This command validates the PIN2 code (CHV2) or the PUK2 code (UNBLOCK CHV2) and defines a new PIN2 code. Of course, the +CPIN command allows PIN2 or PUK2 codes to be validated, but only when the last command executed resulted in PIN2 authentication failure. PIN2 length is between 4 and 8 digits; PUK2 length is 8 digits only. Values: <pin2> is the personal identification number 2 <puk2> is the personal unblocking key 2 needed to change the PIN 2 <newpin2> Note: PIN2 length is between 4 and 8 digits; PUK2 length is 8 digits only. Syntax: AT+CPIN2=<pin2>
Command AT+CPIN2=1234 Note: Enter PIN2 AT+CPIN2=5678 Note: Enter PIN2 Possible responses OK Note: PIN2 code is correct +CME ERROR: 3 Note: Operation not allowed, PIN2 previously entered

After 3 unsuccessful attempts, PUK2 will be required. PUK2 validation forces the user to enter a new PIN2 code as a second parameter and this will be the new PIN2 code if PUK1 validation succeeds. The application uses this command: AT+CPIN2=<puk2>,<NewPin2>
Command AT+CPIN2=00000000,1234 Note: Enter PUK2 and new PIN2 AT+CPIN2=12345678,1234 Note: Enter PUK2 and new PIN2, 2nd attempt Possible responses +CME ERROR: 16 Note: Incorrect Password (PUK2) OK Note: PUK2 correct, new PIN2 stored

To determine which code must be entered (or not), the following query command can be used: AT+CPIN2? The possible responses are:
+CPIN2: READY +CPIN2: SIM PIN2 +CPIN2: SIM PUK2 +CME ERROR: <err> No PIN2 is needed PIN2 is required PUK2 is required Absent (10) etc

PIN Remaining Attempt Number +CPINC

Description: This command gets the number of valid attempts for PIN1 (CHV1), PIN2 (CHV2), PUK1 (UNBLOCK CHV1) and PUK2 (UNBLOCK CHV2) identifiers. Values <n1>, <n2> are the attempts left for PIN1, PIN2 (0 = blocked, 3 max) <k1>, <k2> are the attempts left for PUK1, PUK2 (0 = blocked, 10 max) For this to work, the card should be present at the time of initialization; otherwise, an error will be sent (+CME ERROR: 10). Command syntax: AT+CPINC Response syntax: +CPINC: <n1>,<n2>,<k1>,<k2>
Command AT+CPINC Note: Get the number of attempts left AT+CPINC? Note: Get current values AT+CPINC=? Note: Get possible values Possible responses +CPINC: 2,3,10,10 OK Note: First CHV1 attempt was a failure +CPINC: 2,3,10,10 OK Note: First attempt was a failure OK

Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. GSM Wireless AT Commands - PN S000293B

40

Chapter 7 Security Commands

Facility Lock +CLCK

Description: This command locks, unlocks or interrogates an ME or network facility <fac>. Note: Test SIM cards (with MCC=001 & MNC=01) do not check PS, PN, PU, PP and PC locks. Values: <fac> supported facilities: PS: SIM lock facility with an 8-digit password. SC: PIN enabled (<mode> = 1) / disabled (<mode> = 0) AO: BAOC (Barr All Outgoing Calls) OI: BOIC (Barr Outgoing International Calls) OX: BOIC-exHC (Barr Outgoing. International Calls except to Home Country) AI: BAIC (Barr All Incoming Calls) IR: BIC-Roam (Barr Inc. When Roaming outside Home Country) AB: All Barring services AG: All outGoing barring services AC: All inComing barring services PN: Network lock with an 8-digit password (NCK). PU: Network Subset lock with an 8-digit password (NSCK). PP: Service Provider lock with an 8-digit password (SPCK). PC: Corporate lock with an 8-digit password (CCK). FD: SIM Fixed Dialing Numbers (FDN) memory feature (PIN2 is required as <password>) <mode> 0: unlock the facility 1: lock the facility 2: query status <class> A facility status can be changed for only one class, or for all classes (7 or omitted). 1: Voice (telephony) 2: Data (apply to all bearer services) 4: Fax (facsimile services) 8: Short Message service 7: Equal to all classes (Default value) Any attempt to combine different classes will result in activation / deactivation / interrogation of all classes. Password maximum length is given with the AT+CPWD=? Command. Note: It will not possible to lock the FDN phonebook if this one is not loaded. Command syntax: AT+CLCK= <fac>,<mode>[,<passwd>[,<class>] ] Response syntax: +CLCK: <status> [ ,<class1> ]<CR><LF>+CLCK: <status>,<class2> [ ] ]
Possible responses OK Note: PIN was correct +CLCK:(PS,0),(SC,0),(FD,0),(PN,0),(PU,0),(PP,0),( PC,0) OK Note: PIN is enabled, no SIM lock, no network lock, no information on Call barring (no longer supported in GSM Technical Specification 07.07) AT+CLCK=SC,0,5555 +CME ERROR: 16 Note: Disable PIN Note: PIN was wrong AT+CPIN=1234 OK Note: Enter PIN Note: PIN was good AT+CLCK=? +CLCK: (PS,SC,AO,OI,OX,AI,IR,AB,AC, Note: Request supported facilities FD,"PN","PU","PP",PN) OK Note: Supported facilities AT+CLCK=PN,1,12345678 OK Note: Activate network lock Network lock activated AR+CLCK=AO,1,1234,2 OK Note: Activate all outgoing calls except data calls Note: Call barring is activate AT+CLCK=AO,2 +CLCK: 1,2 Note: Query BAOC status OK Note: BAOC activate for data calls only AT+CLCK=SC,0,0000 +CME ERROR: 521 Note: Disable PIN Note: PIN deactivation is forbidden with this SIM card Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. GSM Wireless AT Commands - PN S000293B Command AT+CLCK=SC,1,1234 Note: Enable PIN AT+CLCK? Note: Read PIN status

41

Chapter 7 Security Commands

Change Password +CPWD

Description: This command changes a password (PIN, call barring, NCK, etc.). The facility values (<fac>) are the same as for the +CLCK command with a P2 facility to manage SIM PIN2. For the network lock (PN), unlocking is forbidden after 10 failed attempts to disable (unlock) the network lock with an incorrect password. Values: fac> supported facilities: PS: SIM lock facility with an 8-digit password. SC: PIN enabled (<mode> = 1) / disabled (<mode> = 0) AO: BAOC (Barr All Outgoing Calls) OI : BOIC (Barr Outgoing International Calls) OX: BOIC-exHC (Barr Outgoing. International Calls except to Home Country) AI : BAIC (Barr All Incoming Calls) IR : BIC-Roam (Barr Inc. When Roaming outside Home Country) AB: All Barring services AG: All outGoing barring services AC: All inComing barring services P2: FD: SIM Fixed Dialing Numbers (FDN) memory feature (PIN2 is required as <password>) PN PU PP PC <oldpwd>,<newpwd> 4 or up to 8 or 16 digits according to the facility. Syntax: AT+CPWD= <fac>, <oldpwd>, <newpwd>
Command AT+CPWD=? Note: Possible values Possible responses +CPWD: (PS,8),(SC,8),(AO,4),(OI,4),(OX,4), (AI,4),(IR,4),(AB,4),(AG,4),(AC,4), (P2,8),(FD,8),("PN",8),("PU",8),("PP",8), ("PC",8) OK Note: CHV1/CHV2 must be on 8 digits maximum (4mn) For call barring, on 4 digits maximum OK Note: PIN was correct +CME ERROR: 16 Note: PIN was wrong OK Note: PIN was correct OK Note: NCK changed for net lock

AT+CPWD=SC,1234,5555 Note: Change PIN AT+CPWD=SC,1234,5555 Note: Change PIN AT+CPIN=5555 Note: Enter PIN AT+CPWD=PN,12345678,00000000 Note: Change NCK

Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. GSM Wireless AT Commands - PN S000293B

42

Chapter 8 Phonebook Commands

CHAPTER 8 - PHONEBOOK COMMANDS

Select Phonebook Memory Storage +CPBS
Description: This command selects phonebook memory storage. The available phonebooks are: Values: SM: ADN (SIM phonebook) FD: FDN (SIM Fix Dialing, restricted phonebook) ON: MSISDN (SIM own numbers) EN: EN (SIM emergency number) LD: LND (combined ME and SIM last dialing phonebook) MC: MSD (ME missed calls list) ME: ME (ME phonebook) MT: MT (combined ME and SIM phonebook) RC: LIC (ME received calls list) SN: SDN (Services dialing phonebook) Syntax: AT+CPBS
Command AT+CPBS=SM Note: Select ADN phonebook AT+CPBS=? Note: Possible values AT+CPBS? Note: Status Possible responses OK Note: ADN phonebook is selected +CPBS: ("SM","LD","MC","ON","ME","RC","MT","SN") OK Note: only EN phonebook is not supported with this SIM card. +CPBS:SM,10,20 OK Note: ADN phonebook selected, 10 locations used, 20 locations available

The ADN phonebook could not be selected as FDN is active.

Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. GSM Wireless AT Commands - PN S000293B

43

Chapter 8 Phonebook Commands

Read Phonebook Entries +CPBR

Description: This command returns phonebook entries for a range of locations from the current phonebook memory storage selected with +CPBS. Note: For all phonebook read commands (+CPBR, +CPBF, +CPBN, +CPBP, +CNUM), the TON/NPI MSB of each number is set to 1 (ex: a TON/NPI stored as 17 is displayed as 145). Values: <first_entry>,<last_entry> Location or range of locations of the phonebook entry or entries Syntax: AT+CPBR
Command AT+CPBR=? Note: Test command Possible responses +CPBR: (1-50),20,10 OK Note: 50 locations (from 1 to 50), max length for phone number is 20 digits, 10 characters max for the text +CPBR: 12,112,129,Emergency +CPBR: 13,+331290909,145,Fred +CPBR: 14,0146290808,129,Zazi OK Note: Display locations 12,13,14 with location, number, type (TON/NPI), Text +CPBR:10,0146290921,129,Rob OK Note: Display location 10 +CPBR:11,0146290921,129,8000010002FFFF OK Note: Display location 11 +CME ERROR: 21 Note: Invalid index

AT+CPBR=12,14 Note: Read entries from 12 to 14

AT+CPBR=10 Note: Read entry 10 AT+CPBR=11 Note: Read entry 11 (UCS2 format) AT+CPBR=52 Note: Read entry 52 (wrong)

Find Phonebook Entries +CPBF

Description: This command returns phonebook entries with alphanumeric fields starting with a given string. The AT+CPBF= command can be used to display all phonebook entries sorted in alphabetical order. This command is not allowed for "LD", "RC", "MC", "SN" phonebooks and for the EN phonebook, which does not contain alphanumeric fields. It is possible to use this command with UCS2 strings. If a wrong UCS2 format is entered, the string is considered as an ASCII string. Syntax: <string> Searched starting string (depends on the format of the data stored in the phonebooks) Syntax: AT+CPBF
Command AT+CPBF=? Note: Test command Possible responses +CPBF: 20,10 OK Note: Max length for phone number is 20 digits, 10 characters for the text +CPBF: 12,112,129,Emergency +CPBF: 15,+331290101,145,Eric OK Note: Display locations with text field starting with E +CME ERROR: 22 Note: Entry not found +CPBF: 11, 0146290921,129,8000010002FFFF OK Note: Display locations with text field starting with 0001 UCS2 character +CME ERROR: 22 Note: Entry not found. The string has a wrong UCS2 format, it is therefore considered as an ASCII string

AT+CPBF=E Note: Read entries with E

AT+CPBF=H Note: Read entries with H AT+CPBF=800001FFFF Note: Read entries starting with 0001 UCS2 character

AT+CPBF=8045C Note: Read entries with 8045C (ASCII format)

Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. GSM Wireless AT Commands - PN S000293B

44

Chapter 8 Phonebook Commands

Write Phonebook Entry +CPBW

Description: This command writes a phonebook entry in location number <index> in the current phonebook memory storage. RC and MC phonebooks could be erased only by +CPBW. Adding a field and/or modifying a field is not allowed for these phonebooks. This command is not allowed for EN, LD, MC, RC, MT, and SN phonebooks (they cannot be written). <index> Integer type value depending on the capacity of the phonebook memory. <number> Phone number in ASCII format. <type> TON/NPI (Type of address byte in integer format). Note: for the <type> parameter, all values are allowed from 0 to 255, but the MSB will be set to 1 in all cases (ex: a <type> value of 17 will be written as 145). <text> String type. Note: For the <text> parameter all strings starting with 80 , 81 or 81 are considered in UCS2 format. See the Appendix G (Coding of Alpha fields in the SIM for UCS2). Note: +CSCS (Select Character set) does not affect the format for phonebook entries. Syntax: AT+CPBW=<index>[,<number>[,<type>[,<text>]]]
Command AT+CPBW=? Note: Test command Possible responses +CPBW: (1-50),20,(129,145),10 OK Note: 50 locations, phone number = 20 digits max, TON/NPI of 129 or 145, text length = 10 OK Note: Location 3 erased OK Note: Location 5 written OK Note: Location 5 overwritten OK Note: Location 6 is written OK Note: First location available is written +CME ERROR: 20 Note: Phonebook full +CME ERROR: 21 Note: Invalid index +CME ERROR: 26 Note: Phone number too long +CME ERROR: 24 Note: Text too long OK Note: Location 8 is written. The string has a wrong UCS2 format, it is therefore considered as an ASCII string

AT+CPBW= 3 Note: Erase location 3 AT+CPBW=5,112,129,SOS Note: Write at location 5 AT+CPBW=5,01290917,129,Jacky Note: Overwrite location 5 AT+CPBW=6,01292349,129,8000410042 Note: write location 6 (UCS2 format for the <text> field) AT+CPBW=,+33145221100,145,SOS Note: Write at the first location available AT+CPBW=,0345221100,129,SOS Note: Write at the first location available AT+CPBW=57,112,129,WM Note: Write at location 57 (wrong) AT+CPBW=7,012345678901234567890,129,WAVE Note: Write at location 7 a phone number exceeding the limit (21 digits) AT+CPBW=7,0122334455,129,TEL Note: Write at location 7 along text (11 characters) AT+CPBW=8,01292349,129,80xyz Note: write location

When the fixed dialing phonebook (FDN) is locked, this command is not allowed. Moreover, when the FDN is unlocked, PIN2 is required to write in the FDN phonebook. But if PIN2 authentication has been performed during the current session, the +CPBW command with FDN is allowed.
Command AT+CPBS=FD Note: Choose FDN AT+CPBW=5,01290917,129,Jacky Note: Write in FDN at location 5 AT+CPIN? AT+CPIN=5678 Note: Enter SIM PIN2 AT+CPBW=5,01290917,129,Jacky Note: Write in FDN at location 5 Possible responses OK +CME ERROR: 17 Note: SIM PIN2 is required SIM PIN2 Note: SIM PIN2 is required OK OK Note: Writing in FDN is now allowed

Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. GSM Wireless AT Commands - PN S000293B

45

Chapter 8 Phonebook Commands

Phonebook Phone Search +CPBP

Description: This command orders the product to search the phonebook for an item with the same phone number as that defined in the parameter. Values: <PhoneNumber> coded according to GSM 07.07/GSM 07.05 Syntax: AT+CPBP=<PhoneNumber>
Command AT+CPBP=+331290101 Note: Search entries corresponding to this phone number AT+CPBP=+331290101 Note: Search entries corresponding to this phone number AT+CPBP=01290202 Note: Search entries corresponding to this phone number AT+CPBP=+331288575 Note: Search entries corresponding to this phone number AT+CPBP=0129 Note: Search entries corresponding to this phone number Possible responses +CPBP: 15,+331290101,145,Eric OK Note: Display the entry corresponding to the specified phone number +CPBP: 15,01290101,129,Eric OK Note: Display the entry corresponding to the specified phone number +CPBP: 15,+331290202,145,David OK Note: Display the entry corresponding to the specified phone number +CPBP: 15,+331290101,145,8045682344FFFF (UCS2 format) OK Note: Display the entry corresponding to the specified phone number +CME ERROR: 22 Note: Entry not found

Move Action in Phonebook

+CPBN

Description: This specific command instructs the product to make a forward or backward move in the phonebook (in alphabetical order). This command is not allowed for the EN phonebook - which does not contain alphanumeric fields. Values: <mode>
First item Last item Next valid item in alphabetical order Previous valid item in alphabetical order Last item read (usable only if a read operation has been performed on the current phonebook since the end of initialization (+WIND: 4)) 5: Last item written (usable only if a write operation has been performed on the current phonebook since the end of initialization (+WIND: 4)) 0: 1: 2: 3: 4:

Syntax: AT+CPBN=<mode>
Command AT+CPBN=? Note: Test command AT+CPBN=0 Note: Read the first location AT+CPBN=2 Note: Read the next location AT+CPBN=2 Note: Read the next location AT+CPBN=3 Note: Read the previous location AT+CPBN=1 Note: Read the last location AT+CPBN=2 Note: Read the next location Possible responses +CPBN: (0-5) OK Note: Possible modes +CPBN: 15,+331290101,145,Eric OK Note: Display the first location +CPBN: 5,+33147658987,145,Frank OK Note: Display the second location +CPBN: 6,+331290302,145,Marc OK Note: Display the third location +CPBN: 5,+33147658987,145,Frank OK Note: Display the second location +CPBN: 6,+331290302,145,Marc OK Note: Display the last location +CPBP: 15,+331290101,145,Eric OK Note: Display the first location 46

Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. GSM Wireless AT Commands - PN S000293B

Chapter 8 Phonebook Commands

Using mode 4 and 5 with +CPBF command and CPBW:

Command AT+CPBF=Er Note: Find Er in phonebook AT+CPBN=2 Note: Read the next location AT+CPBF=Er Note: Find Er in phonebook AT+CPBN=4 Note: Get the last location read AT+CPBW=,0146290800,129,WM Note: Write an item at the first location available AT+CPBN=4 Note: Get the last location read Possible responses +CPBF: 15,+331290101,145,Eric OK Note: Display the location +CPBN: 5,+33147658987,145,Frank OK Note: Display the following location +CPBF: 15,+331290101,145,Eric OK Note: Display the location +CPBF: 15,+331290101,145,Eric OK Note: Display the last location read OK Note: No information about this location +CPBF: 15,+331290101,145,Eric OK Note: Display the last location read AT+CPBN=38,0146290800,129,WM Note: Display the last item written with its location AT+CPBN=38,0146290800,129,WM Note: Now the last item read is the last written item too +CPBF: 15,+3312345,145,8000414339FFFF OK Note: Display this location +CPBF: 15,+3312345,145,8000414339FFFF OK Note: Display the last location read

AT+CPBN=4 Note: Get the last item read AT+CPBF=800041FFFF Note: Find800041 in phonebook AT+CPBN=4 Note: Get the last location read

Note:

The AT+CPBN=5 command is useful after an AT+CPBW command used without a location.

Subscriber Number +CNUM

Description: This command returns the subscriber MSISDN(s). If the subscriber has different MSISDNs for different services, each MSISDN is returned in a separate line. Values: <alphax> optional alphanumeric string associated with <numberx> <numberx> string type phone number with format as specified by <typex> <typex> type of address byte in integer format Command syntax: AT+CNUM Response syntax: +CNUM: <alpha1>, <number1>, <type1> <CR><LF> +CNUM: <alpha2>, <number2>, <type2> .
Command AT+CNUM Note: Get MSISDN(s) Possible responses +CNUM:Phone, 0612345678,129 +CNUM:Fax, 0687654321,129 +CNUM: 80001002FFFF, +0183773, 145 (UCS2 format) OK Note: MSISDNs OK

AT+CNUM=?

Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. GSM Wireless AT Commands - PN S000293B

47

Chapter 8 Phonebook Commands

Avoid Phonebook Initialization +WAIP

Description: This specific command allows the initialization of all phonebooks to be inhibited during subsequent boots. Values: <mode> 0: Normal initialization (with phonebooks) 1: No phonebook initialization Syntax: AT+WAIP=<mode>
Command AT+WAIP? Note: Current values ? AT+WAIP=? Note: Possible values ? AT+WAIP =1 Note: Inhibit initialization of phonebooks (next boot) AT&W Note: Save modifications in EEPROM Possible responses +WAIP:0 OK Note: Default value (init phonebooks) +WAIP: (0,1) OK Note: Disable / enable OK Note: no answer

Caution: The given value should be stored in EEPROM. Therefore, the AT&W command must be used to save the new <mode> value. Note: phonebook commands are allowed if +WAIP=1 (after boot). If a phonebook command is entered, a +CME ERROR: 3 is returned.

Delete Calls Phonebook +WDCP

Description: This specific command deletes the calls listed in some phonebooks. Values: <calls phonebook> LD: SIM (ME extended) Last dialing phonebook MC: ME missed calls list phonebook RC: ME received calls list phonebook Syntax: +WDCP=<calls phonebook>
Command AT+WDCP? AT+WDCP=? Note: Possible values ? AT+WDCP=LD Note: Delete all the content of Last Dialing phonebook. Possible responses OK +WDCP: ("LD","MC","RC") OK Note: Identifiers of the phonebooks supporting a list of calls OK Note: Last Dialing phonebook is now empty.

Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. GSM Wireless AT Commands - PN S000293B

48

Chapter 8 Phonebook Commands

Set Voice Mail Number +CSVM

Description: This commands sets/gets and enables/disables the voice mail number in memory.. Values: <mode> 0: Disable the voice mail number 1: Enable the voice mail number <number> Phone number in ASCII format. <type> TON/NPI (Type of address byte in integer format). Note: For the <type> parameter, all values are allowed from 0 to 255, but the MSB will be set to 1 in all cases (ex: a <type> value of 17 will be written as 145). Syntax: AT+CSVM=<mode>[,<number>[,<type>]]
Command AT+CSVM? Note: Get mail number AT+CSVM=? Note: Possible values ? AT+CSVM=0,888,129 Note: Disable Voice Mail number and change value to 888. Possible responses +CSVM: 1,660,129 OK Note: Voice mail number 660 is activated +CSVM: (0-1),(129,145) OK Note: activation/deactivation and format 129 & 145 are supported OK

Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. GSM Wireless AT Commands - PN S000293B

49

Chapter 9 Short Messages Commands

CHAPTER 9 - SHORT MESSAGES COMMANDS

Parameters Definition
<da> <dcs> <dt> Destination Address, coded according to the GSM Technical Specification 03.40 TP-DA Data Coding Scheme, coded according to document [5] Discharge Time in string format: yy/MM/dd,hh:mm:sszz(Year [00-99], Month [01-12], Day [01-31], Hour, Minute, Second and Time Zone [quarters of an hour] ) First Byte, coded according to SMS-SUBMIT first byte in document [4], default value is 17 for SMSSUBMIT Place of storage in memory Text mode (+CMGF=1): number of characters PDU mode (+CMGF=0): length of the TP data unit in bytes Memory used to list, read and delete messages (+CMGL, +CMGR and +CMGD) Memory used to write and send messages (+CMGW, +CMSS) CBM Message Identifier Message Reference Originator Address Protocol Identifier For SMS: GSM 04.11 SC address followed by GSM Technical Specification 03.40 TPDU in hexadecimal format, coded as specified in doc [4] For CBS: GSM Technical Specification 03.41 TPDU in hexadecimal format Recipient Address Service Center Address Service Center Time Stamp in string format: yy/MM/dd,hh:mm:sszz (Year/Month/Day,Hour:Min:SecondsTimeZone) CBM Serial Number Status of a SMS-STATUS-REPORT Status of message in memory Type-of-Address of <oa> Type-of-Address of <ra> Type-of-Address of <sca> Number of message locations in <mem1> Number of messages locations in <mem2> Total number of messages locations in <mem1> Total number of messages locations in <mem2> Validity Period of the short message, default value is 167

<fo> <index> <length> <mem1> <mem2> <mid> <mr> <oa> <pid> <pdu>

<ra> <sca> <scts> <sn> <st> <stat> <tooa> <tora> <tosca> <total1> <total2> <used1> <used2> <vp>

Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. GSM Wireless AT Commands - PN S000293B

50

Chapter 9 Short Messages Commands

Select Message Service +CSMS

Description: The supported services include originated (SMS-MO) and terminated short messages (SMS-MT) as well as Cell Broadcast Message (SMS-CB) services. Values: <service> 0: SMS AT commands are compatible with GSM 07.05 Phase 2 version 4.7.0. 1: SMS AT commands are compatible with GSM 07.05 Phase 2 + version . Syntax: AT+CSMS=<service>
Command AT+CSMS=0 Note: SMS AT command Phase 2 version 4.7.0 AT+CSMS=1 Note: SMS AT command Phase 2 + AT+CSMS? Note: Current values ? Possible responses +CSMS: 1,1,1 OK Note: SMS-MO, SMS-MT and SMS-CB supported +CSMS: 1,1,1 Note: SMS-MO, SMS-MT and SMS-CB supported +CSMS: 0,1,1,1 OK Note: GSM 03.40 and 03.41 (SMS AT command Phase 2 version 4.7.0 +CSMS: (0,1) OK

AT+CSMS=? Note: Possible services

New Message Acknowledgement +CNMA

Description: This command allows reception of a new message routed directly to the TE to be acknowledged., In TEXT mode, only positive acknowledgement to the network (RP-ACK) is possible. In PDU mode, either positive (RP-ACK) or negative (RP-ERROR) acknowledgement to the network is possible. Acknowledgement with +CNMA is possible only if the +CSMS parameter is set to 1 (+CSMS=1) when a +CMT or +CDS indication is shown (see +CNMI command). If no acknowledgement occurs within the network timeout, an RP-ERROR is sent to the network. The <mt> and <ds> parameters of the +CNMI command are then reset to zero (do not show new message indication). Values: <n>: Type of acknowledgement in PDU mode 0: send RP-ACK without PDU (same as TEXT mode) 1: send RP-ACK with optional PDU message 2: send RP-ERROR with optional PDU message <length>: Length of the PDU message Syntax: Command syntax in text mode: AT+CNMA Command syntax in PDU mode: AT+CNMA [ = <n> [ , <length> [ <CR> Note: PDU is entered using <ackpdu> format instead of <pdu> format (e.g., SMSC address field is not present). PDU is entered <ctrl-Z / ESC> ] ] ]

Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. GSM Wireless AT Commands - PN S000293B

51

Chapter 9 Short Messages Commands

Example of new message acknowledgement in TEXT mode

Command AT+CMGF=1 Note: Set TEXT mode AT+CNMI=2,2,0,0,0 Note: <mt>=2 Possible responses OK Note: TEXT mode valid OK +CMT: 123456,98/10/01,12:30 00+00,129,4 ,32,240, 15379,129,5<CR><LF> Received message Note: message received OK Note: send positive acknowledgement to the network +CMS ERROR: 340 Note: no +CNMA acknowledgment expected

AT+CNMA Note: acknowledge the message received AT+CNMA Note: try to acknowledge again

Example of new message acknowledgement in PDU mode:

Command AT+CMGF=0 Note: Set PDU mode Possible responses OK Note: PDU mode valid +CMT: ,29 07913366003000F1240B913366920547F300000030034 19404800B506215D42ECFE7E17319 Note: message received OK Note: send a negative acknowledgement to the network (RP-ERROR) with PDU message (<ackpdu> format).

AT+CNMA=2,<length> <CR> Pdu message <Ctrl-Z/ESC> Note: negative acknowledgement for the message.

Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. GSM Wireless AT Commands - PN S000293B

52

Chapter 9 Short Messages Commands

Preferred Message Storage +CPMS

Description: This command allows the message storage area to be selected (for reading, writing, etc). Values: <mem1>: Memory used to list, read and delete messages. It can be: SM: SMS message storage in SIM (default) BM: CBM message storage (in volatile memory). SR: Status Report message storage (in SIM if the EF-SMR file exists, otherwise in the ME non volatile memory) Note: SR ME non-volatile memory is cleared when another SIM card is inserted. It is kept, even after a reset, while the same SIM card is used. <mem2>: Memory used to write and send messages SM: SMS message storage in SIM (default). If the command is correct, the following message indication is sent: +CPMS: <used1>,<total1>,<used2>,<total2> When <mem1> is selected, all following +CMGL, +CMGR and +CMGD commands are related to the type of SMS stored in this memory. Syntax: AT+CPMS=<mem1>,[<mem2>]
Command AT+CPMS=? Note: Possible message storages Possible responses +CPMS: ((SM,BM,SR),(SM)) OK Note: Read, list, delete: SMS, CBM or SMS Status Report Write, send: SMS +CPMS: SM,3, 10,SM,3,10 OK Note: Read, writeSMS from/to SIM 3 SMS are stored in SIM. 10 is the total memory available in SIM +CMS ERROR: 302 +CPMS: 2,20,3,10 OK Note: Read, list, delete CBM from RAM 2 CBM are stored in RAM +CPMS: BM,2,20,SM,3,10 OK Note: Read list, delete CBM from RAM Write SMS to SIM

AT+CPMS? Note: Read

AT+CPMS=AM Note: Select false message storage AT+CPMS=BM Note: Select CBM message storage AT+CPMS? Note: Read

Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. GSM Wireless AT Commands - PN S000293B

53

Chapter 9 Short Messages Commands

Preferred Message Format +CMGF

Description: The message formats supported are text mode and PDU mode. In PDU mode, a complete SMS Message including all header information is given as a binary string (in hexadecimal format). Therefore, only the following set of characters is allowed: {0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9, A, B,C,D,E,F}. Each pair of characters are converted to a byte (e.g.: 41 is converted to the ASCII character A, whose ASCII code is 0x41 or 65). In Text mode, all commands and responses are in ASCII characters. The format selected is stored in EEPROM by the +CSAS command. Values: The <pdu> message is composed of the SC address ( 00 means no SC address given, use default SC address read with +CSCA command) and the TPDU message. In this example, the length of bytes of the TPDU buffer is 14, coded according to GSM Technical Specification 03.40 . In this case the TPDU is: 0x01 0x03 0x06 0x91 0x21 0x43 0x65 0x00 0x00 0x04 0xC9 0xE9 0x34 0x0B, which is GSM 03.40: <fo> 0x01 (SMS-SUBMIT, no validity period) <mr> (TP-MR) 0x03 (Message Reference) <da> (TP-DA) 0x06 0x91 0x21 0x43 0x65 (destination address +123456) <pid> (TP-PID) 0x00 (Protocol Identifier) <dcs> (TP-DCS) 0x00 (Data Coding Scheme: 7 bits alphabet) <length> (TP-UDL) 0x04 (User Data Length, 4 characters of text) TP-UD 0xC9 0xE9 0x34 0x0B (User Data: ISSY) TPDU in hexadecimal format must be converted into two ASCII characters; e.g., an byte with hexadecimal value 0x2A is presented to the ME as two characters 2 (ASCII 50) and A (ASCII 65). Syntax: AT+CMGF
Command AT+CMGF ? Note: Current message format AT+CMGF=? Note: Possible message format Possible responses +CMGF: 1 OK Note: Text mode +CMGF: (0-1) OK Note: Text or PDU modes are available

Example: Sending an SMS Message in PDU mode:

Command AT+CMGF=0 Note: Set PDU mode AT+CMGS=14<CR> 0001030691214365000004C9E9340B Note: Send complete MSG in PDU mode, no SC address Possible responses OK Note: PDU mode valid +CMGS: 4 OK Note: MSG correctly sent, <mr> is returned

Save Settings +CSAS

Description: All settings specified by the +CSCA and +CSMP commands are stored in EEPROM if the SIM card is a Phase 1 card or in the SIM card if it is a Phase 2 SIM card. Values: No parameters Syntax: AT+CSAS
Command AT+CSAS Note: Store +CSCA and +CSMP parameters Possible responses OK Note: Parameters saved

Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. GSM Wireless AT Commands - PN S000293B

54

Chapter 9 Short Messages Commands

Restore Settings +CRES

Description: All settings specified in the +CSCA and +CSMP commands are restored from EEPROM if the SIM card is Phase 1 or from the SIM card if it is a Phase 2 SIM card. Values: No parameters Syntax: AT+CRES
Command AT+CRES Note: Restore +CSCA and +CSMP parameters Possible responses OK Note: Parameters restored

Show Text Mode Parameters +CSDH

Description: This command gives additional information on text mode result codes. This information is given in brackets in the +CMTI, +CMT, +CDS, +CMGR, +CMGL commands. Values: <n>: show indicator 0: do not show header values 1: show the values in result codes Syntax: AT+CSDH
Command AT+CSDH=0 Note: Set value to do not how AT+CSDH? Note: Current value Possible responses OK +CSDH: 0 OK Note: Do not show header values

Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. GSM Wireless AT Commands - PN S000293B

55

Chapter 9 Short Messages Commands

New Message Indication +CNMI

Description: This command selects the procedure for message reception from the network. Values: <mode>: controls the processing of unsolicited result codes Note: Only <mode>=2 is supported. Any other value for <mode> (0,1 or 3) is accepted (return code will be OK), but the processing of unsolicited result codes will be the same as with <mode>=2. 0: Buffer unsolicited result codes in the TA. If TA result code buffer is full, indications can be buffered in some other place, or the oldest indications may be discarded and replaced with the new received indications 1: Discard indication and reject new received message unsolicited result codes when TA-TE link is reserved. Otherwise forward them directly to the TE 2: Buffer unsolicited result codes in the TA when TA-TE link is reserved and flush them to the TE after reservation. Otherwise forward them directly to the TE 3: Forward unsolicited result codes directly to the TE. TA-TE link specific inband used to embed result codes and data when TA is in on-line data mode <mt>: sets the result code indication routing for SMS-DELIVERs. Default is 0. 0: No SMS-DELIVER indications are routed. 1: SMS-DELIVERs are routed using unsolicited code: +CMTI: SM,<index> 2: SMS-DELIVERs (except class 2 messages) are routed using unsolicited code: +CMT: [<alpha>,] <length> <CR> <LF> <pdu> (PDU mode) or +CMT: <oa>,[<alpha>,] <scts> [,<tooa>, <fo>, <pid>, <dcs>, <sca>, <tosca>, <length>] <CR><LF><data> (text mode) 3: Class 3 SMS-DELIVERs are routed directly using code in <mt>=2 ; Message of other classes result in indication <mt>=1 <bm>: set the rules for storing received CBMs (Cell Broadcast Message) types depend on its coding scheme, the setting of Select CBM Types (+CSCB command) and <bm>. Default is 0. 0: No CBM indications are routed to the TE. The CBMs are stored. 1: The CBM is stored and an indication of the memory location is routed to the customer application using unsolicited result code: +CBMI: BM, <index> 2: New CBMs are routed directly to the TE using unsolicited result code. +CBM: <length><CR><LF><pdu> (PDU mode) or +CBM:<sn>,<mid>,<dcs>,<page>,<pages>(Text mode) <CR><LF> <data> 3: Class 3 CBMs: as <bm>=2. Other classes CBMs: as <bm>=1. <ds> for SMS-STATUS-REPORTs. Default is 0. 0: No SMS-STATUS-REPORTs are routed. 1: SMS-STATUS-REPORTs are routed using unsolicited code: +CDS: <length> <CR> <LF> <pdu> (PDU mode) or +CDS: <fo>,<mr>, [<ra>] , [<tora>], <scts>,<dt>,<st> (Text mode) 2: SMS-STATUS-REPORTs are stored and routed using the unsolicited result code: +CDSI: SR,<index> <bfr> Default is 0. 0: TA buffer of unsolicited result codes defined within this command is flushed to the TE when <mode> 13 is entered (OK response shall be given before flushing the codes) 1: TA buffer of unsolicited result codes defined within this command is cleared when <mode> 13 is entered. Syntax: AT+CNMI=<mode>,<mt>,<bm>,<ds>,<bfr>
Command
AT+CNMI=2,1,0,0,0 Note: <mt>=1

Possible responses

OK AT+CMTI: SM,1 Note: message received AT+CNMI=2,2,0,0,0 Note: <mt>=2 OK +CMT: 123456,98/10/01,12:30 00+00,129,4,32,240, 15379,129,5<CR><LF> Note: message received AT+CNMI=2,0,0,1,0 Note: <ds>=1 OK +CMGS: 7 AT+CMGS=+33146290800<CR> OK Message to send <ctrl-Z> Note: Successful transmission Note: Send a message in text mode +CDS: 2, 116, +33146290800, 145, 98/10/01,12:30:07+04, 98/10/01 12:30:08+04, 0 Note: message was correctly delivered

Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. GSM Wireless AT Commands - PN S000293B

56

Chapter 9 Short Messages Commands

Read Message +CMGR

Description: This command allows the application to read stored messages. The messages are read from the memory selected by the +CPMS command. Command syntax: AT+CMGR=<index> Response syntax for text mode:
+CMGR:<stat>,<oa>,[<alpha>,] <scts> [,<tooa>,<fo>,<pid>,<dcs>,<sca>,<tosca>,<length>] <CR><LF> <data> (for SMSDELIVER only) +CMGR: <stat>,<da>,[<alpha>,] [,<toda>,<fo>,<pid>,<dcs>, [<vp>], <sca>, <tosca>,<length>]<CR><LF> <data> (for SMS-SUBMIT only) +CMGR: <stat>,<fo>,<mr>,[<ra>],[<tora>],<scts>,<dt>,<st> (for SMS-STATUS-REPORT only)

Response syntax for PDU mode:

+CMGR: <stat>, [<alpha>] ,<length> <CR><LF> <pdu>

A message read with status REC UNREAD will be updated in memory with the status REC READ. Note: The <stat> parameter for SMS Status Reports is always READ.
Command Possible responses
AT+CMTI: SM,1 Note: New message received +CMGR: REC UNREAD,0146290800, 98/10/01,18:22:11+00,<CR><LF> ABCdefGHI OK +CMGR: REC UNREAD,0146290800, 98/10/01,18:22:11+00,<CR><LF> ABCdefGHI OK Note: Message is read now +CMS ERROR: 321 Note: Error: invalid index +CMGR: 2,,<length> <CR><LF><pdu> OK Note: Message is stored but unsent, no <alpha>field OK

AT+CMGR=1 Note: Read the message

AT+CMGR=1 Note: Read the message again

AT+CMGR=2 Note: Read at a wrong index AT+CMGF=0 ;+CMGR=1 Note: In PDU mode AT+CMGF=1;+CPMS=SR;+CNMI=,,,2 Reset to text mode, set read memory to SR, and allow storage of further SMS Status Report into SR memory AT+CMSS=3 Send an SMS previously stored

AT+CMGR=1 Read the SMS Status Report

+CMSS: 160 OK +CDSI: SR,1 New SMS Status Report stored in SR memory at index 1 +CMGR: "READ",6,160, "+33612345678",129,"01/05/31,15:15:09+00", "01/05/31,15:15:09+00",0 OK

Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. GSM Wireless AT Commands - PN S000293B

57

Chapter 9 Short Messages Commands

List Message +CMGL

Description: This command allows the application to read stored messages, by indicating the type of the message to read. The messages are read from the memory selected by the +CPMS command. Values: <stat> possible values (status of messages in memory):
Text mode possible values REC UNREAD REC READ STO UNSENT STO SENT ALL PDU mode possible values 0 1 2 3 4 Status of messages in memory received unread messages received read messages stored unsent messages stored sent messages all messages

Note: For SMS Status Reports, only ALL / 4 and READ / 1 values of the <stat> parameter will list messages ; other values will only return OK. Command syntax: AT+CMGL=<stat> Response syntax for text mode: +CMGL: <index>,<stat>,<da/oa>[,<alpha>], [<scts>, <tooa/toda>, <length>] <CR><LF><data> (for SMSDELIVER and SMS-SUBMIT, may be followed by other <CR><LF>+CMGL:<index>) +CMGL: <index>,<stat>,<fo>,<mr>,[<ra>],[<tora>],<scts>,<dt>,<st> (for SMS-STATUS-REPORT only, may be followed by other <CR><LF>+CMGL:<index>) Response syntax for PDU mode: +CMGL: <index>,<stat>, [<alpha>], <length> <CR><LF> <pdu> (for SMS-DELIVER, SMS-SUBMIT and SMS-STATUS-REPORT, may be followed by other <CR><LF>+CMGL:<index>)
Command AT+CMGL=REC UNREAD Note: List unread messages in text mode Possible responses +CMGL: 1,REC UNREAD,0146290800, <CR><LF> Unread message ! +CMGL: 3,REC UNREAD, 46290800, <CR><LF> Another message unread! OK Note: 2 messages are unread, these messages will then have their status changed to REC READ (+CSDH:0) +CMGL: 2,REC READ,0146290800, <CR><LF> Keep cool OK OK Note: No message found +CMGL: 1,1,,26 <CR><LF> 07913366003000F3040B913366920547F4001300119041253 0400741AA8E5A9C5201 OK

AT+CMGL=REC READ Note: List read messages in text mode

AT+CMGL=STO SENT Note: List stored and sent messages in text mode AT+CMGL=1 Note: List read messages in PDU mode

Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. GSM Wireless AT Commands - PN S000293B

58

Chapter 9 Short Messages Commands

Send Message +CMGS

Description: The <address> field is the address of the terminal to which the message is sent. To send the message, simply type, <ctrl-Z> character (ASCII 26). The text can contain all existing characters except <ctrl-Z> and <ESC> (ASCII 27). This command can be aborted using the <ESC> character when entering text. In PDU mode, only hexadecimal characters are used (09,AF). Values: <ctrl-Z / ESC > type this to send the message Command syntax in text mode: AT+CMGS= <da> [ ,<toda> ] <CR> text is entered <ctrl-Z / ESC > Command syntax in PDU mode: AT+CMGS= <length> <CR> PDU is entered <ctrl-Z / ESC >
Command AT+CMGS=+33146290800<CR> Please call me soon, Fred. <ctrl-Z> Note: Send a message in text mode AT+CMGS=<length><CR><pdu><ctrl-Z> Note: Send a message in PDU mode Possible responses +CMGS: <mr> OK Note: Successful transmission +CMGS: <mr> OK Note: Successful transmission

The message reference <mr> is returned to the application and allocated by the product. This number begins with 0, is incremented by one for each outgoing message (successes and failures), and is cyclic on one byte (0 follows 255). Note: This number is not a storage number. Outgoing messages are not stored.

Write Message to Memory +CMGW

Description: This command stores a message in memory (either SMS-SUBMIT or SMS-DELIVERs). The memory location <index> is returned (no choice possible as with phonebooks +CPBW). Text or PDU is entered as described for the Send Message +CMGS command. Values: <oa/da>: Originating or Destination Address Value in string format <tooa/toda>: Type of Originating / Destination Address <stat>: Integer type in PDU mode (default 2 for +CMGW) or string type in text mode (default STO UNSENT for +CMGW). Indicates the status of message in memory. If <stat> is omitted, the stored message is considered as a message to send <stat>
0: REC UNREAD 1: REC READ 2: STO UNSENT
3: STO SENT

<length>: Length of the actual data unit in bytes Command syntax in text mode: (<index> is returned in both cases) AT+CMGW= <oa/da> [,<tooa/toda> [,<stat> ] ] <CR> enter text <ctrl-Z / ESC> Command syntax in PDU mode: AT+CMGW= <length> [,<stat>] <CR> give PDU <ctrl-Z / ESC> Response syntax: +CMGW: <index> or +CMS ERROR: <err> if writing fails
Command AT+CMGW=+33146290800<CR> Hello how are you ?<ctrl-Z> Note: Write a message in text mode AT+CMGW=<length><CR><pdu><ctrl-Z> Note: Write a message in PDU mode Possible responses +CMGW: 4 OK Note: Message stored in index 4 +CMGW: <index> OK Note: Message stored in <index>

Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. GSM Wireless AT Commands - PN S000293B

59

Chapter 9 Short Messages Commands

Send Message from Storage +CMSS

Description: This command sends a message stored at location value <index>. Values: <index> location of stored message <da> desination address <toda> type of destination address <mr> message reference Command syntax: AT+CMSS=<index>[,<da> [,<toda>] ] Response syntax: +CMSS: <mr> or +CMS ERROR: <err> if sending fails If a new recipient address <da> is given, it will be used instead of the one stored with the message
Command AT+CMGW=0660123456<CR> Today is my birthday Note: AT+CMSS=5, 0680654321 Note: Send the message 5 to a different destination number AT+CMSS=5, 0680654321 Note: Send the message 5 to a different destination number Possible responses +CMGW: 5 OK Note:Message stored with index 5 AT+CMSS:<mr> OK Note: Successful transmission +CMSS:<mr> OK Note: Successful transmission

Set Text Mode Parameters +CSMP

Description: This command selects a value for <vp>, <pid>, and <dcs>. Values: The <fo> byte comprises 6 different fields:
B7 RP B6 UDHI B5 SRR b4 VPF b3 b2 RD b1 MTI b0

RP: Reply Path, not used in text mode. UDHI: User Data Header Information, b6=1 if the beginning of the User Data field contains a Header in addition to the short message. This option is not supported in +CSMP command, but can be used in PDU mode (+CMGS). SRR: Status Report Request, b5=1 if a status report is requested. This mode is supported. VPF: Validity Period Format b4=0 & b3=0 -> <vp> field is not present b4=1 & b3=0 -> <vp> field is present in relative format Others formats (absolute & enhanced) are not supported. RD: Reject Duplicates, b2=1 to instruct the SC to reject an SMS-SUBMIT for an SM still held in the SC which has the same <mr> and the same <da> as the previously submitted SM from the same <oa>. MTI: Message Type Indicator b1=0 & b0=0 -> SMS-DELIVER (in the direction SC to MS) b1=0 & b0=1 -> SMS-SUBMIT (in the direction MS to SC) In text mode <vp> is only coded in relative format. The default value is 167 (24 hours). This means that one byte can describe different values:
VP value 0 to 143 144 to 167 168 to 196 197 to 255 Validity period value (VP + 1) x 5 minutes (up to 12 hours) 12 hours + ( (VP 143) x 30 minutes ) (VP 166) x 1 day (VP 192) x 1 week

<pid> is used to indicate the higher layer protocol being used or indicates interworking with a certain type of telematic device. For example, 0x22 is for group 3 telefax, 0x24 is for voice telephone, 0x25 is for ERMES. <dcs> is used to determine the way the information is encoded. Compressed text is not supported. Only GSM default alphabet, 8 bit data and UCS2 alphabet are supported.
Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. GSM Wireless AT Commands - PN S000293B 60

Chapter 9 Short Messages Commands

Syntax: AT+CSMP=<fo>, <vp>, <pid>,<dcs>

Command AT+CSMP? Note: current values AT+CMPS=17,23,64,244 Note:<vp> = 23 (2 hours, relative format) <dcs> = GSM 8 bits alphabet Possible responses +CSMP: 0,0,0,0 OK Note: No validity period <dcs>= PCCP437 alphabet (8 bits 7 bits) OK Note: Command correct

Delete Message +CMGD

Description: This command deletes one or several messages from preferred message storage (BM SMS CB RAM storage, SM SMSPP storage SIM storage or SR SMS Status-Report storage). Values: <index> (1-20) When the preferred message storage is BM Integer type values in the range of location numbers of SIM Message memory when the preferred message storage is SM or SR. <DelFlag> 0 Delete message at location <index>. 1 Delete All READ messages 2 Delete All READ and SENT messages 3 Delete All READ, SENT and UNSENT messages 4 Delete All messages. Note: When the preferred message storage is SR, as SMS status reports are assumed to have a READ status, if <DelFlag> is greater than 0, all SMS status reports will be deleted. Syntax: AT+CMGD=<Index> [,<DelFalg>]
Command Possible responses +CMTI:SM,3 Note: New message received +CMGR: REC UNREAD,0146290800, 98/10/01,18:19:20+00 <CR><LF> Message received! Note: Unread message received from 0146290800 on the 01/10/1998 at 18H19m 20s OK Note: Message deleted OK Note: The message from the preferred message storage at the location 1 is deleted OK Note: All READ messages from the preferred message storage are deleted OK Note: All READ messages and SENT mobile originated messages are deleted OK Note: All READ, SENT and UNSENT messages are deleted OK Note: All messages are deleted

AT+CMGR=3 Note: Read it

AT+CMGD=3 Note: Delete it AT+CMGD=1,0 AT+CMGD=1,1 AT+CMGD=1,2 AT+CMGD=1,3 AT+CMGD=1,4

Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. GSM Wireless AT Commands - PN S000293B

61

Chapter 9 Short Messages Commands

Service Center Address +CSCA

Description This command indicates the service center to which the message must be sent. The product has no default value for this address. If the application tries to send a message without having indicated the service center address, an error will be generated. Therefore, the application must indicate the SC address when initializing the SMS. This address is then permanently valid. The application may change it if necessary. Values: <sca> service center address Syntax: AT+CSCA
Command AT+CMGS= +33146290800<CR> Hello, how are you?<ctrl-Z> Note: Send a message AT+CSCA=0696741234 Note: Service center initialization AT+CMGS=+33146290800<CR> Happy Birthday ! <ctrl-Z> Note: Possible responses +CMS ERROR: 330 Note: service center unknown OK +CMGS: 1 OK Note: Successful transmission

Select Cell Broadcast Message Types +CSCB

Description: This command selects which types of CBMs are to be received by the ME. This command is allowed in both PDU and text modes. Values: The <bm> parameter of +CNMI command controls the message indication. The activation of CBM reception (<mode>=0) can select only specific Message Indentifiers (list in <mids>) for specific Languages (list in <dcss>), but the deactivation stops any reception of CBMs (only AT+CSCB=1 is allowed). Message Identifiers (<mids> parameter) indicates the type of message identifiers for which the ME should listen. <dcss> Supported languages 0 for German 8 for Portuguese 1 for English 9 for Finnish 2 for Italian 10 for Norwegian 3 for French 11 for Greek 4 for Spanish 12 for Turkish 5 for Dutch 13 for Hungarian 6 for Swedish 14 for Polish 7 for Danish 32 for Czech Syntax: AT+CSCB= <mode>, [ <mids>, [ <dcss> ] ] Important Note : Test read command (AT+CSCB ? is not supported).
Command AT+CSCB=0,15-17,50,86, Note: Accept SMS-CB types, 15,16,17,50 and 86 in any language Possible responses OK Note: CBMs can be received +CBM: 10<CR><LF> 00112233445566778899 Note: CBM length of a received Cell Broadcast message (SMS-CB), CBM bytes in PDU mode OK Note: CBM reception is completely stopped

AT+CSCB=1 Note: Deactivate the reception of CBMs

Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. GSM Wireless AT Commands - PN S000293B

62

Chapter 9 Short Messages Commands

Cell Broadcast Message Identifiers +WCBM

Description: This specific command is used to read the EF-CBMI SIM file. The EF-CBMI file is not used with the +CSCB command. The application should read this file (using AT+WCBM ?) and combine the Message Identifiers with those required by the application. Values: <mids> message identifiers Syntax: AT+WCBM= <mids> Command
AT+WCBM=10,100,1000,10000 Note : Write 4 messages identifiers in EFCBMI AT+WCBM? Note : Read the CBMIs in EF-CBMI

Possible responses
OK Note : CBMIs +WCBM=10,100,1000,100000 OK Note : 4 CBMIs are stored in EF-CBMI

Message Status Modification +WMSC

Description: This command allows the manipulation of a message status. The accepted status changes are from READ to NOT READ and vice versa, and also from SENT to NOT SENT and vice versa. Values: <loc> location number of the stored message <interger> <status> new status to be stored, as in the +CMGL command
PDU Mode 0 1 2 3 Text Mode REC UNREAD REC READ STO UNSENT STO SENT

Syntax: AT+WMSC= <loc>, <status>

Command AT+CMGR=2 Possible responses +CMGR: REC READ,+336290918,,99/05/01 14:19:44+04 <CR><LF> Hello All of you! OK

AT+WMSC=2,REC UNREAD AT+CMGR=2

+CMGR: REC UNREAD,+336290918,,99/05/01 14:19:44+04 <CR><LF> Hello All of you! OK

Note: If all parameters are correct, the product overwrites the whole SMS in SIM. Only the first byte (Status byte) is changed. Possible responses: OK if the location is valid +CMS ERROR: 321 if <loc> is invalid or free +CMS ERROR: 302 if the new <status> and the previous one are incompatible (1)

Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. GSM Wireless AT Commands - PN S000293B

63

Chapter 9 Short Messages Commands

Message Overwriting +WMGO

Description: The +CMGW command writes an SMS to the first location available. To write an SMS to a specified location, the +WMGO command forces the product to write an SMS (with the +CMGW command) to the location specified with +WMGO, but for just one +CMGW command. Important Notes: If the external application specifies a free location and an incoming message is received before the AT+CMGW command occurs, the product may store the incoming message at the specified available location. If the user then issues an AT+CMGW command without changing the location with another AT+WMGO, the received message will be overwritten. The location number is not kept over a software reset. Values: <loc> location number of the SIM record to write or overwrite. The number depends on the SIM capacity. Syntax: AT+WMGO= <loc>
Command AT+CMGW=+33146290800<CR> Hello how are you?<ctrl-Z> Note: Write a message in text mode AT+WMGO=4 AT+CMGW=+33146299704<CR> You are overwritten<ctrl-Z> Possible responses +CMGW: 4 OK Note: Message stored in index 4 +CMGW: 4 OK Note: New Message stored in index 4 +WMGO: 4 OK +CMS ERROR:321 +WMGO: [<range of location>] OK

AT+WMGO?

AT+WMGO=999 AT+WMGO=?

Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. GSM Wireless AT Commands - PN S000293B

64

Chapter 9 Short Messages Commands

Unchange SMS Status +WUSS

Description: The +WUSS command allows the SMS Status to be kept at UNREAD after +CMGR or +CMGL. Values: <mode> 0 The SMS Status will change 1 The SMS Status will not change Syntax: AT+WUSS = <mode>
Command AT+WUSS=1 Possible responses OK +CMTI: SM,10 Note: SMS has been received in index 10 +CMGR: REC UNREAD,+33660669023,,03/02/ 13, 18: 36:35+00<CR><LF> Do you want to change state? OK +CMGR: REC UNREAD ,+33660669023,,03/02/ 13, 18: 36:35+00<CR><LF> Do you want to change state? OK Note: The state hasnt been updated OK +CMGR: REC UNREAD,+33660669023,,03/02/ 13, 18: 56:55+00<CR><LF> It is me again. OK +CMGR: REC READ,+33660669023,,03/02/ 13, 18: 56:55+00<CR><LF> It is me again. OK

AT+CMGR=10

AT+CMGR=10

AT+WUSS=0 AT+CMGR=10

AT+CMGR=10

Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. GSM Wireless AT Commands - PN S000293B

65

Chapter 10 Supplementary Services Commands

CHAPTER 10 SUPPLEMENTARY SERVICES COMMANDS

Call Forwarding +CCFC
Description: This commands allows control of the "call forwarding" supplementary service.. Values: <reason> 0 Unconditional 1 Mobile busy 2 No reply 3 Not reachable 4 All call forwarding 5 All conditional call forwarding <mode> 0 Disable 1 Enable 2 Interrogate 3 Registration 4 Erasure <type> TON/NPI (Type of address byte in integer format) (default 145 when dialing string includes international access code character +; otherwise, 129). <class> 1 Voice 2 Data 3 Fax 4 Short Messages 5 All classes Note: The combination of different classes is not supported, it will only result in the activation / deactivation / status request of all classes (7). In the case where the FDN phonebook is activated, the registration is restricted to the phone numbers written in the FDN. If <Class> parameter is not given in the command, 7 is used as the default value. <subaddr> not managed <satype> not managed <time> For <reason> = 2 (No reply), 4 (all call forwarding) and 5 (all conditional call forwarding), time to wait (1 to 30) in seconds before call is forwarded. Default value is 20. <status> 0: not active 1: active

Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. GSM Wireless AT Commands - PN S000293B

66

Chapter 10 Supplementary Services Commands

Command syntax: AT+CCFC= <reason>, <mode> [, <number> [,<type> [,<class> [,<subaddr> [, <satype> [,<time> ] ] ] ] ] ] Response syntax: +CCFC: <status>, <class1> [, <number>, <type> [,<subaddr>, <satype> [,<time> ] ] ] [ <CR><LF>+CCFC: <status>, <class2> [, <number>, <type> [,<subaddr>, <satype> [,<time> ] ] ] [ ] ]
Command AT+CCFC=0,3,0146290800 Note: Register to an unconditional call forwarding AT+CCFC=0,2 Note: Interrogate unconditional call forwarding Possible responses OK Note: Command valid +CCFC:1,1,0146290800,129 Note: Call forwarding active for voice <CR><LF>+CCFC:1,2,0146290802,129 Note: Call forwarding active for data <CR><LF>+CCFC:1,4,0146290804,129 OK Note: Call forwarding active for fax OK Note: Command valid

AT+CCFC=0,4 Note: Erase unconditional call forwarding

+CCFC responses are not sorted by <class> parameter, but only by the order of network response.

Call Barring +CLCK

Description: This command allows control of the call barring supplementary service. Locking, unlocking or querying the status of call barring is possible for all classes or for a specific class. Values: <fac> AO, OI, OX barring outgoing calls AI, IR barring incoming calls AG, AC, AB barring all calls (<mode>=0 only) <mode> 0 Unlocks the facility 1 Locks the facility 2 Query status <class> See description for the +CLCK command (Facility Lock) or +CCFC (Call forwarding). Note: A combination of different classes is not supported. It will only result in the activation/deactivation/status_request for all classes (7). <status> 0 Not active 1 Active Command Syntax: AT+CLCK= <fac>, <mode> [, <password> [, <class> ] ]

Response Syntax: +CLCK: <status> [, <class1> [ <CR><LF>+CLCK: <status>, <class2> [ ] ] (for <mode>=2 and command successful)
Command AT+CLCK=AO,1,1234 AT+CLCK=AO,0,5555 AT+CLCK=AO,0,1234 Possible responses OK Note: Command valid +CME ERROR: 16 Note: Wrong password OK Note: Command valid

Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. GSM Wireless AT Commands - PN S000293B

67

Chapter 10 Supplementary Services Commands

Modify SS Password +CPWD

Description: This command changes the supplementary service password. Values: <fac> See +CLCK command with only P2 facility added (SIM PIN2). Note: Regardless of the specified facility, the change of password applies to barring all calls. <OldPassword>, (NewPassword> The password code is over 8 digits for P2 facility (4 to 8 digits) The password code is over 4 digits for other facilities (1 to 4 digits) Syntax: AT+CPWD=<fac>,<OldPassword>, <NewPassword>
Command AT+CPWD=AO,1234,5555 Note: Change Call Barring password AT+CPWD=AO,1234,5555 Note: Change password AT+CPWD=AO,5555,1234 Note: Change password Possible responses OK Note: Password changed +CME ERROR: 16 Note: Wrong password OK Note: Password changed

Call Waiting +CCWA

Description: This command controls the call waiting supplementary service. The product will send a +CCWA unsolicited result code when the call waiting service is enabled. Values: <n>: result code presentation status in the TA 0: Disable 1: Enable <mode> 0: Disable 1: Enable 2: Query status <class> 1: Voice 2: Data 4: Fax 8: Short Messages 7: All classes (voice, data, and fax) Note: A combination of different classes is not supported. It will only result in the activation / deactivation / status request for all classes (7). <status> 0: Not Active 1: Active <alpha>: Optional string type alphanumeric representation of <number> corresponding to the entry found in the ADN or FDN phonebook.

Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. GSM Wireless AT Commands - PN S000293B

68

Chapter 10 Supplementary Services Commands

Command Syntax: AT+CCWA=<n>, [ <mode> [, <class> ] ] Response Syntax: +CCWA: <status> [, <class1> [ <CR><LF>+CCWA: <status>, <class2> [ ] ] (for <mode>=2 and command successful) Unsolicited Result: +CCWA: <number>, <type>, <class> [ ,<alpha>] (when waiting service is enabled)
Command AT+CCWA=1,1,1 Note: Enable call waiting for voice calls AT+CCWA=1,2 Note: Interrogate call waiting Possible responses OK Note: Command valid +CCWA:1,1 OK Note: Call waiting active for voice calls +CCWA:0146290800,145,1,FREDDY or +CCWA:0146290800,145,1,8023459678FFFF (UCS2 format) Note: Number and name of the waiting voice call OK Note: Command valid +CCWA:,,1 Note: voice call waiting (no number)

AT+CCWA=1,0,7 Note: Erase call waiting

Calling Line Identification Restriction +CLIR

Description: This command controls the Calling Line Identification restriction supplementary service. Values: <n> 0: 1: 2: <m>: 0: 1: 2: 3: 4: Sets the line ID restriction for outgoing calls Presentation indicator is used according to the subscription of the CLIR service CLIR invocation CLIR suppression Shows the subscriber CLIR status in the network CLIR not provisioned CLIR provisioned in permanent mode Unknown (no network) CLIR temporary mode presentation restricted CLIR temporary mode presentation allowed

Command syntax: AT+CLIR=<n> Response syntax: +CLIR:<n>,<m> (for AT+CLIR ?)

Command AT+CLIR=2 AT+CLIR ? Note: Ask for current functionality Possible responses OK Note: Command valid +CLIR:<n>,<m> OK Note: <n> and <m> as defined above

Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. GSM Wireless AT Commands - PN S000293B

69

Chapter 10 Supplementary Services Commands

Calling Line Identification Presentation +CLIP

Description: This command controls the calling line identification presentation supplementary service. When presentation of the CLI (Calling Line Identification) is enabled (and calling subscriber allows), +CLIP response is returned after every RING (or +CRING) result code. Values: <n>: 0: 1: <m>: 0: 1: 2: Parameter sets/shows the result code presentation in the TA Disable Enable parameter shows the subscriber CLIP service status in the network CLIP not provisioned CLIP provisioned Unknown (no network)

Command syntax: AT+CLIP=<n> Response syntax: +CLIP: <n>,<m> (as response to AT+CLIP) +CLIP: <number>, <type>[ ,<subaddr>, <satype>, <alpha> ] +CRING indication
Command AT+CLIP=1 Note: Enable CLIP AT+CLIP? Note: Ask for current functionality

(for an incoming call, after each RING or

AT+CLIP=0 Note: Disable CLIP presentation

Possible responses OK Note: CLIP is enabled +CLIP:<n>,<m> OK Note: <n> and <m> defined as below RING Note: Incoming call +CLIP: 0146290800,129,1,,,FRED Note: Incoming call with number and name presentation RING Note: Incoming call +CLIP: 0146290800,129,1,, 8000204212FFFF Note: Incoming call with number and name presentation (UCS2 format) OK Note: Command valid

Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. GSM Wireless AT Commands - PN S000293B

70

Chapter 10 Supplementary Services Commands

Connected Line Identification Presentation +COLP

Description: This command controls the connected line identification presentation supplementary service - useful for call forwarding of the connected line. Values: <n>: Parameter sets/shows the result code presentation status in the TA 0: Disable 1: Enable <m>: Parameter shows the subscriber COLP service status in the network 0: COLP not provisioned 1: COLP provisioned 2: Unknown (no network) Command syntax: Response syntax: AT+COLP=<n> +COLP: <n>,<m> (as response to AT+COLP?) +COLP: <number>,<type> [ ,<subaddr>, <satype>, <alpha> ] After ATD command, before OK or CONNECT <speed>
Possible responses OK Note: Command valid +COLP:1,1 OK Note: COLP is enabled and provisioned +COLP:0146290928,129,,,JOE or +COLP:0146290800,129,1,,,8000204212FFFF (UCS2 format) OK Note: Connected outgoing line number and name presentation OK Note: Command valid

Command AT+COLP=1 Note: Activate COLP AT+COLP? Note: Ask for current functionality ATD146290928; Note: Outgoing call

AT+COLP=0 Note: Deactivate COLP

Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. GSM Wireless AT Commands - PN S000293B

71

Chapter 10 Supplementary Services Commands

Advice of Charge +CAOC

Description: This refers to the Advice of Charge supplementary service (GSM 02.24 and GSM 02.86), which enables the subscriber to obtain information on call cost. With <mode>=0, the command returns the current call meter value (CCM) from the ME. If AOC is supported, the command can also enable unsolicited event reporting on CCM information. The unsolicited result code +CCCM: <ccm> is sent when the CCM value changes. Deactivation of unsolicited event reporting is performed with the same command. If AOC is supported, the Read command indicates whether unsolicited reporting is activated or not. Values: <mode> 0: 1: 2: <ccm>

Query CCM value Deactivate the unsolicited reporting of CCM value Activate the unsolicited reporting of CCM value String type; three bytes of the current call meter value in hexadecimal format (e.g. 00001E corresponds to the decimal value 30); value is in home units and bytes are coded in a similar way as the ACMmax value in SIM AT+CAOC= <mode>
Possible responses +CAOC: 000A08 OK Note: Display Current Call Meter value (CCM=2568) OK Note: CCM report deactivated OK Note: CCM report activated +CAOC:<mode> OK Note: Display unsolicited report mode (1 or 2) +CAOC: (0-2) OK Note: 0,1,2 modes supported

Command syntax:

Command AT+CAOC=0 Note: Query CCM value AT+CAOC=1 Note: Deactivate unsolicited report of CCM value AT+CAOC=2 Note: Activate unsolicited report of CCM value AT+CAOC ? Note: Request mode AT+CAOC=? Note: Request supported modes

Accumulated Call Meter +CACM

Description: This command resets the Advice of Charge for accumulated call meter value in SIM file EFACM. The ACM contains the total number of home units for both the current and preceding calls. SIM PIN2 is required to reset the value. If setting fails in an ME error, +CME ERROR: <err> is returned. The Read command returns the current value of the ACM. The ACM value (entered or displayed) is in hexadecimal format with 6 digits. Values: <pin2 passwd> string type <acm value> string type coded as <ccm> under +CAOC Command Syntax: AT+CACM
Command AT+CACM? Note: Request ACM value AT+CACM= 1234 Note: Request ACM reset, real PIN2 is 1234 AT+CACM= 0000 Note: Request ACM reset with wrong PIN2 value AT+CACM ? Note: Request ACM value Possible responses +CACM: 000400 OK Note: Display ACM value (ACM=1024) OK Note: ACM value is reset +CME ERROR: 16 Note: Incorrect password +CACM: 000000 OK Note: Display ACM value (ACM = 0)

Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. GSM Wireless AT Commands - PN S000293B

72

Chapter 10 Supplementary Services Commands

Accumulated Call Meter Maximum +CAMM

Description: The set command sets the Advice of Charge related to accumulated call meter maximum value in SIM file EFACMmax. ACMmax contains the maximum number of home units the subscriber is allowed to consume. When ACM (see +CACM) reaches ACMmax, calls are prohibited. SIM PIN2 is required to set the value. If setting fails in an ME error, +CME ERROR: <err> is returned. The Read command returns the current value of ACMmax. The ACMmax value (entered or displayed) is in hexadecimal format with 6 digits. Values: <ACMmax> String type coded as <CCM> under +CAOC. Value 0 disables ACMmax feature. <pin2 passwd> String type Command syntax: AT+CAMM:<ACMmax>,<pin2 passwd>
Command AT+CAMM=000400,1234 Note: Request ACMmax update, PIN2 is 1234 AT+CAMM=000400,0000 Note: Request ACMmax update, PIN2 is 1234 AT+CAMM ? Note: Request ACMmax value Possible responses OK Note: ACMmax updated to 1024 +CME ERROR: 16 Note: Incorrect password +CAMM: 000400 OK Note: ACMmax = 1024

Price Per Unit and Currency Table +CPUC

Description: The set command sets the parameters for Advice of Charge related to price per unit and the currency table in SIM file EFPUCT. PUCT information can be used to convert the home units (as used in +CAOC, +CACM and +CAMM) into currency units. SIM PIN2 is required to set the parameters. If setting fails in an ME error, +CME ERROR: <err> is returned.. Values: <currency> String type <ppu> String type <pin2 passwd> String type Command syntax: AT+CPUC <currency>,<ppu>,<pin2 passwd>
Command AT+CPUC=FFR,0.82,1234 Note: Request Currency and Price per unit update AT+CPUC=FFR,0.82,1111 Note: Request Currency and PPU update (wrong PIN2) AT+CPUC? Note: Request Currency and Price Possible responses OK + CME ERROR: 16 Note: Incorrect password +CPUC:FFR,0.82 OK Note: Currency= FFR Price per unit= 0.82

Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. GSM Wireless AT Commands - PN S000293B

73

Chapter 10 Supplementary Services Commands

Call Related Supplementary Services +CHLD

Description: This command manages call hold and multiparty conversation (conference call). Calls can be put on hold, recovered, released or added to a conversation. Values <n> 0: 1: 1X: 2: 2X: 3: 4:

Release all held calls or set User Determined User Busy (UDUB) for a waiting call. Release all active calls (if any exist) and accepts the other (held or waiting) call. Release a specific call X (active, held or waiting) Place all active calls (if any exist) on hold and accepts the other (held or waiting) call. Place all active calls on hold except call X with which communication is supported. Adds a held call to the conversation. Connects the two calls and disconnects the subscriber from both calls (Explicit Call Transfer). for AT+CHLD=?
Possible responses OK Note: If n is within the defined values +CHLD: (0-4, 11-17, 21-27) OK

Command syntax: AT+CHLD= < n > Response syntax: +CHLD: (0-4, 11-17, 21-27)
Command AT+CHLD=<n> AT+CHLD=?

Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. GSM Wireless AT Commands - PN S000293B

74

Chapter 10 Supplementary Services Commands

List Current Calls +CLCC

Description: This command returns a list of current calls. Values: <idx> integer type, call identification as described in GSM 02.30 <dir> 0: mobile originated (MO) call 1: mobile terminated (MT) call <stat> (state of the call): 0: active 1: held 2: dialing (MO call) 3: alerting (MO call) 4: incoming (MT call) 5: waiting (MT call) <mode> (teleservice): 0: voice 1: data 2: fax 9: unknown <mpty> 0: call is not one of multiparty (conference) call parties 1: call is one of multiparty (conference) call parties <number> string type phone number in format specified by <type> <type> type of address byte in integer format <alpha> optional string type alphanumeric representation of <number> corresponding to the entry found in phonebook. (for UCS2 format see commands examples +CLIP, +CCWA or +COLP) Command syntax: AT+CLCC Response syntax: OK (if no calls are available) Else: +CLCC: <id1>, <dir>, <stat>, <mode>, <mpty> [ ,<number>, <type> [ <alpha> ] ] [<CR><LF> +CLCC: <id2>, <dir>, <stat>, <mode>, <mpty> [ ,<number>, <type> [<alpha> ] ] [. . . ] ] ] <CR><LF> OK
Command RING Note: Incoming call AT+CLCC ATA Note: Answering the call AT+CLCC ATD0146299704 Note: Outgoing Call AT+CLCC Note: Before the phone called is ringing AT+CLCC Note: The phone called is ringing AT+CLCC Note: The call is being answered Possible responses

+CLCC: 1,1,4,0,0,0146294079,129 OK OK +CLCC: 1,1,1,0,0,0146294079,129 OK OK +CLCC: 1,0,2,0,0,0146294079,129 OK +CLCC: 1,0,3,0,0,0146294079,129 OK +CLCC: 1,0,0,0,0,0146294079,129 OK

Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. GSM Wireless AT Commands - PN S000293B

75

Chapter 10 Supplementary Services Commands

Supplementary Service Notifications +CSSN

Description: This command refers to supplementary service related network initiated notifications. Values: <n> Parameter sets/shows the +CSSI result code presentation status 0: disable 1: enable <m> Parameter sets/shows the +CSSU result code presentation status 0: disable 1: enable <code1> 4: closed User Group call, with CUG <index> 5: outgoing calls are barred 6: incoming calls are barred 7: CLIR suppression rejected <code2> 1: closed User Group call, with CUG <index> 2: call has been put on hold (during a voice call, <number> & <type> fields may be present) 3: call has been retrieved (during a voice call, <number> & <type> fields may be present) 4: multiparty call entered (during a voice call, <number> & <type> fields may be present) 5: call on hold has been released (during a voice call) 7: call is being connected (alerting) with the remote party in alerting state in Explicit Call Transfer operation (during a voice call) 8: call has been connected with the other remote party in Explicit Call Transfer operation (during a voice call, <number> & <type> fields may be present) <index> Closed User Group index <number> String type phone number <type> Type of address Command syntax: AT+CSSN= <n>, <m> When <n>=1 and a supplementary service notification is received after a mobile originated call setup, intermediate result code +CSSI:<code1>[,<index>] is sent before any other MO call setup result codes. When <m>=1 and a supplementary service notification is received during a call, unsolicited result code +CSSU:<code2>[,<index>[,<number>,<type>]] is sent.

Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. GSM Wireless AT Commands - PN S000293B

76

Chapter 10 Supplementary Services Commands

Unstructured Supplementary Service Data +CUSD

Description: The USSD supplementary service is described in GSM 02.90. It is based on sequences of digits which may be entered by a mobile user with a handset. A sequence entered is sent to the network which replies with an alphanumerical string, for display only, or for display plus request for the next sequence. This command is used to: Enable or disable the CUSD indication sent to the application by the product when an incoming USSD is received Send and receive USSD strings Values: <n> 0: Disable the result code presentation 1: Enable the result code presentation 2: Cancel session (not applicable to read command response) <m> 0: no further user action required (network initiated USSD-Notify, or no further information needed after mobile initiated operation) 1: further user action required (network initiated USSD-Request, or further information needed after mobile initiated operation) 2: USSD terminated by network 4: Operation not supported <str> is network string, converted in the selected character set <dcs> is the data coding scheme received (GSM TS 03.38). Command syntax: AT+CUSD = <n> [ ,<str> [ <dcs> ] ] Note: In case of enabled presentation, a +CUSD (as direct answer to a send USSD) is then indicated with: +CUSD: <m> [,<str>,<dcs> ]

Command Syntax To Send and Receive USSD: AT+CUSD= <n> [,<str> [,<dcs>]] Note: Please be aware that the send USSD command needs the user to re-enter the <n> parameter! Values for To Send and Receive USSD <str> The USSD string to be sent. <dcs> The default alphabet and the UCS2 alphabet are supported. When the product sends a USSD, an OK response is first returned, the intermediate +CUSD indication comes subsequently. In case of error, a +CUSD: 4 indication is returned.

Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. GSM Wireless AT Commands - PN S000293B

77

Chapter 10 Supplementary Services Commands

Closed User Group +CCUG

Description: The Closed User Group Supplementary Service enables subscribers to form closed user groups with restricted access (both access to and from). The CUG supplementary service is described in GSM 02.85. This service is provided on prior arrangement with the service provider. Subscription options should be selected at implementation. The +CCUG command is used to: Activate/deactivate the control of CUG information for all following outgoing calls, Select a CUG index. Suppress outgoing access (OA). OA allows a member of a CUG to place calls outside the CUG. Suppress the preferential CUG. Preferential is the default CUG used by the network when it does not receive an explicit CUG index. Values: <n> 0: Disable CUG mode (default) 1: Enable CUG mode <index> 0-9: CUG index (0 default), 10: Preferred CUG <info> 0: No information (default) 1: Suppress OA 2: Suppress preferential CUG 3: Suppress OA and preferential CUG Note: To activate the control of the CUG information by call, add [G] or [g] to the ATD command. Index and info values will be used. Command syntax: AT+CCUG = <n> [ ,<index> [ <info> ] ]

Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. GSM Wireless AT Commands - PN S000293B

78

Chapter 11 Data Commands

CHAPTER 11 - DATA COMMANDS

Using AT Commands During a Data Connection
To use AT Commands during a data connection (such as while the product is in online mode), it is necessary either to switch to offline mode, or to use the +WMUX command to enable Commands / Data multiplexing.

Switch from online to offline mode

To switch from online mode to offline mode, the +++ sequence must be sent. Following this, the product gets back to offline mode with an OK response, and an AT command can be sent. Note: The +++ sequence only works with the +ICF command using the following settings: 8 data bits, with no parity 7 data bits, with even parity

Switch from offline to online mode

See the ATO command description.

Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. GSM Wireless AT Commands - PN S000293B

79

Chapter 11 Data Commands

Bearer Type Selection +CBST

Description: This command applies to both outgoing and incoming data calls. For an outgoing call, the two parameters (e.g. <speed> and <ce>) apply, whereas for an incoming call, only the <ce> parameter applies. Notes: For incoming calls, if <ce> is set to T only and the network offers NT only or vice versa, then the call is released. The values 2 and 3 for the <ce> parameter are equivalent to the former values of 100 and 101. Those values are managed for compatibility purposes, but they should no longer be used in the new code (2 as former 100 and 3 as former 101). Values: <speed> 0 (default): 1: 2: 3: 4: 5: 6: 7: 8: 12: 14(*): 65: 66: 68: 70: 71: 75(*): <name> <ce>: 0: 1(default): 2: 3:

Autobauding (modem type: none) 300 bps (modem type: V.21) 1200 bps (modem type: V.22) 1200/75 bps (modem type: V.23) 2400 bps (modem type: V.22bis) 2400 bps (modem type: V.26ter) 4800 bps (modem type: V.32) 9600 bps (modem type: V.32) Specific 9600 bps (modem type: V.34) 1400 bps (modem type: V.34) 300 bps (modem type: V.110) 1200 bps (modem type: V.110) 2400 bps (modem type: V.110) 4800 bps (modem type: V.110) 9600 bps (modem type: V.110) 14400 bps (modem type: V.110) (*)This speed configures data and fax 14.4 kbps bearers. No data compression is provided and only asynchronous modem is supported (<name> = 0). Connection element Transparent only Non transparent only Transparent preferred Non transparent preferred AT+CBST= <speed>, <name>, <ce>
Possible responses +CBST: (0-8,65,66,68,70,71),(0),(0-3) OK Note: Data 14,4 kbps not supported +CBST: (0-8,12,14,65,66,68,70,71,75),(0),(0-3) OK Note: Data 14,4 kbps not supported OK Note: Bearer supported +CBST:7,0,1 OK Note: Command valid +CME ERROR: 4 Note: Bearer not supported

Command syntax:

Command AT+CBST=? Note: Test command AT+CBST=? Note: Test command AT+CBST=7,0,1 Note: Ask for a bearer AT+CBST? Note: Current values AT+CBST=81,0,0 Note: Ask for a bearer

Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. GSM Wireless AT Commands - PN S000293B

80

Chapter 11 Data Commands

Select Mode +FCLASS

Description: This command puts the product into a particular operating mode (data or fax). Values: <n> 0: Data 1: Fax class 1 2: Fax class 2 Command syntax: AT+FCLASS= <n>
Command AT+FCLASS=? Note: Test command AT+FCLASS=? Note: Test command AT+FCLASS=0 Note: Data mode requested AT+FCLASS=1 Note: Fax class 1 mode requested AT+FCLASS? Note: Current value Possible responses +FCLASS: (0,1) OK Note: Fax class 2 not supported +FCLASS: (0,1,2) OK Note: Fax class 2 supported OK Note: Command valid OK Note: Command valid +FCLASS: 1 OK Note: Command valid

Service Reporting Control +CR

Description: This command enables a more detailed type of service reporting in the case of incoming or outgoing data calls. Before sending the CONNECT response to the application, the product will specify the type of data connection that has been set up. These report types are:
+CR: ASYNC +CR: REL ASYNC For asynchronous transparent For asynchronous non-transparent

Values: <mode> 0: Disable extended reports 1: Enable extended reports Command syntax: AT+CR=<mode>
Command AT+CR=0 Note: Extended reports disabled AT+CR=1 Note: Extended reports enabled AT+CR? AT+CR=? Possible responses OK Note: Command valid OK Note: Command valid +CR: 1 OK +CR: (0,1) OK

Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. GSM Wireless AT Commands - PN S000293B

81

Chapter 11 Data Commands

Cellular Result Dodes +CRC

Description: This command shows more detailed ring information for an incoming call (voice or data). Instead of the string RING, an extended string is used to indicate which type of call is ringing (e.g. +CRING: VOICE). These extended indications are:
+CRING: ASYNC +CRING: REL ASYNC +CRING: VOICE +CRING: FAX for asynchronous transparent for asynchronous non-transparent for normal speech. for fax calls

Values: <mode> 0: Disable extended reports 1: Enable extended reports Command syntax: AT+CRC=<mode>
Command AT+CRC=0 Note: Extended reports disabled AT+CRC=1 Note: Extended reports enabled AT+CRC? AT+CRC=? Possible responses OK Note: Command valid OK Note: Command valid +CRC: 1 OK +CRC: (0,1) OK

DTE-DCE Local Rate Reporting +ILRR

Description: This parameter controls whether or not the extended-format +ILRR:<rate> information text is transmitted from the DCE to the DTE. The <rate> reported represents the current (negotiated or renegotiated) DTE-DCE rate. If enabled, the intermediate result code is transmitted in an incoming or outgoing data call, after any data compression report, and before any final result code (CONNECT). Values: <value> 0: Disable local port rate report 1: Enable local port rate report <rate> Can take the following values: 300, 600, 1200, 2400, 4800, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200 Kbps. Command syntax: AT+ILRR = <value>
Command AT+ILRR=0 Note: Local port rate report disabled AT+ILRR=1 Note: Local port rate report enabled AT+ILRR? AT+ILRR=? Possible responses OK Note: Command valid OK Note: Command valid +ILRR: 1 OK +ILRR: (0,1) OK

Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. GSM Wireless AT Commands - PN S000293B

82

Chapter 11 Data Commands

Radio Link Protocol Parameters +CRLP

Description: This command changes the radio link protocol parameters used for non transparent data transmission. Values: <iws> <mws> <T1> <N2> <ver> 0: 1: Range: Description: 0-61: Down window size, (default is 61) 0-61: Up window size, (default is 61) 40-255: Acknowledgement timer in units of 10ms, (default is 48) 1-255:Retransmission attempts, (default is 6) 0-1: Version number V42bis is not supported V42bis is supported AT+CRLP=<iws>,<mws>,<T1>,<N2>, <ver>
Possible responses +CRLP: (0-61),(0-61),(40-255),(1,255),(0) OK Note: V42bis not supported +CRLP: (0-61),(0-61),(40-255),(1,255),(0,1) OK Note: V42bis supported OK Note: Command valid AT+CRLP: 61,61,48,6,0 Note: Command valid Command AT+CRLP=? Note: Test command AT+CRLP=? Note: Test command AT+CRLP=61,61,48,6,0 Note: Set new parameters AT+CRLP? Note: Current values

Command syntax:

Other Radio Link Parameters +DOPT

Description: This command allows some supplementary radio link protocol parameters to be changed. Values: <reset_allowed> 0: Data communication is hung up in case of bad radio link. 1 (default): Data communication continues in case of bad radio link (possible loss of data) < dtx_allowed > 0: Normal mode 1 (default): Economic battery mode (not supported by all networks) Command syntax: AT+DOPT=<reset_allowed>,<dtx_allowed>
Command AT+DOPT=1 Note: Set new parameters AT+DOPT+? Note: Test command AT+DOPT=1,1 Note: Set new parameters AT+DOPT? Note: Current values Possible responses OK Note: Command valid (0,1),(0,1) OK Note: DTX is supported OK Note: Command valid 1,1 OK Note: Command valid

Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. GSM Wireless AT Commands - PN S000293B

83

Chapter 11 Data Commands

Select Data Compression %C

Description: This command enables or disables data compression negotiation if this feature is supported on the product. Values: <n> 0: no compression (default) 2: V42bis compression if supported Command syntax: AT%C<n>
Command AT%C0 Note: Command AT%C2 Note: Command AT%C? Note: Current value Possible responses OK Note: Feature supported OK Note: V42bis supported 2 OK Note: Command valid

V42bis Data Compression +DS

Description: This command enables or disables V.42bis data compression if this feature is supported on the product. Note that the product allows only the MNP2 protocol. Values: < dir >: Specifies the desired direction(s) of operation of the data compression function; from the DTE point of view, (default is 3) 0: Negotiated no compression 1: Transmit only 2: Receive only 3: Both directions, accept any direction < neg >: Specifies whether or not the DCE should continue to operate if the desired result is not obtained, (default is 0) 0: Do not disconnect if V.42 bis is not negotiated by the remote DCE as specified in <dir> 1: Disconnect if V.42 bis is not negotiated by the remote DCE as specified in <dir> < P1 > Specifies the maximum number of dictionary entries that should be negotiated, Range is 512 to 4096. Default is 4096. < P2 > Specifies the maximum string length to be negotiated. Range is 6 to 250. Default is 20. Command syntax: AT+DS=<dir>,<neg>,<P1>,<P2>
Command AT+DS=? Note: Test command AT+DS=3,0,4096,250 Note: Set new parameters AT+DS? Note: Current values Possible responses +DS: (0-3),(0,1),(512-4096),(6-250) OK OK Note: Command valid +DS: 3,0,4096,20 OK Note: Command valid

Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. GSM Wireless AT Commands - PN S000293B

84

Chapter 11 Data Commands

V42bis Data Compression Report +DR

Description: This command determines whether or not the use of V42bis is allowed for an incoming or outgoing data call, if this feature is provided by the product. The intermediate result code represents current DCE-DCE data compression type. The format of this result code is as follows: Data compression is not in use +DR: NONE
+DR: V42B +DR: V42B RD +DR: V42B TD Rec. V.42 bis is in use in both directions Rec. V.42 bis is in use in receive direction only Rec. V.42 bis is in use in transmit direction only

The +DR intermediate result code, if enabled, is issued before the final result code, before the +ILRR intermediate report and after the service report control +CR. Values: <status> State of the V42bis 0: Disable. Default value. 1: Enable Command syntax: AT+DR
Command AT+DR=? Note: Test command AT+DR=1 Note: Reporting enabled AT+DR? Note: Current value Possible responses +DR: (0-1) OK OK Note: Command valid +DR: 1 OK Note: Command valid

Select Data Error Correcting Mode \N

Description: If this feature is provided by the product, this command controls the preferred error correcting mode for a data connection. It can only be used for transparent data transmission. If the MNP2 feature is provided, the product authorizes MNP error correction mode. Values: <n> 0(default): Disables error correction mode 2: Selects an auto reliable mode (LAPM connection, then MNP connection) 4: Selects LAPM error correction mode 5: Selects MNP error correction mode Note: +E prefixed commands of V.25 ter are not used. Command syntax: AT\N<n>
Command AT\N0 Note: no error correction AT\N? Note: Current value AT\N4 Possible responses OK 0 OK Note: Command valid +CME ERROR: 3

Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. GSM Wireless AT Commands - PN S000293B

85

Chapter 12 Fax Commands

CHAPTER 12 - FAX COMMANDS

The fax service provided by the product is class 1 compatible. However, only the core commands defined by ITU T.31 are supported. This means that commands such as AT+FAR, +FCC, etc. are not supported. Autobauding must be enabled to set up the product for fax. All set commands below return an ERROR response code if they are not issued during communication.

Transmit speed +FTM

Description: This command sets the fax transmit speed. Values: <speed> 24: 2400 bps (modem type: V.27ter) 48: 4800 bps (modem type: V.27ter) 72: 7200 bps (modem type: V.29) 73: 7200 bps (long) (modem type: V.17) 74: 7200 bps (short) (modem type: V.17) 96: 9600 bps (modem type: V.29) 97: 9600 bps (long) (modem type: V.17) 98: 9600 bps (short) (modem type: V.17) 121: 12000 bps (long) (modem type: V.17) 122: 12000 bps (short) (modem type: V.17) 145: 14400 bps (long) (modem type: V.17) 146: 14400 bps (short) (modem type: V.17) Command syntax: AT+FTM=<speed>
Command AT+FTM=? Note: Test command Possible responses (24,48,72,73,74,96,97,98,121,122,145,146) OK Note: Fax 14.4 kbps supported

Receive Speed +FRM

Description: This command sets the fax receive speed. Values: The speed values are identical to those of the +FTM command. Command syntax: AT+FRM=<speed>
Command AT+FRM=? Note: Test command Possible responses (24,48,72,73,74,96,97,98,121,122,145,146) OK Note: Fax 14.4 kbps supported

HDLC Transmit Speed +FTH

Description: This command sets the fax transmit speed, using the HDLC protocol. Values: <speed> 3 V.21 channels 300 bps. Command syntax: AT+FTH=<speed>
Command AT+FTH=? Note: Test command Possible responses (3) OK 86

Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. GSM Wireless AT Commands - PN S000293B

Chapter 12 Fax Commands

HDLC Receive Speed +FRH

Description: This command sets the fax receive speed using the HDLC protocol. Values: <speed> 3 V.21 channels 300 bps. Command syntax: AT+FRH=<speed>
Command AT+FRH=? Note: Test command Possible responses (3) OK

Stop Transmission and Wait +FTS

Description: This command stops transmission for the period specified. Values: <n>: silence period (units of 10 ms). Command syntax: AT+FTS=<n>
Command AT+FTS=? Note: Test command AT+FTS=50 Note: Stops transmission and waits for 0.5s Possible responses (0-255) OK OK Note: Command valid

Receive Silence +FRS

Description: This command causes the modem to stop listening to the network and report back to the DTE after the specified period. It is aborted if any character is received from the application. Values: <n> No listening period in units of 10 ms. Command syntax: AT+FRS=<n>
Command AT+FRS=? Note: Test command AT+FRS=50 Note: Stops transmission and waits for 0.5s Possible responses (0-255) OK OK Note: Command valid

Setting Up the PC Fax Application:

The recommended fax application is Delrina WinFax v8.0. It should be configured as follows (menu Setup/Fax Modem Setup): Port: any com Model: Generic Class 1 (hardware flow control). A generic class 1 with software flow control can also be selected. Init: default string is suitable for the product Reset: default string is suitable for the product Maximum Transmit Rate: 9600 baud (if higher rate will be automatically cut back to 9600 baud). Other settings are of no relevance for the GSM unit. They can be modified.

Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. GSM Wireless AT Commands - PN S000293B

87

Chapter 13 Fax Class 2 Commands

CHAPTER 13 - FAX CLASS 2 COMMANDS

If the feature is supported, the commands +FDT, +FDR, +FET, +FPTS and +FK must be used during communication only. The other commands, +FBOR, +FBUF, +FCQ, +FCR, +FDCC, +FDIS, +FLID and +FPHCTO, cannot be used during communication.

Transmit Data +FDT

Description: This command prefixes data transmission. Syntax: No parameters Command syntax: AT+FDT

Receive Data +FDR

Description: This command initiates data reception. Values: No parameters Command syntax: AT+FDR

Transmit Page Punctuation +FET

Description: This command punctuates page and document transmission after +FDT commands. It indicates that the current page is complete, and whether or not there are additional pages to be sent. Values: <ppm> 0: Another page next, same document 1: Another document next 2: No more pages or documents 3: Another partial page next 4: Another page, procedure interrupt 5: Another document, procedure interrupt 6: All done, procedure interrupt Command syntax: AT+FET=<ppm> The remote station should respond with +FPTS:<ppr>

Page Transfer Status Parameters +FPTS

Description: This command sets post page transfer response. Values: <ppm> 1: Page good 2: Page bad ; retrain requested 3: page good ; retrain requested 4: Page bad ; interrupt requested 5: Page good ; interrupt requested Command syntax: AT+FPTS=<ppr>

Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. GSM Wireless AT Commands - PN S000293B

88

Chapter 13 Fax Class 2 Commands

Terminate Session +FK

Description: This command causes the product to terminate the session. Values: No parameters Command syntax: AT+FK

Page Transfer Bit Order +FBOR

Description: This command sets the bit order for negotiation and fax page transfer. The order is related to the bit order or radio link. Values:
<n> 0(default) 1 2 3 Bit order for negotiation Same Same Reverse Reverse Bit order for page transfer Same Reverse Same Reverse Possible responses (0-3) OK

Command syntax:

AT+FBOR=<n>
Command AT+FBOR=? Note: Test command

Buffer Size Report +FBUF

Description: This command requests the size of the exchange buffer between the modem and the fax application. Note: Only the read command is supported. Values: No parameters Command syntax: AT+FBUF
Command AT+FBUF? Note: Current value Possible responses 1024 OK Note: Command valid

Copy Quality Checking +FCQ

Description: This command controls Copy Quality checking for receiving faxes. Values: <n> 0 Default value; the only value supported Command syntax: AT+FCQ=<n>
Command AT+FCQ=? Note: Test command Possible responses (0) OK

Capability to Receive +FCR

Description: This commands controls the capability of the modem to accept incoming faxes. Values: <n> 0: The modem will not accept incoming faxes. 1: The modem will accept incoming faxes (default). Command syntax: AT+FCR=<n>
Command AT+FCR=? Note: Test command Possible responses (0,1) OK 89

Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. GSM Wireless AT Commands - PN S000293B

Chapter 13 Fax Class 2 Commands

Current Sessions Parameters +FDIS

Description: This command allows the DTE to parameter the capabilities used for the current session. Values: (of the T30 standard): <vr>: Vertical Resolution 0: Normal: 98 lpi. (default) 1: Fine: 196 lpi <br>: Bit Rate 0: 2400 bps (modem type: V.27 ter) 1: 4800 bps (modem type: V.27 ter) 2: 7200 bps (modem type: V.29) 3: 9600 bps (modem type: V.29, V.17) Default value if 14.4 Kbps IS NOT supported 4: 12000 bps (modem type: V.33, V.17) Only when product supports 14.4 kbps data feature 5: 14400 bps (modem type: V.33, V.17) Only when product supports 14.4 kbps data feature. Default <wd>: Page Width 0: 1728 pixels in 215 mm. (default) 1: 2048 pixels in 255 mm 2: 2432 pixels in 303 mm <ln>: Page Length 0: A4, 297 mm 1: B4, 364 mm 2: Unlimited (default) <df>: Data Compression Format 0: 1-D modified huffman (default) 1: 2-D modified read 2: 2-D uncompressed mode 3: 2-D modified modified read <ec>: Error Correction 0: Disable Fax ECM. Default value if fax ECM feature IS NOT supported. 1: Enable Fax ECM, 64 bytes/frame. Only when product supports fax Error Correction Mode feature. 2: Enable Fax ECM, 256 bytes/frame. Default value if fax EMC feature IS supported. Only when product supports fax Error Correction Mode feature. <bf>: Binary File Transfer, 0 Only 0 is supported. <st>: Scan Time per line,
<st> 0(default) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Description <vr>=0 0 ms 5 ms 10 ms 10 ms 20 ms 20 ms 40 ms 40 ms Description <vr>=1 0 ms 5 ms 5 ms 10 ms 10 ms 20 ms 20 ms 40 ms

Command syntax:

AT+FDIS=<vr>,<br>,<wd>,<ln>,<df>,<ec>,<bf>,<st>
Command AT+FDIS=? Possible responses (0,1),(0-5),(0-2),(0-2),(0-3),(0),(0),(0-7) OK Note: Fax ECM not supported Fax 14.4 kbps supported (0,1),(0-3),(0-2),(0-2),(0-3),(0),(0),(0-7) OK Note: Fax ECM not supported Fax 14.4 kbps not supported

Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. GSM Wireless AT Commands - PN S000293B

90

Chapter 13 Fax Class 2 Commands

DCE Capabilities Parameters +FDCC

Description: This command allows the DTE to parameter the capabilities used for any session. Values: The parameters and default values are the same as for the +FDIS command. See previous page. Command syntax: AT+FDCC=<vr>,<br>,<wd>,<ln>,<df>,<ec>,<bf>,<st>
Command AT+ FDCC=? Note: Test command Possible responses (0,1),(0-5),(0-2),(0-2),(0-3),(0-2),(0),(0-7) OK Note: Fax ECM supported Fax 14.4 kbps supported (0,1),(0-5),(0-2),(0-2),(0-3),(0),(0),(0-7) OK Note: Fax ECM not supported Fax 14.4 kbps supported (0,1),(0-3),(0-2),(0-2),(0-3),(0-2),(0),(0-7) OK Note: Fax ECM supported Fax 14.4 kbps not supported (0,1),(0-3),(0-2),(0-2),(0-3),(0),(0),(0-7) OK Note: Fax ECM not supported Fax 14.4 kbps not supported

Local ID String +FLID

Description: This command defines the local ID string to be defined. Values: <string> The string has a limited size of 20 characters and accepts any characters between 32 and 127 as ASCII codes. Command syntax: AT+FLID=<string>
Command AT+FLID=? Note: Test command Possible responses (20),(32-127) OK

Page Transfer Timeout Parameter +FPHCTO

Description: This command sets the period the modem waits for another page before it assumes there are no more pages and aborts. Values: <n> Waiting period for another page in seconds. Range 0 to255. Default 30. Command syntax: AT+FPHCT0=<n> (default is 30)
Command AT+FPHCTO=? Note: Test command Possible responses (0-255) OK

Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. GSM Wireless AT Commands - PN S000293B

91

Chapter 13 Fax Class 2 Commands

Fax Class 2 Indication Messages

The following messages are used to indicate DCE Responses. They are used in communication only. +FCON: This response indicates connection with a fax machine. +FDCS <vr>,<br>,<wd>,<ln>,<df>,<ec>,<bf>,<st>: This response reports current session capabilities. The parameters are the same than those of AT+FDIS command (see 0). +FDIS <vr>,<br>,<wd>,<ln>,<df>,<ec>,<bf>,<st>: This response reports remote capabilities. The parameters are the same than those of AT+FDIS command (see 0). +FCFR: This response indicates confirmation to receive. +FTSI <string>: This response reports the received transmit station ID string. +FCSI <string>: This response reports the received called station ID string. +FPTS <ppr>: This response reports received page transfer status. The parameter is the same than the one of AT+FPTS command (see 0). +FET <ppm>: This response reports post page message response. The parameter is the same than the one of AT+FET command (see 0). +FHNG <cause>: This response reports the hang-up cause. It indicates that the call has been terminated. <cause> 0: Normal end of connection. 10: Unspecified transmit phase A error. 20: Unspecified transmit phase B error. 40: Unspecified transmit phase C error. 50: Unspecified transmit phase D error. 70: Unspecified receive phase B error. 90: Unspecified receive phase C error. 100: Unspecified receive phase D error.

Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. GSM Wireless AT Commands - PN S000293B

92

Chapter 14 V.24 and V.25 Commands

CHAPTER 14 V.24 AND V.25 COMMANDS

Fixed DTE Rate +IPR
Description: This commands specifies the data rate at which the DCE will accept commands. Notes: Autobauding is supported (operating from 2400 to 115200 baud). Any AT command issued by the DTE must start with both capital A and T (or /) or both lower case a and t (or /); otherwise, the DCE may return some garbage characters and become desynchronized. Should this happen, the DTE simply issues AT\r (at 2400 or 4800 bauds) once or twice or just AT (at 9600 bauds) to resynchronize the modem. The DTE waits for 1ms after receiving the last character of the AT response (which is always \n or 0x0A) to send a new AT command at either the same rate or a new rate. Should this delay be ignored, the DCE can become desynchronised. Once again, sending AT\r once or twice or just AT causes the DCE to recover. Caution: When starting up, if autobauding is enabled and no AT command has yet been received, the product sends all unsolicited responses (like RING) at 9600 bauds. Values: <value> Baud rates that can be used by the DCE 0 Enables autobauding 300 600 1200 2400 4800 9600 19200 38400 57600 115200 Command syntax: AT+IPR=<value>
Command AT+IPR? Possible responses +IPR: 9600 OK Note: Current rate is 9600 bps +IPR: (0,2400,4800,9600,19200,38400,57600,115200), (300,600,1200) OK Note: Possible values, according to V25ter Recommendation: The first set of values indicates the range of auto-detectable baud rates (including 0). The second set of values indicates the baud rates supported by the DCE but not auto-detectable. OK Note: Disable autobauding and set rate to 38400 bps OK Note: Enable autobauding

AT+IPR=?

AT+IPR=38400 AT+IPR=0

Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. GSM Wireless AT Commands - PN S000293B

93

Chapter 14 V.24 and V.25 Commands

DTE-DCE Character Framing +ICF

Description: This command determines the local serial port start-stop (asynchronous) character framing that the DCE uses. Values: <format> 0: Autodetect (not supported) 1: 8 Data 2 Stop (supported) <parity> parameter is ignored 2: 8 Data 1 Parity 1 Stop (supported) If no <parity> provided, 3 is used by default as <parity> value 3: 8 Data 1 Stop (supported) <parity> parameter is ignored 4: 7 Data 2 Stop (supported) <parity> parameter is ignored 5: 7 Data 1 Parity 1 Stop (supported) If no <parity> provided, 3 is used by default as <parity> value 6: 7 Data 1 Stop (supported) <parity> parameter is ignored <parity> 0: Odd (supported) 1: Even (supported) 2: Mark (supported) 3: Space (supported) 4: None (supported) Notes: Setting a character framing different from 8N1 will disable autobauding if it was activated. Setting it back to 8N1 will not re-enable autobaud. Setting the framing to 8N1 will let autobauding be enabled, if it was already enabled (implying framing was already 8N1). Command syntax: AT+ICF= <format>[, <parity>]
Command AT+ICF? Possible responses +ICF: 3,4 OK Note: Current values +ICF: (1-6),(0-4) OK Note: Possible values OK Note: New values

AT+ICF=?

AT+ICF=2,0

Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. GSM Wireless AT Commands - PN S000293B

94

Chapter 14 V.24 and V.25 Commands

DTE-DCE Local Flow Control +IFC

Description: This command is controls the operation of local flow control between the DTE and DCE. Values: < DCE_by_DTE > 0: none (supported) 1: Xon/Xoff local circuit 103 (not supported) 2: RTS (supported) 3: Xon/Xoff global on circuit 103 (not supported) Note: When this parameter is set to 2 (DTE invokes flow control through RTS) DCE behaviour is as follows: If the DCE has never detected RTS in the high (or ON) condition since startup then it ignores RTS as it assumes that this signal is not connected. As soon as the DCE detects RTS high the signal acts on it. Therefore subsequent RTS transition to OFF will prevent the DCE from sending any further data in both online and offline modes. This behaviour allows the user to use the default settings (hardware flow control) and leave RTS disconnected. In the case where RTS is connected and is high at least once, it acts on the DCE. < DTE_by_DCE > 0: none (supported) 1: Xon/Xoff circuit 104 (not supported) 2: CTS (supported) Note: When this parameter is set to 0 (none) then CTS is kept high all the time. Command syntax: AT+IFC=<DCE_by_DTE>,<DTE_by_DCE>
Command AT+IFC? Possible responses +IFC: 2,2 OK Note: Current values +IFC: (0,2),(0,2) OK Note: Possible values OK Note: New values

AT+IFC=?

AT+IFC=0,0

Set DCD Signal &C

Description: This commands controls the Data Carrier Detect (DCD) signal. Values: <n> 0 DCD always on 1 DCD matches the state of the remote modems data carrier Command syntax: AT&C <n>
Command AT&C0 Note: DCD always on AT&C1 Note: DCD matches state of the remote modems data carrier Possible responses OK Note: Command valid OK Note: Command valid

Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. GSM Wireless AT Commands - PN S000293B

95

Chapter 14 V.24 and V.25 Commands

Set DTR Signal &D

Description: This commands controls the Data Terminal Ready (DTR) signal. Values: <n> 0 The DTR signal is ignored 1 Modem switches from data to command mode when DTR switches from ON to OFF 2 Upon DTR switch from ON to OFF, the call is released Command syntax: AT&D <n>
Command AT&D0 Note: The DTR signal is ignored AT&D1 Note: Modem switches from data to command mode when DTR switches from ON to OFF AT&D2 Note: Upon DTR switch from ON to OFF, the call is released Possible responses OK Note: Command valid OK Note: Command valid OK Note: Command valid

Set DSR Signal &S

Description: This commands controls the Data Set Ready (DSR) signal. Values: <n> 0 DSR always on 1 DSR off in command mode. DSR on in data mode. Command syntax: AT&S
Command AT&S0 Note: DSR always on AT&S1 Note: DSR off in command mode, DSR on in data mode Possible responses OK Note: Command valid OK Note: Command valid

Back to Online Mode O

Description: If a connection has been established and the ME is in command mode, this command allows you to return to online data mode. Values: No parameters Command syntax: ATO
Command ATO Return from offline mode to online mode Possible responses OK

Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. GSM Wireless AT Commands - PN S000293B

96

Chapter 14 V.24 and V.25 Commands

Result Code Suppression Q

Description: This command determines whether the mobile equipment sends result codes or not. Values: <n> 0 DCE transmit result codes 1 Result codes are suppressed and not transmitted Command syntax: ATQ
Command ATQ0 Note: DCE transmits result codes ATQ1 Note: Result codes are suppressed and not transmitted Possible responses OK Note: Command valid Note: No response

DCE Response Format V

Description: This command determines the DCE response format, with or without header characters <CR><LF>. Result codes are provided as numeric or verbose. Values:
Information responses Result codes <n>=0 <text><CR><LF> <numeric code><CR> <n>=1 <CR><LF> <text><CR><LF> <CR><LF> <verbose code><CR><LF>

Command syntax: ATV

Command ATV0 Note: DCE transmits limited headers and trailers and numeric result codes ATV1 Note: DCE transmits full headers and trailers and verbose response text Possible responses 0 Note: Command is valid (0 means OK) OK Note: Command valid

Default Configuration Z
Description: This command restores the configuration profile. Any call is released. Syntax: No parameters Command syntax: ATZ
Command ATZ Note: Possible responses Ok Note: Command valid

Save Configuration &W

Description: This command writes the active configuration to a non-volatile memory (EEPROM). For description of the stored parameters, refer to Appendix A. Values: No parameters Command syntax: AT&W
Command AT&W Note: Writes current configuration to EEPROM Possible responses OK Note: Command valid

Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. GSM Wireless AT Commands - PN S000293B

97

Chapter 14 V.24 and V.25 Commands

Auto-Tests &T
Description: This command runs various auto-tests. Values: AT&T0 is used to perform auto-tests. The response will be OK if no software problem is detected (EEPROM, RAM and ROM checksums), otherwise a simple ERROR response is sent. AT&T1 is used to close the audio loop and AT&T2 is used to open the audio loop. This is used to validate the audio loop (microphone to speaker). <n> 0 Perform software auto-tests The response will be OK if no software problem is detected (EEPROM, RAM, and ROM checksums); otherwise, a simple ERROR response is sent. 1 Perform the audio loop test (close) This is used to validate the audio loop (microphone to speaker) 2 Stop the audio loop test (open) This is used to validate the audio loop (microphone to speaker) Command syntax: AT&T
Command AT&T0 Note: Perform software auto-tests AT&T1 Note: Do the audio loop test (close) AT&T2 Note: Stop the audio loop test (open) Possible responses OK Note: No software problem detected, all checksums are correct OK Note: Command valid OK Note: Command valid

Echo E
Description: This command is used to determine whether the modem echoes characters received by an external application (DTE). Values: <n> 0 Characters are not echoed 1 Characters are echoed Command syntax: ATE <n>
Command ATE0 Note: Characters are not echoed ATE1 Note: Characters are echoed Possible responses OK Note: Done OK Note: Done

Restore Factory Settings &F

Description: This command is used to restore the factory settings from EEPROM. It only restores the parameters that can be found in the Parameters Storage table with column AT&F checked. Those parameters are restored in RAM and in E2P, overwriting the profile for AT&W. Values: <n> 0 Restore factory settings Command syntax: AT&F <n>
Command AT&F Note: Ask for restoring the factory settings AT&F0 Note: Ask for restoring the factory settings Possible responses OK Note: Done OK Note: Done

Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. GSM Wireless AT Commands - PN S000293B

98

Chapter 14 V.24 and V.25 Commands

Display Configuration &V

Description: This command is used to display the modem configuration. Values: <n> 0 Displays the modem configuration in RAM. Default value if no parameter provided. 1 Displays the modem configuration in EEPROM. 2 Displays the modem factory configuration. Command syntax: AT&V <n> The parameters displayed are the following: Q: val 1, V: val 2, S0: val 3, S2: val 4, S3: val 5, S4: val 6, S5: val 7, +CR: val 8, +CRC: val 9, +CMEE: val 10, +CBST: val 11, +SPEAKER: val 12, +ECHO: val 13, &C: val 14, &D: val 15, %C: val 16, +IPR: val 17, +ICF: val 18, +IFC: val 19
Command AT&V Note: Display active parameters in RAM Possible responses Q:0 V:1 S0:000 S2:043 S3:013 S4:010 S5:008 +CR:0 +CRC:0 +CMEE:0 +CBST:0,0,1 +SPEAKER:0 +ECHO:0,0 &C:1 &D:2 %C:0 +IPR:9600 +ICF:3,4 +IFC:2,2 OK Note: Done For Echo the first value corresponds to Echo cancellation 1.

Request Identification Information I

Description: This command causes the product to transmit one or more lines of specific information text. Values: <n> 0: Displays manufacturer followed by model identification. Equivalent to +CGMI and +CGMM. 3: Displays revision identification. Equivalent to +CGMR. 4: Displays modem configuration in RAM. Equivalent to &V0. 5: Displays modem configuration in EEPROM. Equivalent to &V1. 6: Displays modem data features. Lists the supported data rates, data modes, and fax classes. 7: Displays modem voice features. Other values: OK string will be sent back. Command syntax: ATI
Command ATI0 Note: Manufacturer and model identifications Possible responses WAVECOM MODEM MULTIBAND G850 1900 OK Note: Multiband GSM 850 and PCS 640b09gg.Q2406A 1266500 070403 17:04 OK Note: Software release 6.40b, generated on the 4th of July 2003 DATA RATES: AUTOBAUD,300,1200,1200/75,2400,4800,9600,14400 DATA MODES: T/NT,ASYNCHRONOUS FAX CLASS 1,2 OK Note: Done SPEECH CODINGS: FR,EFR,HR OK Note: Done

ATI3 Note: Revision identification ATI6 Note: Modem data features

ATI7 Note: Modem voice features

Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. GSM Wireless AT Commands - PN S000293B

99

Chapter 14 V.24 and V.25 Commands

Multiplexing Mode +WMUX

Description This command manages the data / AT commands in multiplexing mode. See Appendix B for the Data / Commands multiplexing protocol description. Values: <mode> 0: Multiplexing disabled. When the product is online (data communication in progress), no AT command can be used (default). 1: Multiplexing enabled. Data flows and AT commands are multiplexed while in online mode (data communication in progress).<n> Command syntax
Command AT+WMUX=? AT+WMUX?

AT+WMUX=<mode>
Possible responses +WMUX: (0-1) OK +WMUX: 0 OK Note: Data / Commands multiplexing disabled. OK

AT+WMUX=1 Note: Enable Data / Commands multiplexing.

Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. GSM Wireless AT Commands - PN S000293B

100

Chapter 15 Specific AT Commands

CHAPTER 15 - SPECIFIC AT COMMANDS

Cell Environment Description +CCED
Description: This command retrieves the parameters of the main cell and of up to six neighboring cells. There are two possible methods for the external application to determine these cell parameters: On request by the application Automatically by the product every 5 seconds. Automatic mode is not supported during registration. Values: <mode> 0: One shot requested 1: Automatic shots requested 2: Stop automatic shots <requested dump> 1: Main Cell: If the Cell Identity is available MCC, MNC, LAC, CI, BSIC, BCCH Freq (absolute), RxLev, RxLev Full, RxLev Sub, RxQual, RxQual Full, RxQual Sub,Idle TS If the Cell Identity is not available MCC, MNC, LAC, BSIC, BCCH Freq (absolute), RxLev, RxLev Full, RxLev Sub, RxQual, RxQual Full, RxQual Sub,Idle TS 2: Neighbor1 to Neighbor6: If the Cell Identity is available MCC, MNC, LAC, CI, BSIC, BCCH Freq (absolute), RxLev If the Cell Identity is not available MCC, MNC, LAC,, BSIC, BCCH Freq (absolute), RxLev 4: Timing Advance 8: Main cell RSSI indications (RxLev) in a range from 0 to 31 Notes: The response for the requested dump 1, 2, and 4 will be: +CCED:<value>, , <value n> OK Where <value> is the ASCII string of the values (in decimal form except the LAC and CI values which are in hexadecimal form) of the parameters. If a field cannot be measured or is meaningless the parameter is not filled in and two consecutive commas are sent. The response for the requested dump 8 will be a +CSQ response and not a +CCED. The 7.07 format for +CSQ is respected. The <ber> is not evaluated by this command, so the <ber> value will always be 99. +CSQ:<rssi>, 99 OK When automatic shots are selected, this +CSQ response is sent every time the <rssi> measured by the product changes. Automatic shots are supported in idle mode and during communication. The activation or deactivation of this flow (8) does not affect the other flows. In idle mode, only RxLev measurements (on the main cell and on the neighboring cells) are made.

Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. GSM Wireless AT Commands - PN S000293B

101

Chapter 15 Specific AT Commands

Combination of the requested dump is supported (addition of the values 1, 2, 4, and 8):
Value 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Requested Dump +CCED response: Main Cell only +CCED response: Neighbors 1 to 6 +CCED response: Main Cell; then Neighbors 1 to 6 +CCED response: Timing Advance Only +CCED response: Main Cell; then Timing Advance +CCED response: Neighbors 1 to 6; then Timing Advance +CCED response: Main Cell; then Timing Advance; then Neighbors 1 to 6; with each Timing Advance inserted between cells results +CSQ response: Main Cell RSSI indications Value 9 Requested Dump +CSQ response; then +CCED response with Main Cell only 10 +CSQ response; then +CCED response with Neighbors 1 to 6 11 +CSQ response; then +CCED response with Main Cell; then Neighbors 1 to 6 12 +CSQ response; then +CCED response with Timing Advance Only 13 +CSQ response; then +CCED response with Main Cell; then Timing Advance 14 +CSQ response; then +CCED response with Neighbors 1 to 6; then Timing Advance 15 +CSQ response; then +CCED response with Main Cell, then its Timing Advance; then Neighbors 1 to 6; with each Timing Advance inserted between cells results No value Last value used for +CCED request or 15

If requested dump parameter is not provided, one of the last +CCED commands sill be used (or 15 by default) will be used. Values of MCC/MNC are set to 0 in the case of No service. Command syntax:
Command AT+CCED=0 Note: Last request was AT_CCED=0,3 (main cell and neighbors 1 to 6): you can see MCC,MNC sequences (here 208,20)

AT+CCED=<mode>[, <requested dump>]

Possible responses +CCED:208,20,0002,0418,37,706,24,,,0,,,0,208,2 0,0006,989b,37,835,20,208,,20,0002,02a9,37,83 1,12,208,20,0101,7966,34,818,508,20,0006,9899 ,39,713,9,208,20,0002,0a72,33,711,12,208,20,01 01,03fb,36,824,10,1 OK +CCED:208,20,0002,0418,37,706,25,,,0,,,0 OK +CCED:208,10,189C,,19,85,,31,32,,0,0 OK

AT+CCED=0,1 Note: Only Main Cell request AT+CCED=0,1 Note: Call in progress: RxLev and RxQual are empty, RxLevFull, RxLevSub, RxQualFull, and RxQualSub have data

Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. GSM Wireless AT Commands - PN S000293B

102

Chapter 15 Specific AT Commands

General Indications +WIND

Description: This command provides a general mechanism to send unsolicited non-standardized indications to the application. The indicators are: Indication of a physical change on the SIM detect pin from the connector (meaning SIM inserted, SIM removed) Indication during mobile originated call setup that the calling party is ringing. Indication of the availability of the product to receive AT commands after boot. For each of these indications, a bit flow has to be indicated. Values: <IndLevel> 0: No unsolicited +WIND: <IndNb> will occur. Default. 1 (bit-0): Hardware SIM Insert/Remove indications (Rack open/close) or SIM presence after software reset 2 (bit-1): Calling party alert indication 4 (bit-2): Product is ready to process AT commands (except phonebooks, AOC, SMS), but still in emergency mode. 8 (bit-3): The product is ready to process all AT commands at the end of init or after swapping to ADN in case of FDN configuration 16 (bit-4): A new call identifier has been created (after an ATD command, +CCWA indication) 32 (bit-5): An active, held or waiting call has been released by network or other party 64 (bit-6): Network service available indication 128 (bit-7): Network lost indication 256 (bit-8): Audio ON indication 512 (bit-9): SIM Phonebooks reload status 1024 (bit-10): Sim phonebooks checksum indication 2048 (bit-11): Interruption indication (only if FTR_INT is activated) Combination (addition of the values) is used to allow more than one indication flow. 0 IndLevel 4095 The response is OK if the values are in the previous range. <event> 0: The SIM presence pin has been detected as SIM removed (depending on 0 bit flow) 1: The SIM presence pin has been detected as SIM inserted 2: Calling party is alerting 3: Product is ready to process AT commands (except phonebooks, AOC, SMS), at init or after AT+CFUN=1 4: Product is ready to process all AT commands, end of phonebook init or swap (FDN to ADN) 5: Call <idx> has been created (after ATD or +CCWA) 6: Call <idx> has been released, after a NO CARRIER, a +CSSU: 5 indication, or after the release of a call waiting 7: The network service is available for an emergency call. 8: The network is lost. 9: Audio ON. 10: Show reload status of each SIM phonebook after init phase (after Power-ON or SIM insertion). 11: Show the checksum of Sim phonebooks after loading them 12: An interruption has occurred Or for event 10: <phonebook>: SIM phonebook (SM, FD, ON, SN, EN) <status>: 0: Not Reloaded from SIM (no change since last init or SIM remove) 1: Reloaded from SIM to internal memory (at least one entry has changed) Or for event 11: <checksum>: 128-bit fingerprint of the phonebook. Note: If the service of the phonebook is not loaded or not present, the checksum is not displayed and two commas without checksum are displayed (,,).
Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. GSM Wireless AT Commands - PN S000293B 103

Chapter 15 Specific AT Commands

Command syntax:
Command AT+WIND?

AT+WIND= <IndLevel >

Possible responses +WIND: 0 OK OK +WIND: 0 Note :The SIM presence pin has been detected as SIM inserted +WIND: 1 Note :The SIM presence pin has been detected as SIM inserted +WIND: 7 +WIND: 4

AT+WIND=255 Note: The SIM has been removed. Note: The SIM has been removed. Note: The network service is available for an emergency call Note: The initialization has been completed

Additional Notes: The AT+WIND? command is supported and indicates the <allowed bit flows>. AT+WIND settings are automatically stored in non volatile memory (EEPROM). This means the &W command does not need to be used and the selected flows are always activated after boot. Default value is 0: no flow activated, no indication. AT+WIND=? gives the possible value range (0-4095) The unsolicited response will then be: +WIND: <event> [ ,<idx> ] <idx>: Call identifier, defined in +CLCC command. Or for event 10: +WIND: <event>,<phonebook>,<status>,,<phonebook>,<status> Or for event 11: +WIND: <event>,[<checksum of SM>],[<checksum of FD>],[<checksum of ON>],[<checksum of SN>] ,[<checksum of EN>],[<checksum of LD>]

Analog Digital Converter Measurements +ADC

Description: This command gets the (DC level * 1024) of ADC A and ADC B, and possibly ADC C. These voltages are coded on 10 bits. Values: <n> 0: Select 2 converters 1: Select 3 converters <ADCValA> ADC A value, coded on 10 bits. The value returned includes the resistor bridge. Values are updated every 10 seconds. Displayed on modes 0 and 1. <ADCValB> ADC B value, coded on 10 bits. Displayed on modes 0 and 1. <ADCValC> ADC C value, coded on 10 bits. Displayed on mode 1 only. Command syntax: AT+ADC
Command AT+ADC=? Note: Ask for the list of possible values AT+ADC=0 Note: Select 2 converters (mode 0) AT+ADC? Note: Ask for the current values of converters in mode 0 AT+ADC=1 Note: Select 3 converters (mode 1) AT+ADC? Note: Ask for the current values of converters in mode 1 Possible responses +ADC: (0-1) Note: possible values 0 or 1 OK Note: 2 converters mode selected +ADC: 500,412 OK Note: ADC A, ADC B on 10 bits OK Note: 3 converters mode selected +ADC: 712,698,997 OK Note: ADC A, ADC B, ADC C on 10 bits

Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. GSM Wireless AT Commands - PN S000293B

104

Chapter 15 Specific AT Commands

Mobile Equipment Event Reporting +CMER

Description: This command enables or disables sending of unsolicited result codes in the case of a key press. Values: <keyp> (keypad): 0: No keypad event reporting. 1: Keypad event reportings are routed using unsolicited code: +CKEV: <key>, <press> only those key pressings, which are not caused by +CKPD are indicated. 2: Keypad event reportings are routed using unsolicited code: +CKEV: <key>, <press> all key pressings are indicated. Note: As AT software does not manage the emulation of key press, the values 1 and 2 lead to the same results. <ind> 0: No indicator event reporting 1: Indicator event reporting using unsolicited result code. Only the indicator events not caused by +CIND shall be indicated by the TA to the TE. <key>: Keyboard map is (5,5)
0 5 10 15 20 1 6 11 16 21 2 7 12 17 22 3 8 13 18 23 4 9 14 19 24

<press> 1: key press 0: key release <indresp> Indicator order number (as specified for +CIND) <value> New value of the indicator Command Syntax: Response Syntax: Response Syntax: AT+CMER=<mode>,<keyp>,<disp>,<ind>,<bfr> +CKEV: <key>, <press> (key press event report) +CIEV: <indresp>, <value> (indicator event report)
Possible responses OK +CKEV:12,1 +CKEV:12,0 Note: Key 12 has been pressed and released +ADC: 500,412 OK Note: ADC A, ADC B on 10 bits +CMER: 3,1,0,0,0 OK

Command AT+CMER=1 Note: Ask for key press event report

AT+ADC? Note: Ask for the current values of converters in mode 0 AT+CMER?

Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. GSM Wireless AT Commands - PN S000293B

105

Chapter 15 Specific AT Commands

Indicator Control +CIND

Description: This command is used to read or set the values of ME indicators. If ME does not allow setting of indicators or if ME is not currently reachable, an error code is returned. Values: <ind> interger type value, which shall be in rante of corresponding <desc>: 0: Indicator is OFF or in a state that can be identified as an OFF state. 1: Indicator is ON or in a state that is more substantial than the OFF state. 2: This value is more substantial than 1, and so on. Note: If the indicator is a simple ON/OFF style element, it has only values 0 and 1. <desc> battchg: Battery charge level (0-5) signal: Signal quality (0-5) service: Service availability (0-1) message: Message received (0-1) call: Call in progress (0-1) roam: Roaming memory storage status in the MT (0-1) smsfull: SMS memory storage status in the MT (0-1) 0: Memory locations are available. 1: Memory full. Command syntax: AT+CIND=[<ind>[,<ind>[,]]] Response syntax: +CIND: <ind>[,<ind>[,]] or +CIND: (<desc>,(list of supported <ind>s))[,(<desc>,(list of supported <ind>s)) [,]]
Command AT+CIND=[<ind>[,<ind>[,]]] Note: Ask for key press event report AT+CIND? Note: read ME indicators current values AT+CIND=? Note: read ME indicators possible values AT+CIND? Possible responses +CME ERROR: <err> Note: ME not reachable +CIND: <ind>[,<ind>[,]] +CIND: (<desc>,(list of supported <ind>s))[,(<desc>,(list of supported <ind>s)) [,]] OK +CIND: 1,2,1,1,0,0,0 Note: battchg:1 max=5, signal:2 - max=5, service:1 we are registered on the network, message:1 an SMS has been received, call:0 no call in progress, roam:0 not roaming, smsfull:0 SIM card is not full of SMS +CIND: (battchg,(0-5)),(signal,(0-5)),(service:(0-

AT+CIND=? Note: read possible value for ME indicators

1)),(message,(0-1)),(call,(0-1)),(roam,(01)),(smsfull,(0-1))
OK

Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. GSM Wireless AT Commands - PN S000293B

106

Chapter 15 Specific AT Commands

Mobile Equipment Control Mode +CMEC

Description: This command selects the equipment that operates the ME keypad, writes to the ME display, and sets the ME indicators. If operation mode is not allowed by the ME, +CME ERROR: <err> is returned. Values: <keyp> (keypad): 0: ME can be operated only through its keypad (execute command of +CKPD cannot be used). 1: ME can be operated only from TE (with command +CKPD). 2: ME can be operated only from both TE keypad and TE. <idsp> 0: Only ME can write to its display (only command +CDIS can be used to read the indicators). 1: Only TE can write to ME display (with command +CDIS). 2: ME display can be written by both ME and TE. <ind> 0: Only ME can set the status of its indicators (command +CIND can only be used to read the indicators). 1: Only TE can set the status of ME indicators (with command +CIND). 2: ME indicators can be set by both ME and TE Command Syntax: AT+CMEC=[<keyp>[,<disp>[,<ind>]]] Response Syntax: +CMEC: <keyp>,<disp>,<ind>
Command AT+CMEC=[<keyp>[,<disp>[,<ind>]]] AT+CMEC=[<keyp>[,<disp>[,<ind>]]] AT+CMEC? AT+CMEC=? Possible responses +CME ERROR: <err> OK +CMEC: 2,0,0 OK +CMEC: (2),(0),(0) OK Note: no change allowed

Read Language Preference +WLPR

Description: Read a Language Preference value of EF-LP. The first indices should have the highest priority. Values: <index> Offset in the available languages range (SIM dependent) <value> Values for language Language example:
<value> 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 Language German English Italian French Spanish Dutch Swedish Danish Portuguese Finnish <value> 10 11 12 13 14 32 33 34 35 36 Language Norwegian Greek Turkish Hungarian Polish Czech Hebrew Arabic Russian Icelandic

Command syntax: Response syntax:

AT+WLPR= <index > +WLPR: <value>

Possible responses +WLPR: 4 OK Note: Four language preferences are available in EF-LP +WLPR: 5 OK Note: Language preference is 5

Command AT+WLPR? Note: Read command AT+WLPR=1 Note: Read first EF-LP index value

Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. GSM Wireless AT Commands - PN S000293B

107

Chapter 15 Specific AT Commands

Write Language Preference +WLPW

Description: Write a Language Preference value in EF-LP. Values: <index> Offset in the available languages range (SIM dependent) <value> Values for language Language example:
<value> 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 Language German English Italian French Spanish Dutch Swedish Danish Portuguese Finnish <value> 10 11 12 13 14 32 33 34 35 36 Language Norwegian Greek Turkish Hungarian Polish Czech Hebrew Arabic Russian Icelandic

Command syntax: Response syntax:

AT+WLPW=<index >,<value> OK or +CME ERROR: <err>

Possible responses OK Note: EF-LP correctly updated

Command AT+WLPW=1,5 Note: Write Lang Pref equal to 5 in EF-LP with index 1

Read GPIO Value +WIOR

Description Read the requested GPI or GPIO pin value. Notes: By default (e.g., after a reset), the I/O ports configuration is set by the +WIOM command. This command is allowed only on a GPIO not allocated by an Open-AT embedded application or for bus operations. Values: <index> Eight I/O ports are available. The <index> value is between 0 and 7. <value> 0: I/O port number <index> is reset. 1: I/O port number <index> is set. Command syntax: Response syntax: AT+WIOR=<index> +WIOR: <value> Command
AT+WIOR=0 Read I/O (number 0) value

Possible responses
+WIOR: 0 OK GPIO number 0 is reset

Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. GSM Wireless AT Commands - PN S000293B

108

Chapter 15 Specific AT Commands

Write GPIO Value +WIOW

Description Set the requested GPO or GPIO pin value. Notes: By default (e.g., after a reset), the I/O ports configuration is set by the +WIOM command. This command is allowed only on a GPIO not allocated by an Open-AT embedded application or for bus operations. Values: <index> Eight I/O ports are available. The <index> value is between 0 and 7. <value> 0: I/O port number <index> is reset. 1: I/O port number <index> is set. Command syntax: AT+WIOW=<index >,<value>
Command AT+WIOW=2,0 Reset I/O (number 2) Possible responses OK GPIO value is written

Input/Output Management +WIOM

Description: This command sets the default GPIOs configuration (input or output) after reset, and each GPIO default value (if set as an output) after reset. Note: This command is allowed only on a GPIO not allocated by the Open-AT embedded application or for bus operations. Values: <GpioDir> Bit table parameter indicating each GPIO direction. 0: Input 1: Output. Default. Default value: 255 (all GPIOs set as outputs). <GpioVal> Bit table parameter indicating each output-configured GPIO value (each bit gives the corresponding GPIO default value). 0: Reset. Default. 1: Set The GPIOs set as inputs by the <GpioDir> parameter are not affected by the value set by the <GpioVal> parameter. Notes: <GpioDir> bit values for GPI and GPO are ignored. <GpioVal> bit values for GPI are ignored. Command Syntax
Command AT+WIOM?

AT+WIOM=[<GpioDir>],[<GpioVal>]
Possible responses +WIOM: 255,0 OK On reset, all GPIOs are set to 0, as an output. +WIOM: (0-255),(0-255) OK Range allowed for the parameters. OK OK +WIOM: 254,128 OK

AT+WIOM=?

AT+WIOM=254 Set GPIO 0 as an input, and all others as outputs. AT+WIOM=,128 Set GPIO 7 default output value to 1. AT+WIOM?

Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. GSM Wireless AT Commands - PN S000293B

109

Chapter 15 Specific AT Commands

Abort Command +WAC

Description: This command allows SMS, SS and PLMN selection related commands to be aborted. Values: No parameters Command syntax: AT+WAC
Command Syntax AT+WAC AT+WAC=? AT+WAC? Return OK OK

Example:
Command AT+COPS=? Note: Available PLMN AT+WAC Note: Abort the request of PLMN list Possible responses OK

Play Tone +WTONE

Description: This command allows a tone to be played on the current speaker or on the buzzer. Frequency, gain and duration can be set. Values: <mode> 0: Stop playing. 1: Play a tone <dest>: Sets the destination (mandatory if <mode>=1) 1: Speaker 2: Buzzer <freq>: Sets tone frequency (in Hz) (mandatory if <mode>=1). 1: Speaker. Range is between 1Hz and 3999Hz. 2: Buzzer. Range is between 1Hz and 50000Hz. <gain> (0-15): Sets the tone gain. Range is 0 to 15. Default 9.
<gain> 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 Speaker (db) 0 -0.5 -1 -1.5 -2 -3 -6 -9 -12 -15 -18 -24 -30 -36 -42 -infinite Buzzer (db) -0.25 -0.5 -1 -1.5 -2 -3 -6 -9 -12 -15 -18 -24 -30 -40 -infinite -infinite

<duration> (0-50): Sets tone duration (unit of 100 ms). Range is 0 to 50. Default 0. When this parameter is equal to 0, the duration is infinite, and the tone can be stopped by AT+WTONE=0. Command syntax: AT+WTONE=<mode>[,<dest>,<freq>,<gain>,<duration>] Response syntax: OK or +CME ERROR: <err>
Command AT+WTONE=1,1,300,9,50 Note: Play a tone AT+WTONE=0 Note: Stop playing AT+WTONE=? Note: Test command AT+WTONE? Note: Current value Possible responses OK Note: Done OK Note: Done OK Note: Done ERROR

Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. GSM Wireless AT Commands - PN S000293B

110

Chapter 15 Specific AT Commands

Play DTMF Tone +WDTMF

Description: This command allows a DTMF tone to be played on the current speaker. DTMF, gain, and duration can be set. This command is only used to play a DTMF tone. To send a DTMF over the GSM network, use the +VTS command. Values: <mode> 0: Stop playing. 1: Play a DTMF tone <dtmf>: Sets the DTMF to play in (mandatory if <mode>=1). Value must be in {0-9,*,#,A,B,C,D} <gain> (0-15): Sets tone gain. The values are identical to those of the +WTONE (speaker) command. Range is 0 to 15 (see array on previous page). By default, the value is 9. <duration> (0-50): Sets the tone duration (unit of 100 ms). Range 0 to 50. Default 0 (1-> 0,1 s., 50 -> 5 s.) When this parameter is 0 (default value), the duration is infinite, and the DTMF tone can be stopped by AT+WDTMF=0. Command syntax: Response syntax: AT+WDTMF=<mode>[,<dtmf>,<gain>,<duration>] OK or +CME ERROR: <err>
Possible responses OK Note: Done OK Note: Done +WDTMF: (0-1),(0-9,*,#,A,B,C,D),(0-15),(0-50) OK Note: Done ERROR

Command AT+WDTMF=1,"*",9,100 Note: Play a DTMF tone AT+WDTMF=0 Note: Stop playing AT+WDTMF=? Note: Test command AT+WDTMF? Note: Current value

Downloading +WDWL
Description: This command switches the product to download mode. Downloading is performed using the 1K-XMODEM protocol. Values: No parameters Command syntax: AT+WDWL
Command AT+WDWL Note: Switch on downloading mode Possible responses +WDWL: 0 Note: Start the downloading Note: Downloading in progress

AT+CFUN=1 Note: Reset the product at the end OK Note: Reset completed. New software running

Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. GSM Wireless AT Commands - PN S000293B

111

Chapter 15 Specific AT Commands

Voice Rate +WVR

Description: This command allows the voice rate for bearer voice to be configured (available for outgoing calls only). Values: <n>: Voice coding type. 0: FR 1: FR and EFR 2: FR, HR with HR preferred 3: HR, FR with FR preferred 4: EFR,HR with HR preferred 5: HR,EFR with EFR preferred. Command syntax: AT+WVR=<n>
Command Syntax AT+WVR=? AT+WVR=? AT+WVR=? AT+WVR=? AT+WVR? Command Syntax AT+WVR=1 Note: Configure voice type FR and EFR AT+WVR=6 Syntax error AT+WVR? Note: Ask the current value Return +WVR: (0,2,3) Note: Half Rate available. +WVR: (0,1) Note: If ERF available. +WVR: (0) Note: If HR and EFR available. +WVR: (0-5) Note: If HR and EFR available. +WVR: <n> Return OK Note: Bearer is configured +CME ERROR: 3 Note: Syntax error +WVR: 1 OK

Data Rate +WDR

Description: This command allows the data rate for bearer data to be configured (available for outgoing calls only). Values: <n>: Data coding type. 0: FR 1: FR, HR with HR preferred 2: HR, FR with FR preferred Command syntax: AT+WDR=<n>
Command Syntax AT+WDR=<n> AT+WDR=? AT+WDR=? AT+WDR? Return OK +WDR: (0-2) Note: If Half Rate available. +WDR: (0) Note: If Half Rate note available. +WDR: <n> Possible responses OK Note: Bearer is configured +CME ERROR: 3 +WDR: 1 OK

Command AT+WDR=1 Note: Configure voice type FR,HR with HR preferred. AT+WDR=3 Syntax error AT+WDR? Note: Ask the current value

Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. GSM Wireless AT Commands - PN S000293B

112

Chapter 15 Specific AT Commands

Select Voice Gain +WSVG

Description: The product has 2 voice gain controllers. This specific command selects the microphone gain controller. Values: <n> Controller 0: Controller 1 (Default) 1: Controller 2 Command syntax: AT+WSVG = <n>
Command AT+WSVG=<n> AT+WSVG=0 Note: Select Controller 1 (Default) AT+WSVG=1 Note: Select Controller 2 (Default) AT+WSVG=? Note: Get the list of possible values AT+WSVG? Note: Get the current value Possible responses OK Note: Controller 1 selected OK Note: Controller 2 selected +WSVG: (0-1) Note: possible values 0 or 1 +WSVG: 1 Note: Controller 1 is selected

Status Request +WSTR

Description: This command returns some operation status. It can be used to check the state of the initialization sequence; the different values returned are Not started, Ongoing, Finished. Values: <status> 1: Initialization sequence <value> 0: Not started 1: On going 2: Finished 2: Network status <value> 0: No network 1: Network available Command syntax: AT+WSTR=<status> Response syntax: +WSTR: <status>,<value>
Command AT+WSTR=<status> AT+WSTR=1 Note: Select the status 1 (INIT SEQUENCE) AT+WSTR=2 Note: Select the status 2 (NETWORK STATUS) AT+WSTR=? Note: Ask the list of possible values Possible responses +WSTR:<status>,<value> +WSTR: 1,2 OK Note: Init finished +WSTR: 2,1 OK Note: The network is available +WSTR: (1-2) Note: possible values: 1, 2

Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. GSM Wireless AT Commands - PN S000293B

113

Chapter 15 Specific AT Commands

Scan +WSCAN
Description: This command displays the received signal strength indication (<rssi>) for a specified frequency (in absolute format). This command is not allowed during communication. Values: <absolute frequency> frequency in absolute format <rssi> 0: -113 dBm or less 1: -111 dBm 2...30: -109 to -53 dBm 31: -51dBm or greater 99: not known or not detectable Command syntax: AT+WSCAN=<absolute frequency> Response syntax: +WSCAN: <rssi>
Command AT+WSCAN=50 Note: Request <rssi> of absolute frequency 50 AT+WSCAN=1025 Note: Request power of absolute frequency 1025 Possible responses +WSCAN: 23 OK Note: <rssi> is 23. CME ERROR: 3 Note: 1025 is not a valid absolute frequency

Ring Indicator Mode +WRIM

Description: This command sets or returns the state of the Ring Indicator Mode. In pulse RI mode, an electrical pulse is sent on the Ring Indicator signal just before sending any unsolicited AT response in order not to lose AT responses when client tasks are in sleep state. Still in RI mode, when receiving incoming calls, electrical pulses are sent on the RI signal. In up-down RI mode, no pulses are sent before unsolicited AT response, and up-down signals are sent when receiving an incoming call.

Values: <n> 0: Up-down RI mode 1: Pulse RI mode Command syntax: AT+WRIM=<n>

Command AT+WRIM=<n> AT+WRIM=0 Note: Select up-down RI mode AT+WRIM=1 Note: Select pulse RI mode AT+WRIM=? Note: Ask the list of possible values AT+WRIM? Note: Ask the current value Possible responses OK OK Note: up-down RI mode selected OK Note: pulse RI mode selected +WRIM: (0-1) OK Note: possible values 0 or 1 +WRIM: 1 OK Note: current RI mode is pulse RI.

Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. GSM Wireless AT Commands - PN S000293B

114

Chapter 15 Specific AT Commands

32kHz Power Down Mode +W32K

Description: This command allows the 32kHz power down mode to be enabled or disabled. When power down mode is entered, the product uses a 32kHz internal clock during inactivity stages. When enabled, power down mode is active after 1 to 15 minutes. For additional information on power down mode, see Specification of Power Down Control via RS232.

Values: <mode> 0: Disable 32kHz powerdown mode 1: Enable 32kHz powerdown mode Command syntax: AT+W32K=<mode>
Command AT+W32K=1 Note: Enable 32kHz power down mode AT+W32K=0 Note: Disable 32kHz power down mode Possible responses OK Note: 32kHz power down mode is enabled OK Note: 32kHz power down mode is disabled

Change Default Melody +WCDM

Description: This command allows a manufacturer specific melody to be selected. This default melody will be played for any new incoming voice call, either on the buzzer or on the speaker. Values: <melody> 0: No melody (default) 110: Melody 1 to 10 <player> 0: Melody n<melody> will be played on the buzzer for any new incoming voice call. Default. 1: Melody n<melody> will be played on the speaker for any new incoming voice call. Command syntax: AT+WCDM=<melody>,<player>
Possible responses OK OK +WCDM: 5,0 OK Note: Melody n5 is currently selected, and the buzzer is selected to play it. RING Note: An incoming call occurs, and the melody n5 is played on the buzzer. OK +WCDM: 5,1 OK Note: Now the speaker is selected to play the melody if an incoming call occurs. Command AT+WCDM=0 Note: Select no melody AT+WCDM=5 Note: Select melody n5 AT+WCDM? Note: Indicate the current melody

AT+WCDM=,1 Note: Select the speaker to play the melody on. AT+WCDM?

Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. GSM Wireless AT Commands - PN S000293B

115

Chapter 15 Specific AT Commands

Custom Character Set +WCCS

Description: This command edits and displays the custom character set tables. The CUSTOM mode of +CSCS and the +WPCS commands use this character set. In this mode, when the user enters a string, this string is converted into GSM alphabet using the Custom To GSM table. In a similar way, when the user requests a string display, the string is converted from GSM alphabet using the GSM To Custom table. In edition mode, the edition session is terminated by <ctrl-Z>, or aborted by <ESC>. Only hexadecimal characters (09, AF) can be used. The number of characters entered must equal the edition range requested, otherwise the command will terminate with a +CME ERROR: 3 result. Values: <mode> 0: Display the table 1: Edit the table <table> 0: Custom To GSM conversion table 1: GSM To Custom conversion table <char 1>, <char 2> Character range to display/edit. 0127: for GSM To Custom conversion table 0255: for Custom To GSM conversion table Note: If only <char 1> is present, only this char is displayed/edited. See Appendix C for informative examples on phonebooks. Command syntax: AT+WCCS=<mode>,<table>,<char 1>[,<char 2>]
Command AT+WCCS=0,0,120,130 Note: Display from character 120 to character 130 of the Custom To GSM conversion table AT+WCCS=1,0,115<CR> 20<ctrl-Z> Note: Edit character 115 of the Custom To GSM conversion table AT+WCCS=1,1,0,4<CR> 40A324A5E8<ctrl-Z> Note: Edit the 5 first characters of the GSM To Custom conversion table AT+WCCS=1,1,200 Note: Edit character 200 of GSM To Custom conversion table Possible responses +WCCS: 11, 78797A2020202020097E05 OK Note: 11 characters displayed OK Note: Edition successful OK Note: Edition successful +CME ERROR: 3 Note: Index out of range

Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. GSM Wireless AT Commands - PN S000293B

116

Chapter 15 Specific AT Commands

Lock +WLCK
Description: This command allows the ME to be locked on a specific network operator. Note: Test SIM cards (with MCC=001 & MNC=01) doesnt check these locks. Values: <fac> PS: SIM lock facility with a 8 digits password (PCK). PN: Network lock with a 8 digits password (NCK). PU: Network subset lock with a 8 digits password (NSCK). PP: Service provider lock with a 8 digits password (SPCK). PC: Corporate lock with a 8 digits password (CCK). <CnlType> Type of lock for co-operative network list (CNL) 0: Automatic (co-operative network list retrieved from EFCNL SIM file) Note: EFCNL file must be present in SIM to use automatic mode. 1: Manual (co-operative network list is given in the <CnlData> parameter) <CnlData> Co-operative network list (hexa string type) using same format as in EFCNL SIM file (ETSI GSM 11.11 or 3GPP 04.08). Note: Only if <CnlType> = 1 Command syntax: Response syntax: AT+WLCK=<fac>,<passwd>,<NetId>[,<GID1>[,GID2]] [,<CnlType>[,<CnlData>]] +WLCK: <status>
Possible responses OK Note: Network lock activated OK Note: SIM lock activated OK Note: Network Subset lock activated +CME ERROR: 3 Note: Need 7 digits of IMSI to perform a service provider lock OK Note: Service Provider lock activated. OK Note: Corporate lock activated. OK Note: Network lock activated on SFR and co-operative network list present in SIM OK Note: Network lock activated on F ORANGE (primary network), SFR and Bouygues Telecom (co-operative networks)

Command AT+WLCK="PN",12345678,20810 Note: Activate network lock on SFR (208,10) AT+WLCK="PS",12345678,208105923568974 Note: Activate SIM lock AT+WLCK="PU",12345678,2081035 Note: Activate Network Subset lock on SFR (208, 10, 35). AT+WLCK="PU",12345678,20810

AT+WLCK=PP,12345678,20810,E5 Note: Activate Service Provider lock on SFR (208, 10) and GID1 (0xE5). AT+WLCK=PC,12345678,20810,E5,10 Note: Activate Corporate lock on SFR (208, 10), GID1 (0xE5) and GID2 (0x10). AT+WLCK=PN,12345678,20810,0 Note: Activate Network lock on SFR (208, 10) using cooperative network list from SIM file EFCNL (must be present in SIM) AT+WLCK=PN,12345678,20801,1,02F802FFFFFF02F8 01FFFFFF Note: Activate Network lock on F ORANGE (208, 01) with manual co-operative network list including SFR (208, 10) and Bouygues Telecom (208, 20)

Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. GSM Wireless AT Commands - PN S000293B

117

Chapter 15 Specific AT Commands

CPHS Command +CPHS

Description: This command is used to activate, deactivate or interrogate a CPHS feature (e.g., Voice Mail Indicator, Mail Box Number) Note: This command may answer +CME ERROR: 3 if the CPHS feature is disabled or if the SIM card does not support this CPHS feature. Values: <mode> 0: Deactivate a CPHS feature 1: Activate a CPHS feature 2: Interrogate a CPHS status Note: The deactivate or activate command has no effect on Alternate Line Service, Network Operator Name, CPHS Information, and Customer Profile Service features. <fctId> 1: Voice Mail Indicator 2: Mail Box Number 3: Alternate Line Service 4: Diverted Call Indicator 5: Network Operator Name 6: CPHS Information 7: Customer Service Profile Note: The Customer Profile Service and Alternate Line Service features are activated if the field is set in CPHS Information and CSP files. The Network Operator is activated if at least one of the two format names exist (Long or Short format). This is done in initialization. <precision> used only if <mode>=2 and <fctId> = 5 to 7 if <fctId>=5, this field is <type format> (See +WNON) if <fctId>=6, this field is <date field> (See +WCPI) if <fctId>=7, this field is <service> (See +WCSP) <Status> 0: CPHS feature disabled 1: CPHS feature enabled Command syntax: AT+CPHS=<Mode>,<FctId>
Command AT+CPHS=<Mode>,<FctId> [,precision] AT+CPHS=<Mode>,<FctId> [,precision] AT+CPHS? Possible responses OK +CME ERROR: 3 +CPHS: <FctId1>,<Status><CR<LF> +CPHS: <FctId2>,<Status><CR<LF> +CPHS: <FctIdn>,<Status><CR<LF> OK OK

AT+CPHS=

Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. GSM Wireless AT Commands - PN S000293B

118

Chapter 15 Specific AT Commands

CPHS Command Example

AT+CPHS? +CPHS: 1,0 +CPHS: 2,0 +CPHS: 3,1 +CPHS: 4,0 +CPHS: 5,1 +CPHS: 6,1 +CPHS: 7,1 OK AT+CPHS=3,1 +CME ERROR: 3 AT+CPHS=1,1 OK AT+CPHS? +CPHS: 1,1 +CPHS: 2,0 +CPHS: 3,1 +CPHS: 4,0 +CPHS: 5,1 +CPHS: 6,1 +CPHS: 7,1 OK Interrogate the status of CPHS functionality Voice mail indicator functionality is activated Mail box number functionality is deactivated Alternate Line Serve functionality is activated Divert Call Indicator functionality is deactivated Network Operator functionality is activated CPHS Information functionality is activated Customer Service Profile functionality is activated Activate the voice mail indicator functionality Interrogate the status of CPHS functionality Voice mail indicator functionality is deactivated Mail box number functionality is deactivated Alternate Line Serve functionality is activated Divert Call Indicator functionality is deactivated Network Operator functionality is activated CPHS Information functionality is activated Customer Service Profile functionality is activated

Syntax error

**** the message box contains 1 message ***** +WVMI: 1,1 A message is waiting on Line 1 ***** The message box contains a second message *** +WVMI: 2,1 A message is waiting on Line 2 AT+CPHS=1,4 OK ****call forwarding is active on Line 1 ***** +WDCI: 1,1 AT+CPHS=2,1 +WVMI: 1,1 +WVMI: 2,1 +WVMI: 3,0 +WVMI:4,0 OK AT+CPHS=1,2 OK AT+WALS=1 +WALS:2 OK AT+CPHS=0,4 OK Interrogate the status of activated Line Current line is number 2 Interrogate the status of voice mail indicator functionality a message is waiting on LINE 1 a message is waiting on LINE 2 no data waiting no fax waiting Activate Divert Call Indicator functionality

Activate the mail box number functionality

Deactivate the Divet Call Indicator functionality

AT+CPHS? +CPHS: 1,1 +CPHS: 2,1 +CPHS: 3,1 +CPHS: 4,0 +CPHS: 5,1 +CPHS: 6,1 +CPHS: 7,1 OK AT+CPHS=2,2

Interrogate the status of CPHS functionality Voice mail indicator functionality is activated The mail box number functionality is activated Alternate Line Serve functionality is activated Divert Call Indicator functionality is deactivated Network Operator functionality is activated CPHS Information functionality is activated Customer Service Profile functionality is activated

Query current mail box numbers in SIM +WMBN: 1,"19254871234",129,1 Mail box number for Line 1 +WMBN: 2,,,1 Mail box number for Line 2 +WMBN: 3,,,1 Mail box number for data Line +WMBN: 4,,,1 Mail box number for fax Line OK Only Line1 can be updated

Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. GSM Wireless AT Commands - PN S000293B

119

Chapter 15 Specific AT Commands

Unsolicited Result: Voice Mail Indicator +WVMI

Description: This unsolicited indication gives the status of the LINE 1, LINE 2, Data or Fax mailbox. The +CPHS command can be used to know the status of the voice mail indicator for each line. Values: <LineId> 1: Line 1 2: Line 2 3: Data 4: Fax <Status> 0: No message waiting. 1: At least one message is waiting Command Syntax: +WVMI: <LineId>,<Status> Response Syntax: +WVMI: <LineId>,<Status>
Command AT+CPHS=1,1 Note: Activate Voice Mail Indicator feature AT+CPHS=2,1 Note: Get the current status of Voice Mail Indicator Possible responses OK +WVMI: 1,1 a message is waiting on Line 1 +WVMI: 2,1 a message is waiting on Line 2 +WVMI: 3,0 no data waiting +WVMI: 4,0 no fax waiting +CME ERROR: 3 Note: CPHS feature is not allowed OK Note: Voice Mail Indicator feature is activated +WVMI: 1,1 a message is waiting on Line 1

AT+CPHS=2,1 AT+CPHS=1,1 Note: Activatation of Voice Mail Indicator feature

Unsolicited Result: Diverted Call Indicator +WDCI

Description: This unsolicited indication provides the call forwarding flags. The +CPHS command can be used to know the status of the Divert Call Indicator for each line. Values: <LineId> 1: Line 1 2: Line 2 3: Data 4: Fax <flag>, <status> 0: Call forwarding is deactivated. 1: Call forwarding is activated. Note: Call forwarding SS is set by the AT+CCFC command. Command Syntax: +WDCI: <LineId>,<Status> Response Syntax: +WDCI: <LineId>,<flag>
Command AT+CPHS=1,4 Note: Activate Divert Call Indicator feature AT+CPHS=2,4 Note: Get the current status of Divert Call Indicator Possible responses OK +WDCI: 1,1 divert call indicator is active on Line 1 +WDCI: 2,1 divert call indicator is active on Line 2 +WDCI: 3,0 divert call indicator is deactived on data +WDCI: 4,0 divert call indicator is active on fax +CME ERROR: 3 Note: CPHS feature is not allowed OK Note: Divert Call Indicator feature is activated +WDCI: 1,1 Note: Call forwarding is active on Line 1 120

AT+CPHS=2,4 AT+CPHS=1,4 Note: Activatation of Divert Call Indicator feature

Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. GSM Wireless AT Commands - PN S000293B

Chapter 15 Specific AT Commands

Network Operator Name +WNON

Description: This indication provides the name of the network operator (as a character string). This command is the response to the AT+CPHS 2,5 [,<type format>] command. Values: <type format> 0: Long format operator name 1: Short format operator name. Default. <operator name> The name of the operator in long or short format Command Syntax: AT+CHPS=2,5[,<type format>] Response Syntax: +WNON: <type format>,<operator name>
Command AT+CPHS=1,5 Note: Get Operator Name AT+CPHS=2,5,1 Note: Get short format Operator Name AT+CPHS=2,5,0 AT+CPHS=2,5,1 AT+CPHS=2,5,1 Note: Deactivatation of Network Operator Name feature Possible responses

+WNON: 0,Orange F
OK

+WNON: 1,Orange
OK +CME ERROR: 3 Note: CPHS feature is not allowed or format name is not accessible +CME ERROR: 3 Note: CPHS feature is not allowed or format name is not accessible OK Note: No effect

CPHS Information +WCPI

Description: This indication provides CPHS information; i.e., which data fields are present in the SIM. This command is the response to the AT+CPHS 2,6 [,<data field>] command. Values: <data field> value indicating the field of CPHS information If <precision> field is omitted in the AT+CPHS command, all fields of CPHS Information will be displayed. <status> 0: data field is set 1: data field is unset When all CPHS Information is requested, the status corresponds to a bit field. Note: The field CSP Service (<data field> = 1) is used to set the CSP feature at initialization. Command Syntax: AT+CHPS=2,6[,<data field>] Response Syntax: +WCPI: <data field>,<status>
Command AT+CPHS=2,6 Note: Get current status for all CPHS Information fields AT+CPHS=2,6,13 Note: Get the current status of Call Forward Activated Indicator for Line 1 AT+CPHS=2,6,22 Note: Get current status for Line 2 Mailbox Number AT+CPHS=2,6,17 AT+CPHS=2,6,22 Note: Get current status for Line 2 Mailbox Number AT+CPHS=0,6 Note: Deactivatation of CPHS Information feature Possible responses

+WCPI: 0,0033000F
OK

+WCPI: 13,1
OK Note: Call Forward is active for Line 1

+WCPI: 22,0
OK Note: Mailbox Number for Line 2 is not available +CME ERROR: 3 Note: Wrong data field +CME ERROR: 3 Note: CPHS feature is not allowed OK Note: No effect

Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. GSM Wireless AT Commands - PN S000293B

121

Chapter 15 Specific AT Commands

Customer Service Profile +WCSP

Description: This indication tells whether or not a service is accessible to the customer. This command is the response to the AT+CPHS 2,7 [,<service>] command. Values: <service> value indicating the CSP field to display (See Appendix B). <status> 0: service is not customer-accessible 1: service is customer-accessible Note: The field Alternate Line Service (CPHS Teleservices Group) sets the ALS feature at initialization. Command Syntax: AT+CHPS=2,7[,<service>] Response Syntax: +WCSP: <service>,<status>
Command AT+WCSP=? AT+WCSP? AT+CPHS=2,7 AT+CPHS=2,7,9 Note: Get current status of Barring All Outgoing Calls AT+CPHS=2,7,11 Note: Get current status of Barring All Outgoing International Calls AT+CPHS=2,7,2 Note: Get current status of Call Forwarding on User Busy AT+CPHS=0,7 Note: Deactivatation of CPHS Information Possible responses

ERROR ERROR
+CME ERROR: 3 Note: Syntax error

+WCSP: 9,1
OK Note: Barring or All Outgoing Calls is customer accessible

+WCSP: 11,1
OK Note: Barring or All International Outgoing Calls is customer accessible +CME ERROR: 3 Note: CPHS feature is not allowed OK Note: No effect

Customer Storage Mirror +WMIR

Description: This command makes a mirror copy of the current configuration parameters in the EEPROM. In the case of a memory problem for the storage: if a customer mirror already exists, this one will be restored. Otherwise, the default mirrored parameters are restored. Values: No parameters Command syntax: AT+WMIR
Command AT+WMIR=? AT+WMIR Possible responses OK OK

Note: Build the Customer Mirror

Change Default Player +WCDP

Description: This command allows the default melody player to be selected. Values: <player> 0: Buzzer 1: Speaker Command syntax: AT+WCDP = <player>
Command AT+WCDP=? Possible responses +WCDP: (0-1) OK OK +WCDP: 0 OK

AT+WCDP=0
AT+WCDP?

Note: Select the buzzer

Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. GSM Wireless AT Commands - PN S000293B

122

Chapter 15 Specific AT Commands

CPHS Mail Box Number +WMBN

Description: This command sets the different mailbox numbers in SIM. The +CPHS command can be used to know which mailbox numbers can be updated. Values: <LineId> 1: Line 1 2: Line 2 3: Data 4: Fax <number> Phone number in ASCII format <type> TON/NPI (Type of address byte in integer format) <name> name of mailbox Notes: For the <name> parameter, all strings starting with 80, 81, or 82 are considered in UCS2 format. See the Appendix G - Coding of Alpha Fields in the SIM for UCS2. If a wrong UCS2 format is entered, the string is considered as an ASCII string. The AT command +WPCS affects the format of the Mailbox <name> entry. <status> When checked with AT+CPHS=2,2, it indicates if the number can be updated or not: 0: Update is not possible 1: Update is possible Command syntax: AT+WMBN = <LineId>,<number>,<type> Response syntax: (AT+CPHS=2,2) +WMBN = <LineId>,<number>,<type>,<status>
Command AT+WMBN=? AT+WMBN? AT+CPHS=2,2 Note: Get the current Mail Box Numbers in SIM Possible responses OK OK +WMBN: 1,"0123456789",129,Maison , 1 +WMBN: 2,9876543210,129,Travail , 1 +WMBN: 3,,,,1 +WMBN: 4,,,,1 OK OK Note: Mailbox number for Line 1 is set. OK +WMBN: 1,"+ 33122334455",145,1 +WMBN: 2,,,,1 +WMBN: 3,,,,1 +WMBN: 4,,,,1 OK

AT+WMBN=1,+33122334455,145 Note: Set mailbox number for line. AT+WMBN=2 Note: Erase mailbox number & name for line 2 AT+CPHS=2,2 Note: Get current Mail Box Numbers again

Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. GSM Wireless AT Commands - PN S000293B

123

Chapter 15 Specific AT Commands

Alternate Line Service +WALS

Description: This command allows you to set and to get the active line. The CPHS command can be used to know which line is active. Values: <CmdType> 0: Set active line 1:Get active line <Lineld> Used only for <CmdType> 1: Line 1 2: Line 2 Command syntax: AT+WALS = <CmdType>[,<Lineld>] Response syntax: Response to AT+CPHS=2,3: +WALS = <Lineld>
Command AT+WALS? Possible responses +WALS: 1 OK Note: Display current active line +WALS: (0-1),(1-2) OK +WALS: 1 OK +CME ERROR: 3 Note: When the ALS feature is not allowed +WALS: 1 Note: Display the current Active Line +CME ERROR: 3 Note: Syntax error OK Note: No effect +WALS: 1 Note: Display the current Active Line +CME ERROR: 3 Note: In the case where the ALS feature is not allowed

AT+WALS=? AT+WALS = 0,1 Note: Activate Line 1 AT+WALS = 0,2 Note: Activate Line 2 AT+WALS = 1 Note: Get the current Active Line AT+WALS = 1,2 AT+CPHS=0,3 Note: Deactivation of ALS feature AT+CPHS=2,3 Note: Interrogate ALS feature

Open AT Control Command +WOPEN

Description: This command start, stop, delete, and get information about the current Open AT embedded application. Note: This command is available only if the Open AT feature is enabled. Values: <Mode> 0: Stop the embedded application. If this one was running, the product resets 1: Start the embedded application. If this one was stopped, the product resets 2: Get the Open AT library versions 3: Erase the objects flash of Open-AT embedded application 4: Erase the Open AT embedded application Note: Mode = 3 and 4 are only available only if Open AT embedded application is stopped (AT+WOPEN=0). <IntVersion> ASCII string giving the internal Open AT library version. <ExtVersion> ASCII string giving the external Open AT library version. Note: If no embedded application is loaded, the <ExtVersion> parameter does not appear.

Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. GSM Wireless AT Commands - PN S000293B

124

Chapter 15 Specific AT Commands

Continued: Open AT Control Command

Command syntax: AT+WOPEN=<Mode> Response syntax: +WOPEN: <Mode>[,<IntVersion>[<ExtVersion>]]
Command AT+WOPEN=? Possible responses +WOPEN: (0-4) OK AT+WOPEN? +WOPEN: 0 OK AT+WOPEN=2 +WOPEN: 2, AT v2.00, AT v2.00 Note: Get the Open AT library versions OK Note: Open AT v2.00 library version. An embedded application has been downloaded on this product AT+WOPEN=3 OK Note: The objects flash are erased AT+WOPEN=1 OK Note: Start the embedded application +WIND: 3 Note: Product reset in order to start the embedded application AT+WOPEN = 3 +CME ERROR: 532 Note: the embedded application is activated so the objects flash are not erased AT+WOPEN = 4 +CME ERROR: 532 Note: The embedded application is activated so it cannot be erased AT+WOPEN=0 OK Note: Stop the embedded application +WIND: 3 Note: Product reset in order to stop the embedded application AT+WOPEN=3 OK Note: The objects flash are erased. AT+WOPEN = 4 OK Note: The embedded application is erased AT+WOPEN? +CME ERROR: 3 Note: The Open AT feature is disabled.

Reset +WRST
Description: This command allows to reset the modem after the time specified by the second parameter. Values: <val1> 0: timer reset is disabled 1: timer reset is enabled <Delay> specify the time for reset Range 000:00- 168:59 (format hhh:mm) <RemainTime> time before next reset Range 000:01- 168:59 (format hhh:mm) Command syntax: AT+WRST =<Mode>,<Delay> Response syntax: +WRST: <Mode>,<Delay>,<RemainTime>
Command AT+WRST=? AT+WRST=0 Note: Disable timer AT+WRST=1,001:03 Note: Enable timer and put delay at 1 hour 3 minutes AT+WRST? Possible responses OK OK OK +WRST: 1,001:03,001:01 OK Note: Timer activated to reset after 1 hour and 3 minutes. At this point, 1 hour and 1 minute remain before next reset.

Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. GSM Wireless AT Commands - PN S000293B

125

Chapter 15 Specific AT Commands

Set Standard Tone +WSST

Description: This command sets and gets the sound level of the Standard Tones. Values: <sound level> 0: Max volume (default) 15: Min volume Range [0 ; 15] <ring tone level> 0: Max volume (default) 15: Min volume Range [0 ; 15] Command syntax: AT+WSST=[<sound level>][,<ring tone level>]
Possible responses OK OK OK +WSST: 15,5 OK Note: current standard tones level is 15 (min.), and ring tone level is 5. +WSST: (0-15),(0-15) OK Command AT+WSST=0 Note: Set volume to Max. AT+WSST=15 Note: Set volume to Min. AT+WSST=,5 Note: Set ring tone level to 5 AT+WSST? Note: get current standard tones sound level AT+WSST=? Note: supported parameters

Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. GSM Wireless AT Commands - PN S000293B

126

Chapter 15 Specific AT Commands

Hang-up +WATH
Description: This command disconnects the remote user, specifying a release cause and the location. In the case of multiple calls, all calls are released (active, on-hold and waiting calls). Values: <RelCause>: decimal value from 1 to 127 See table Failure Cause from GSM 04.08 recommendation. <location>: optional parameter (default value =0) values as defined in 04.08 0 : user 1 : private network serving the local user 2 : public network serving the local user 3 : transit network 4 : public network serving the remote user 5 : private network serving the remote user 7 : international network 10: network beyond interworking point Note: AT+WATH=0 is the same as ath. Command Syntax: AT+WATH=<RelCause>,<location>
Possible responses OK Note: Every call, if any, are released +WATH: (1-127),(0-5,7,10) OK Note: Every call, if any, are released Command AT+WATH=31 Note: Ask for disconnection with release cause=normal and location=USER AT+WATH=? AT+WATH=17,2 Note: Ask for disconnection with release cause=user busy and location= public network serving the local user

Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. GSM Wireless AT Commands - PN S000293B

127

Chapter 16 SIM ToolKit

CHAPTER 16 - SIM TOOLKIT

Overview of SIM Application ToolKit
Summary
SIM ToolKit, also known as SIM Application ToolKit, introduces new functionalities which open the way to a broad range of value added services. The principle is to allow service providers to develop new applications (e.g.. for banking, travel, ticket booking, etc.) for subscribers and to download them into the SIM. This solution allows new services to be accessible to the user by adding new SIM-based applications without modifying the handset.

Functionality
The term SIM ToolKit refers to the functionalities described in the GSM Technical Specification 11.14. It introduces about twenty-five new commands for the SIM. Three classes of ToolKit functionalities have been defined, with Class 1 offering a subset of commands and Class 3 offering the full range of commands (See the Support of SIM ToolKit Classes table in APPENDIX D). The SIM Application ToolKit supports: profile download proactive SIM data download into SIM menu selection call control by SIM

Profile Download
The Profile Download instruction is sent by the customer application to the SIM as part of the initialization. It is used to indicate which SIM Application ToolKit features the customer application supports. The AT command used for this operation is +STSF (SIM ToolKit Set Facilities).

Proactive SIM
A proactive SIM provides a mechanism whereby the SIM can ask the customer application to perform certain actions. These actions include: display menu display given text get user input send a short message play the requested tone set up a call provide location information This mechanism allows SIM applications to generate powerful menu-driven sequences on the customer application and to use services available in the network. The commands used for this operation are: +STIN (SIM ToolKit Indication), +STGI (SIM ToolKit Get Information), +STGR (SIM ToolKit Give Response).

Data Download to SIM

Data downloading to the SIM allows (SMS, phonebook) data or programs (Java applets) received by SMS or by Cell Broadcast to be transferred directly to the SIM Application. This feature does not need any AT command. It is transparent to the customer application.

Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. GSM Wireless AT Commands - PN S000293B

128

Chapter 16 SIM ToolKit

Menu Selection
A set of menu items is supplied by the SIM Application ToolKit. The menu selection command can then be used to inform the SIM Application which menu item is selected. The commands used for this operation are +STIN, +STGI and +STGR.

Call Control by SIM

The call control mechanism allows the SIM to check all dialed numbers, supplementary service control strings and USSD strings before connecting to the network. This gives the SIM the ability to allow, bar or modify the string before the operation starts. The commands used for this operation are: +STCR (SIM ToolKit Control Response) +STGR (SIM ToolKit Give Response)

Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. GSM Wireless AT Commands - PN S000293B

129

Chapter 16 SIM ToolKit

Messages Exchanged During a SIM ToolKit Operation

The following scheme shows the SIM ToolKit commands and unsolicited results that are exchanged.

+STSF=X,XXXXXXXX

STEP 1: Configuration and Activation

+STIN=X
STEP 2: SIM sends pro-active command

MULTI-TECH Modem

+STGI=X +STGI response

STEP 3: Customer application gets all the information.

Customer Application

+STCR:X +STGR=X,XXXXXX
STEP 4: User response is sent to the SIM.

Step 1: The customer application informs the modem which facilities are supported. This operation is performed with the +STSF (SIM ToolKit Set Facilities) command, which also activates or deactivates the SIM ToolKit functionality. Step 2: An unsolicited result +STIN (SIM ToolKit indication) is sent by the product in order to indicate to the customer application which command type the SIM Application ToolKit is running. The last SIM ToolKit indication can be requested by the +STIN? command. Step 3: The customer application uses the +STGI (SIM ToolKit Get Information) command to get all the information about the SIM ToolKit command, given by +STIN. Step 4: The customer application uses the +STGR (SIM ToolKit Give Response) to send its response (if any) to the SIM ToolKit Application. The +STCR (SIM ToolKit Control response) indication is an unsolicited result sent by the SIM when Call control functionality is activated and before the customer application has performed any outgoing call, SMS, SS, or USSD.

Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. GSM Wireless AT Commands - PN S000293B

130

Chapter 16 SIM ToolKit

SIM Toolkit Commands Section SIM ToolKit Set Facilities +STSF

Description This command allows SIM ToolKit facilities to be activated, deactivated or configured. Values: <mode> 0: Deactivates the SIM ToolKit functionalities. 1: Activates the SIM ToolKit functionalities. 2: Configures the SIM ToolKit functionalities. <Config> (160060C01F 5FFFFFFF7F) (hex format) <Timeout> 1-255: Timeout for user responses (multiple of 10 seconds). <Autoresponse> 0: Automatic response is not activated 1: Automatic response is activated Notes about Autoresponse: The activation or deactivation of the SIM ToolKit functionalities requires the use of the +CFUN (Set phone functionality) command to reset the product (this operation is not necessary if PIN is not entered yet). The <Config> parameter gives the coding of the TERMINAL PROFILE, precisely the list of SIM Application ToolKit facilities that are supported by the customer application. The <Timeout> parameter (multiple of 10 seconds) sets the maximum time the user has for reacting (to select an item, to input a text, etc). When the <Autoresponse> is activated, the +STIN indication for Play Tone (5), Refresh (7), Send SS (8), Send SMS (9) or Send USSD (10) is automatically followed by the corresponding +STGI response. Note about Bits: Some bits are related to the product only and not to the customer application. The product automatically sets these bits to either 0 or 1 whatever the user enters with the +STSF command. Those values are given in Appendix D. Each facility is coded on 1 bit: bit = 1: facility is supported by the customer application. bit = 0: facility is not supported by the customer application. Only the first five bytes of the TERMINAL PROFILE (Class 2) can be configured. The other are set to 0. (See structure of TERMINAL PROFILE in APPENDIX E.) Command syntax: +STSF=<mode>[,<config>][,<Timeout>][,<AutoResponse>]
Command AT+STSF=<Mode>[,<Config>] [,<Timeout>][,<AutoResponse>] AT+STSF? AT+STSF=? Possible responses OK +CME ERROR: <err> +STSF: <Mode>,<Config>,<Timeout>,<Autoresponse> +STSF: (0-2), (160060C01F - 5FFFFFFF7F),(1-255),(0-1) OK

Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. GSM Wireless AT Commands - PN S000293B

131

Chapter 16 SIM ToolKit

SIM ToolKit Facilities Error Codes

+CME ERROR: 3 Operation not allowed. This error is returned when a wrong parameter is entered. Example AT+CMEE=1 OK AT+WIND=15 OK AT+CPAS +CPAS: 0 OK AT+STSF=? Query ME Status ME is ready. Set indications

Enable the reporting of mobile equipment errors

Test command SIM ToolKit Set Facilities +STSF: (0-2), (160060C01F 5FFFFFFF7F),(1-255) OK No activation of SIM ToolKit functionality Set all SIM ToolKit facilities (class 3). Syntax Error Activation of SIM ToolKit functionality Reboot Software. Is the ME requiring a password? Yes, SIM PIN required PIN OK Init phase is complete SIM ToolKit functionality activated with all facilities

AT+STSF? +STSF: 0,160060C000,3 OK AT+STSF=2,5FFFFFFF7F OK AT+STSF=3 +CME ERROR: 3 AT+STSF=1 OK AT+CFUN=1 OK AT+CPIN? +CPIN: SIM PIN AT+CPIN=0000 OK +WIND: 4 AT+STSF? +STSF: 1,5FFFFFFF7F,3 OK

Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. GSM Wireless AT Commands - PN S000293B

132

Chapter 16 SIM ToolKit

SIM ToolKit Indication +STIN

Unsolicited Result In order to allow the customer application to identify the pro-active command sent via SIM ToolKit, a mechanism of unsolicited SIM ToolKit indications (+STIN) is implemented. Syntax: AT+STIN: <CmdType> Option: <CmdType> 0: Indicates that a Setup Menu pro-active command has been sent from the SIM. 1: Indicates that a Display Text pro-active command has been sent from the SIM. 2: Indicates that a Get Inkey pro-active command has been sent from the SIM. 3: Indicates that a Get Input pro-active command has been sent from the SIM. 4: Indicates that a Setup Call pro-active command has been sent from the SIM. 5: Indicates that a Play Tone pro-active command has been sent from the SIM. (*) 6: Indicates that a Sel Item pro-active command has been sent from the SIM. 7: Indicates that a Refresh pro-active command has been sent from the SIM. (*) 8: Indicates that a Send SS pro-active command has been sent from the SIM. (*) 9: Indicates that a Send SMS pro-active command has been sent from the SIM. (*) 10: Indicates that a Send USSD pro-active command has been sent from the SIM. (*) 11: Indicates that a SETUP EVENT LIST pro-active command has been sent from the SIM. 98: Indicates the timeout when no response from user. 99: Indicates that a End Session has been sent from the SIM. (*) if the automatic response parameter is activated, this indication is followed by the corresponding +STGI response. Last SIM ToolKit Indication The last SIM ToolKit indication sent by the SIM can be requested by the AT+STIN? command. This command is only usable between the sending of the STIN indication by the SIM (Step 2, Messages exchanged during a SIM ToolKit operation) and the response of the user with the +STGI command (Step 3). Command syntax: AT+STIN?
Command AT+STIN? Note: Ask for the last SIM ToolKit indication sent by the SIM AT+STGI=0 AT+STIN? Note: Ask for the last SIM ToolKit indication sent by the SIM Possible responses +STIN: 0 OK Note: the last SIM ToolKit indication was a Setup Menu Note: Display the SIM ToolKit application menu +CME ERROR: 4 Note: Operation not supported. The +STGI command has been already used

Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. GSM Wireless AT Commands - PN S000293B

133

Chapter 16 SIM ToolKit

SIM ToolKit Get Information +STGI

Description This command allows to get the information (text to display, menu information, priorities) of a pro-active command sent from the SIM. The information is returned only after receiving a SIM ToolKit indication (+STIN).) Values: Values are listed after the Command Table Command syntax: +STGI=<CmdType>
Command AT+STGI=<CmdType> AT+STGI=? Possible responses See Table 1 +CME ERROR: <err> +STGI: (0-11) OK

Table of Command Types

Cmd Description Type 0 Get information about Setup Menu pro-active command. Possible responses +STGI: <Alpha Identifier menu> +STGI: <Id1>,<NbItems>,<Alpha Id1 Label>,<Help Info>[,<NextActionId>]<CR><LF> +STGI: <Id2>,<NbItems>,<Alpha Id2 Label>,<Help Info>[,<NextActionId>]<CR><LF> []] No action expected from SIM. Get information about Display text pro-active +STGI: <Prior>,<Text>,<ClearMode> command. No action expected from SIM. +STGI: <Format>,<HelpInfo>[,<TextInfo>] Get information about Get Inkey pro-active command. SIM expects key pressed (+STGR). +STGI: <Format>,<EchoMode>,<SizeMin>,<SizeMax>, Get information about Get Input pro-active <HelpInfo>[,<TextInfo>] command. SIM expects key input (+STGR). +STGI: <Type>,<CalledNb>,<SubAddress>,<Class> Get information about Setupt call pro-active command. SIM expects user authorization (+STGR). +STGI: <ToneType>[,<TimeUnit>,<TimeInterval>,<TextInfo>] Get information about Play Tone pro-active command. No action. +STGI: <DefaultItem>, <Alpha Identifier menu><CR><LF> Get information about Sel Item pro-active +STGI: <Id1>,<NbItems>,<Alpha Id1 Label>,<Help Info>[,<NextActionId>]<CR><LF> command. +STGI: <Id2>,<NbItems>,<Alpha Id2 Label>,<Help Info>[,<NextActionId>]<CR><LF> []] SIM expects an item choice (+STGR). +STGI: <RefreshType> Get information about Refresh pro-active No action (Refresh done automatically by product). command. +STGI:<TextInfo> Get information about Send SS pro-active No action (Send SS done automatically by product). command. +STGI: <TextInfo> Get information about Send SMS pro-active command. No action (Send SMS done automatically by product). Get information about Send USSD pro-active +STGI: <TextInfo> command. No action (Send USSD done automatically by product). +STGI: <Evt> Get information about SETUP EVENT LIST pro-active command.

1 2 3

4 5 6

7 8 9 10 11

Values for the SIM ToolKit Get Information Command:

Values when CmdType=0 (Setup menu) <Alpha Idenitifer menu> Alpha identifier of the main menu. <Idx> (1-255) Menu item Identifier. <NbItems> (1-255) Number of items in the main menu. <Alpha Idx Label> Alpha identifier label of items in ASCII format. <HelpInfo> 0: No help information available. 1: Help information available. <NextActionId> Contains a pro-active command identifier.(see the table in APPENDIX F) Compared to other commands the customer application can always get information about setup menu after having received the +STIN:0 indication.

Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. GSM Wireless AT Commands - PN S000293B

134

Chapter 16 SIM ToolKit Values when CmdType=1 (Display text) <Prior> 0: Normal priority of display. 1: High priority of display. <Text> Text to display in ASCII format. <ClearMode> 0: Clear message after a delay (3 seconds) 1: Wait for user to clear message. Values when CmdType=2 (Get Inkey) <Format> 0: Digit (0-9, *, #,and +) 1: SMS alphabet default. 2: UCS2 <HelpInfo> 0: No help information available. 1: Help information available. <TextInfo> Text information in ASCII format. Values when CmdType=3 (Get Input) <Format> 0: Digit (0-9, *, #,and +) 1: SMS alphabet default. 2: UCS2 3: Unpacked format. 4: Packed format. <EchoMode> 0: Echo off. 1: Echo on. <SizeMin> (1-255) Minimum length of input. <SizeMax> (1-255) Maximum length of input. <HelpInfo> 0: No help information available. 1: Help information available. <TextInfo> Text information in ASCII format. Values when CmdType=4 (Setup Call) <Type> 0: Set up call but only if not currently busy on another call. 1: Set up call, putting all other calls (if any) on hold. 2: Set up call, disconnecting all other calls (if any). <CalledNb> Called party number in ASCII format. <SubAdress> Called party sub-address in ASCII format. <Class> 0: Voice call. 1: Data call. 2: Fax call Values when CmdType=5 (Play tone) <ToneType> 0: Tone Dial. 1: Tone Busy. 2: Tone Congestion. 3: Tone Radio ack 4: Tone Dropped. 5: Tone Error. 6: Tone Call waiting. 7: Tone Ringing. 8: Tone General beep. 9: Tone Positive beep. 10: Tone Negative beep. <TimeUnit> 0: Time unit used is minutes. 1: Time unit used is seconds. 2: Time unit used is tenths of seconds. <TimeInterval> (1-255) Time required expressed in units. <TextInfo> Text information in ASCII format.

Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. GSM Wireless AT Commands - PN S000293B

135

Chapter 16 SIM ToolKit

Values when CmdType=6 (Sel Item) <DefaultItem> (1-255) Default Item Identifier. <Alpha Idenitifer menu> Alpha identifier of the main menu. <Idx> (1-255) Identifier items. <NbItems> (1-255) Number of items in the menu. <Alpha Idx Label> Alpha identifier label of items in ASCII format. <HelpInfo> 0: No help information available. 1: Help information available. <NextActionId> Contains a pro-active command identifier. (see the table in APPENDIX F) Values when CmdType=7 (Refresh) <RefreshType> 0: 1 2 3 4

SlM initialization and full file change notification. File change notification. SIM initialization and file change notification. SIM initialization. SIM reset.

Values when CmdType=8 (Send SS) <TextInfo> Text information in ASCII format. Values when CmdType=9 (Send SMS) <TextInfo> Text information in ASCII format. Values when CmdType=10 (Send USSD) <TextInfo> Text information in ASCII format. Values when CmdType=11 (Setup Event List) <Evt> 1: Reporting asked for an Idle Screen event. 2: Reporting asked for an User Activity event. 3: Reporting asked for Idle Screen and User Activity events. 4: Cancellation of reporting event. Rem: For the UCS2 format texts are displayed in Hexa Ascii format. Example: When the SIM sends a TextString containing 0x00 0x41 the text displayed is 0041. Error Codes for the SIM ToolKit Get Information Command: + CME ERROR: 3 Operation not allowed. This error is returned when a wrong parameter is detected. +CME ERROR: 4 Operation not supported. This error is returned when the user wants to get information about a SIM ToolKit pro-active command (with SIM ToolKit functionality not activated.) +CME ERROR: 518 SIM ToolKit indication not received. This error is returned when the SIM ToolKit indication (+STIN) has not been received.

Example Initially, all facilities are activated. The PIN is not required and SIM ToolKit functionality is activated.
AT+CMEE=1 OK AT+WIND=15 OK Enable the reporting of mobile equipment errors Set indications

AT+STSF?
+STSF: 1,5FFFFFFF7F,3 OK +STIN: 0 AT+STIN? +STIN: 0 OK AT+STGI=0 +STGI: SIM TOOLKIT MAIN MENU +STGI: 1,3,BANK,0 +STGI: 2,3,QUIZ,0 +STGI: 3,3,WEATHER,0 OK AT+STIN? +CME ERROR: 4 SIM ToolKit functionality activated with all facilities. The main menu has been sent from the SIM.

Get information about the main menu Main menu contains 3 items.

Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. GSM Wireless AT Commands - PN S000293B

136

Chapter 16 SIM ToolKit

Unsolicited Result: SIM ToolKit Control Response +STCR

Description: When the customer application makes an outgoing call or an outgoing SMS and if the call control facility is activated, CALL CONTROL and SMS CONTROL responses can be identified. This is also applicable to SS calls.) Values: <Result> 0: Control response not allowed. 1: Control response with modification. <Number> Called number, Service Center Address or SS String in ASCII format. <MODestAddr> MO destination address in ASCII format. <TextInfo> Text information in ASCII format. Command Syntax: +STCR: <Result>[,<Number>,<MODestAddr>,<TextInfo>]

SIM ToolKit Give Response +STGR

Description: This command allows the application/user to select an item in the main menu, or to answer the following proactive commands:) GET INKEY Key Pressed By The User. GET INPUT Message Entered By The User. SELECT ITEM Selected Item. SETUP CALL User Confirmation. DISPLAY TEXT User Confirmation To Clear The Message. SETUP EVENT LIST Reporting events. It is also possible to terminate the current proactive command session by sending a Terminal Response to the SIM, with the following parameters: BACKWARD MOVE Process a backward move BEYOND CAPABILITIES Command beyond ME capabilities UNABLE TO PROCESS ME is currently unable to process command NO RESPONSE No response from the user END SESSION User abort. Command syntax: +STGR=<CmdType>[,<Result>,<Data>]
Command AT+STGR=<CmdType>[,<Result>,<Data>] For GetInput with <Result>=1: AT+STGR=3,1<CR> <Data><Ctrl Z> For GetInkey with <Result>=1 AT+STGR=2,1,<Data> AT+STGR=? Possible responses OK +CME ERROR: <err> OK +CME ERROR: <err> OK +CME ERROR: <err> OK

Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. GSM Wireless AT Commands - PN S000293B

137

Chapter 16 SIM ToolKit

Values: <CmdType> 0: Item selection in the main menu. 1: User confirmation to clear a Disp Text. 2: Response for a Get Inkey. 3: Response for a Get Input. 4: Response for a Setup call. 6: Response for a Sel Item. 11 Reponse for a Setup event list. 95 Backward move 96 Command beyond ME capabilities 97 ME currently unable to process command 98 No response from the user. 99 User abort. Values when CmdType=0 (Select an item from the main menu) <Result> 1: Item selected by the user. 2: Help information required by user. <Data> Contains the item identifier of the item selected by the user. Values when CmdType=1 (Confirm the display text clearing) No values. Values when CmdType=2 (Get Inkey) <Result> 0: Session ended by user. 1: Response given by the user. 2: Help information required by user. <Data> Contains the key pressed by the user. Values when CmdType=3 (Get Input) <Result> 0: Session ended by user. 1: Response given by the user. 2: Help information required by user. <Data> Contains the string of characters entered by the user. Note: For Inputs in UCS2 format, the data are entered in ASCII format. Example: For 8000410042FFFF entered, the SIM receives 0x00 0x41 0x00 0x42 with UCS2 DCS. (See the Appendix G about the different UCS2 syntaxes). Values when CmdType=4 (Setup call) <Result> 0: User refuses the call. 1: User accepts call. Values when CmdType=6 (Select Item) <Result> 0: Session terminated by the user 1: Item selected by the user 2: Help information required by the user 3: Return to the back item <Data> Contains the item identifier selected by the user Values when CmdType=11 (Setup Event List) <Result> 1: Idle screen available. 2: User activity event.

Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. GSM Wireless AT Commands - PN S000293B

138

Chapter 16 SIM ToolKit

Sending a Terminal Response to the SIM: Values when CmdType=95 (Backward Move) Values when CmdType=96 (Command beyond ME capabilities) Values when CmdType=97 (ME currently unable to process command) Values when CmdType=98 (No response from the user) Values when CmdType=99 (SIM ToolKit Session aborting by the user) No values. It is possible to send a Terminal Response after the +STIN indication (step 2, of Messages exchanged during a SIM ToolKit operation), or after the +STGI command (step 3). Note: For the SETUP MENU Proactive Command, it is only possible to send a Terminal Response after the +STIN: 0 indication, not after a +STGI=0 request. All of the Terminal Responses are not possible with all of the Proactive Commands. Compatibility between available Terminal Responses and Proactive Commands is given in Appendix D, Table 2. If a Terminal Response is attempted during a incompatible Proactive Command session, a +CME ERROR: 3 will be returned. Possible error codes + CME ERROR: 3 +CME ERROR: 4 Operation not allowed. This error is returned when a wrong parameter is detected. Operation not supported. This error is returned when the user gives a response with SIM ToolKit functionality not activated. Or if the SIM ToolKit indication (+STIN) has not been received.

Example Initially, all facilities are activated, the PIN is not required and the SIM ToolKit functionality is activated.
+STIN: 0 The main menu has been sent from the SIM. AT+STGI=0 Get information about the main menu +STGI: 1,3,BANK,0 The main menu contains 3 items. +STGI: 2,3,QUIZ,0 +STGI: 3,3,WEATHER,0 OK AT+STGR=0,1,1 The item 2 of the main menu has been selected. OK +STIN: 6 The Sel item menu has been sent from the SIM. AT+STGI=6 Get information about the BANK menu +STGI: 1,BANK The BANK menu contains two items. +STGI: 1,2,PERSONAL ACCOUNT ENQUIRY,1 +STGI: 2,2,NEWS,0 OK AT+STGR=6,1,1 Select Item 1. OK +STIN: 3 User request to enter Password sent. AT+STGI=3 Get information about this request. +STGI: 0,0,4,4,0,Enter Account Password:

OK
AT+STGR=3,1<CR> The user enters the Password. >0000<Ctrl Z> OK +STIN:1 A text info has been sent from the SIM. AT+STGI=1 Get information about this text. +STGI: 0,Password correct, please wait for response,0 OK +STIN: 9 SIM requests a bank account update from bank server via the network (SEND SMS) AT+STGI=9 Get all information about the SEND SMS +STGI: Send account balance of user, authorization ok OK ********* After a short period of time. ******** +STIN: 5 Transaction is complete: BEEP +STGI=5 Get information about the Tone +STGI: 9,1,1 +STIN: 1 Display text indication AT+STGI=1 +STGI: 0,Your account balance is 1000 $,0 OK

Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. GSM Wireless AT Commands - PN S000293B

139

Chapter 17 GPRS Commands

CHAPTER 17 - GPRS COMMANDS

When using GSM-only software, GPRS commands are not available.

Define PDP Context +CGDCONT

Description: This command specifies PDP context parameter values for a PDP context identified by the local context identification parameter, <cid>. Four PDP contexts can be defined. A special form of the set command, +CGDCONT= <cid> causes the values for context number <cid> to become undefined. The test command returns values supported as a compound value. If the modem supports several PDP types, <PDP_type>, the parameter value ranges for each <PDP_type> are returned on a separate line. The read command returns the current settings for each defined context. The test command returns values supported as a compound value. If the modem supports several PDP types, <PDP_type), the parameter value ranges for each <PDP_type> are returned on a separate line. Values: <cid>: (PDP Context Identifier) a numeric parameter (1-4) which specifies a particular PDP context definition. The parameter is local to the DTE-modem interface and is used in other PDP context-related commands. <PDP_type>: (Packet Data Protocol type) a string parameter which specifies the type of packet data protocol IP Internet Protocol PPP Point to Point Protocol <APN>: (Access Point Name) a string parameter, which is a logical name that is used to select the GGSN or the external packet data network. If the value is null or omitted, then the subscription value will be requested. <PDP_address>: a string parameter that identifies the modem in the address space applicable to the PDP. If the value is null or omitted, then a value may be provided by the DTE during the PDP startup procedure or, failing that, a dynamic address will be requested. The read form of the command will continue to return the null string even if an address has been allocated during the PDP startup procedure. The allocated address may be read using the +CGPADDR command. <d_comp>: a numeric parameter that controls PDP data compression 0: Off (default if value is omitted) 1: On Other values are reserved. <h_comp>: a numeric parameter that controls PDP header compression 0: Off (default if value is omitted) 1: On Other values are reserved. Notes: At present only one data compression algorithm (V.42bis) is provided in SNDCP. If and when other algorithms become available, a command will be provided to select one or more of these. 32 cids are available to specifie 32 PDP contexts but only 11 NSAPI are available for PDP activation. Four PDP contexts can be specified with only one activated at the same time.

Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. GSM Wireless AT Commands - PN S000293B

140

Chapter 17 GPRS Commands

Command Syntax:
Command AT+CGDCONT=[<cid> [,<PDP_type> [,<APN> [,<PDP_addr> [,<d_comp> [,<h_comp>]]]]]] AT+CGDCONT? Possible responses OK ERROR +CGDCONT: <cid>, <PDP_type>, <APN>,<PDP_addr>, <data_comp>, <head_comp> [<CR><LF>+CGDCONT: <cid>, <PDP_type>, <APN>,<PDP_addr>, <data_comp>, <head_comp> [...]] OK +CGDCONT: (range of supported <cid>s), <PDP_type>,,,(list of supported <d_comp>s), (list of supported <h_comp>s) [<CR><LF>+CGDCONT: (range of supported <cid>s), <PDP_type>,,,(list of supported <d_comp>s),(list of supported <h_comp>s) [...]] OK +CGCONT: (1-4), IP,,,(0-1,(0-1) +CGCONT: (1-4), PPP,,,0,0,0 OK +CGCONT: 1, IP,internet,,0,0 +CGCONT: 2, IP,abc.com,,0,0 OK

AT+CGDCONT=?

AT+CGDCONT: 1, IP internet; AT+CGCONT=? AT+CGCONT?

Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. GSM Wireless AT Commands - PN S000293B

141

Chapter 17 GPRS Commands

Quality of Service Profile Requested +CGQREQ

Description: This command allows the DTE to specify a Quality of Service Profile that is used when the modem sends an Activate PDP Context Request message to the network. The set command specifies a profile for the context identified by the local context identification parameter, <cid>. Since this is the same parameter that is used in the +CGDCONT command, the +CGQREQ command is effectively an extension to the +CGDCONT command. The QoS profile consists of a number of parameters, each of which may be set to a separate value. A special form of the set command, +CGQREQ= <cid>, causes the requested profile for context number <cid> to become undefined. The read command returns the current settings for each defined context. The test command returns values supported as a compound value. If the modem supports several PDP types, the parameter value ranges for each PDP type are returned on a separate line. Command Syntax:
Command AT+CGQREQ=[<cid> [,<precedence > [,<delay> [,<reliability.> [,<peak> [,<mean>]]]]]] AT+CGQREQ? Possible Response(s) OK ERROR +CGQREQ: <cid>, <precedence >, <delay>, <reliability>, <peak>, <mean> [<CR><LF>+CGQREQ: <cid>, <precedence >, <delay>, <reliability.>, <peak>, <mean> []] OK +CGQREQ: <PDP_type>, (list of supported <precedence>s), (list of supported <delay>s), (list of supported <reliability>s) , (list of supported <peak>s), (list of supported <mean>s) [<CR><LF>+CGQREQ: <PDP_type>, (list of supported <precedence>s), (list of supported <delay>s), (list of supported <reliability>s) , (list of supported <peak>s), (list of supported <mean>s) []] OK OK +CGQREG: IP, (1-3), (1-4), (1-5), (1-9), (1-31) +CGQREQ: PPP, (1-3), (1-4), (1-5), (1-9), (1-31) OK +CGQREQ: 1,1,4,5,2,14 OK

AT+CGQREQ=?

AT +CGQREQ=1,1,4,5,2,14 AT+CGQREQ=?

AT+CGQREQ?

Summary List of Values: <cid>: a numeric parameter that specifies a particular PDP context definition. <precedence>: a numeric parameter that specifies the precedence class <delay>: a numeric parameter that specifies the delay class <reliability>: a numeric parameter that specifies the reliability class <peak>: a numeric parameter that specifies the peak throughput class <mean>: a numeric parameter that specifies the mean throughput class Note: If a value is omitted for a particular class then the value is considered to be unspecified. Details about Values: <cid> Range 1- 3 <precedence> 0: Subscribed precedence - Subscribed by the Network by default if value is omitted 1: High priority - Service commitments shall be maintained ahead of precedence classes 2 and 3 2: Normal priority - Service commitments shall be maintained ahead of precedence class 3 3: Low priority - Service commitments shall be maintained after precedence classes 1 and 2 <delay> 0: Subscribed 1: Delay class 1 2: Delay class 2 3: Delay class 3 4: Delay class 4 Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. GSM Wireless AT Commands - PN S000293B 142

Chapter 17 GPRS Commands

Delay (maximum values) SDU size: 128 bytes SDU size: 1024 bytes Mean Transfer Delay (sec) 95 percentile Delay (sec) Mean Transfer Delay (sec) Subscribed Subscribed by the Nwk / default if value is omitted < 0.5 <2 <5 < 25 < 15 < 50 < 250 < 75 Unspecified

Delay Class

95 percentile Delay (sec) <7 < 75 < 375

1. (Predictive) 2. (Predictive) 3. (Predictive) 4. (Best Effort)

<reliabiliy> 0: Subscribed 1: Up to 1 000 (8 kbit/s) 2: Up to 2 000 (16 kbit/s) 3: Up to 4 000 (32kbit/s) 4: Up to 8 000 (64 kbit/s) 5: Up to 16 000 (188 kbit/s) 6: Up to 32 000 (256 kbit/s) 7: Up to 64 000 (512 kbit/s) 8: Up to 128 000 (1 024 kbit/s) 9: Up to 256 000 (2 048 kbit/s)
Reliability Class 0 1 2 3 4 5 Note: GTP Mode Subscribed Acknowledged Unacknowledged Unacknowledged Unacknowledged Unacknowledged LLC Frame Mode LLC Data RLC Block Traffic Type Protection Mode Subscribed by the Nwk / default if value is omitted Acknowledged Protected Acknowledged Non real-time traffic, error-sensitive application that cannot cope with data loss. Acknowledged Protected Acknowledged Non real-time traffic, error-sensitive application that can cope with infrequent data loss. Unacknowledged Protected Acknowledged Non real-time traffic, error-sensitive application that can cope with data loss, GMM/SM, & SMS. Unacknowledged Protected Unacknowledged Real-time traffic, error-sensitive application that can cope with data loss. Unacknowledged Unprotected Unacknowledged Real-time traffic, error non-sensitive application that can cope with data loss.

For real-time traffic, the QoS profile also requires appropriate settings for delay and throughput.

<peak>
0: Subscribed 1: Up to 1 000 (8 kbit/s) 2: Up to 2 000 (16 kbit/s) 3: Up to 4 000 (32kbit/s) 4: Up to 8 000 (64 kbit/s) 5: Up to 16 000 (188 kbit/s) 6: Up to 32 000 (256 kbit/s) 7: Up to 64 000 (512 kbit/s) 8: Up to 128 000 (1 024 kbit/s) 9: Up to 256 000 (2 048 kbit/s)

<mean>
0: Subscribed by the Network by default if value is omitted 1: 100 (~0.22 bit/s) 2: 200 (~0.44 bit/s) 3: 500 (~1.11 bit/s) 4: 1 000 (~2.2 bit/s) 5: 2 000 (~4.4 bit/s) 6: 5 000 (~11.1 bit/s) 7: 10 000 (~22 bit/s) 8: 20 000 (~44 bit/s) 9: 50 000 (~111 bit/s) 10: 100 000 (~0.22 kbit/s) 11: 200 000 (~0.44 kbit/s) 12: 500 000 (~1.11 kbit/s) 13: 1 000 000 (~2.2 kbit/s) 14: 2 000 000 (~4.4 kbit/s) 15: 5 000 000 (~11.1 kbit/s) 16: 10 000 000 (~22 kbit/s) 17: 20 000 000 (~44 kbit/s) 18: 50 000 000 (~111 kbit/s) 31: Best effort Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. GSM Wireless AT Commands - PN S000293B 143

Chapter 17 GPRS Commands

Quality of Service Profile Minimum Acceptable +CGQMIN

Description: This command allows the DTE to specify a minimum acceptable profile which is checked by the modem against the negotiated profile returned in the Activate PDP Context Accept message. The set command specifies a profile for the context identified by the local context identification parameter, <cid>. Since this is the same parameter that is used in the +CGDCONT command, the +CGQMIN command is effectively an extension to the +CGDCONT command. The QoS profile consists of a number of parameters, each of which may be set to a separate value. A special form of the set command, +CGQMIN= <cid> causes the minimum acceptable profile for context number <cid> to become undefined. In this case no check is made against the negotiated profile. The read command returns the current settings1 for each defined context. The test command returns values supported as a compound value. If the modem supports several PDP types, the parameter value ranges for each PDP type are returned on a separate line. Values: <cid>: a numeric parameter which specifies a particular PDP context . <precedence>: a numeric parameter which specifies the precedence class. <delay>: a numeric parameter which specifies the delay class. <reliability>: a numeric parameter which specifies the reliability class. <peak>: a numeric parameter which specifies the peak throughput class. <mean>: a numeric parameter which specifies the mean throughput class. Note: If a value is omitted for a particular class then this class is not checked. Command Syntax:
Command AT+CGQMIN=[<cid> [,<precedence > [,<delay> [,<reliability.> [,<peak> [,<mean>]]]]]] AT+CGQMIN? Possible Response(s) OK ERROR +CGQMIN: <cid>, <precedence >, <delay>, <reliability>, <peak>, <mean> [<CR><LF>+CGQMIN: <cid>, <precedence >, <delay>, <reliability.>, <peak>, <mean> []] OK +CGQMIN: <PDP_type>, (list of supported <precedence>s), (list of supported <delay>s), (list of supported <reliability>s) , (list of supported <peak>s), (list of supported <mean>s) [<CR><LF>+CGQMIN: <PDP_type>, (list of supported <precedence>s), (list of supported <delay>s), (list of supported <reliability>s) , (list of supported <peak>s), (list of supported <mean>s) []] OK OK +CGQMIN: IP,(1-3),(1-4),(1-5),(1-9),(1-31) +CGQMIN: PPP,(1-3),(1-4),(1-5),(1-9),(1-31) OK +CGQMIN=? 1,1,4,5,2,14 OK

AT+CGQMIN=?

AT+CGQMIN = 1,1,4,5,2,31 AT+CGQMIN=? AT+CGQMIN?

Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. GSM Wireless AT Commands - PN S000293B

144

Chapter 17 GPRS Commands

GPRS Attach or Detach +CGATT

Description: The execution command is used to attach the modem to, or detach the modem from, the GPRS service. After the command has completed, the modem remains in V.25ter command state. If the modem is already in the requested state, the command is ignored and the OK response is returned. If the requested state cannot be achieved, an ERROR or +CME ERROR response is returned. Extended error responses are enabled by the +CMEE command. Any active PDP contexts will be automatically deactivated when the attachment state changes to detached. The read command returns the current GPRS service state. The test command is used for requesting information on the supported GPRS service states. Values: <state>: indicates the state of GPRS attachment 0: Detached 1: Attached Other values are reserved and will result in an ERROR response to the execution command. Command Syntax:
Command AT+CGATT= [<state>] AT+CGATT? AT+CGATT=? AT+CGATT=1 Possible Responses OK ERROR +CGATT: <state> OK +CGATT: (list of supported <state>s) OK OK

Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. GSM Wireless AT Commands - PN S000293B

145

Chapter 17 GPRS Commands

PDP Context Activate or Deactivate +CGACT

Description: The execution command activates or deactivates the specified PDP context (s). After the command has completed, the modem remains in V.25ter command state. If any PDP context is already in the requested state, the state for that context remains unchanged. If the requested state for any specified context cannot be achieved, an ERROR or +CME ERROR response is returned. Extended error responses are enabled by the +CMEE command. If the modem is not GPRS attached when the activation form of the command is executed, the modem first performs a GPRS attach and them attempts to activate the specified contexts. If the attach fails then the modem responds with ERROR or, if extended error responses are enabled, with the appropriate failure-toattach error message. If no <cid>s are specified the activation form of the command activates the first activable defined contexts. If no <cid>s are specified the deactivation form of the command deactivates all active contexts. One PDP context can be activated at the same time. The read command returns the current activation states for all the defined PDP contexts. The test command is used for requesting information on the supported PDP context activation states. Values: <state>: indicates the state of PDP context activation 0: Deactivated 1: Activated Other values are reserved and will result in an ERROR response to the execution command. <cid>: a numeric parameter which specifies a particular PDP context. Before a context can be activated, the modem must be attached to the GPRS network by performing an automatic GPRS attach. Command Syntax:
Command AT+CGACT=[<state> [,<cid>[,<cid>[,]]]] AT+CGACT? Possible Response(s) OK ERROR +CGACT: <cid>, <state> [<CR><LF>+CGACT: <cid>, <state> [...]] OK +CGACT: (list of supported <state>s) OK OK +CGACT: 1,1 OK +CGACT: (0-1) OK

AT+CGACT=? AT+CGACT=1,1 AT+CGACT? AT+CGACT=?

Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. GSM Wireless AT Commands - PN S000293B

146

Chapter 17 GPRS Commands

Enter Data State +CGDATA

Description: The command causes the modem to perform the necessary actions to set up communication between the DTE and the network. This may include performing a GPRS attach and one PDP context activations. If the <cid> value is not defined to the modem, the modem will return an ERROR or +CME ERROR response. Otherwise, the modem issues the intermediate result code CONNECT and enters V.25ter online data state. GPRS attachment and PDP context activation procedures may take place prior to or during the PDP startup if they have not already been performed using the +CGATT and +CGACT commands. If no <cid> is given, the modem attempts to activate the context with whatever information is available to the modem. The other context parameters is set to their default values (No APN, default QOS parameters, dynamic IP address requested). If the activation is successful, data transfer may proceed. After data transfer and layer 2 protocol termination procedure completion, the V.25ter command state is reentered and the modem returns the final result code OK. In case of an abnormal termination or start up, the V.25ter command state is re-entered and the modem returns the final result code NO CARRIER or, if enabled, +CME ERROR. Attach, activate and other errors may be reported. This command may be used in both normal and modem compatibility modes. Note: The goal of this command is the same than ATD*99***. Values: <cid>: a numeric parameter which specifies a particular PDP context definition. Command Syntax:
Command AT+CGDATA=[<cid>] AT+CGDATA=? AT+CGDATA=? AT+CGDATA=1 Possible Response(s) CONNECT ERROR +CGDATA: OK +CGDATA: OK CONNECT

Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. GSM Wireless AT Commands - PN S000293B

147

Chapter 17 GPRS Commands

GPRS Mobile Station Class +CGCLASS

Description: The set command is used to set the modem to operate according to the specified GPRS mobile class. If the requested class is not supported, an ERROR or +CME ERROR response is returned. The read command returns the current GPRS mobile class. The test command is used for requesting information on the supported GPRS mobile classes. Defined Values: <class>: a string parameter which indicates the GPRS mobile class (in descending order of functionality) A class A (highest) B class B CG class C in GPRS only mode CC class C in circuit switched only mode (lowest) Other values are reserved and will result in an ERROR response to the set command. If the modem is GPRS attached when the set command is issued with a <class> = CC specified, a GPRS detach request is sent to the network. If the modem is GSM attached when the set command is issued with a <class> = CG specified, a GSM detach request is sent to the network. Class A is not supported. Note: During switch-On in CG class, the modem always performs an automatic GPRS attach (the ATTACHSTATUS parameter of +WGPRS is ignored). But if the modem is not already GPRS- attached when switching from B/CC class to CG class, then no automatic GPRS attach is performed. About of the automatic attachment (see Note above):
AT+CGCLASS? +CGCLASS: B OK AT+CGATT? +CGATT: 0 OK AT+CGCLASS=CG OK AT+CGATT? +CGATT: 0 OK AT+CGATT=1 OK AT+CPOF OK AT+CFUN=1 OK AT+CGCLASS? +CGCLASS: CG OK AT+CGATT? +CGATT: 1 OK

Command Syntax:
Command AT+CGCLASS= [<class>] AT+CGCLASS? AT+CGCLASS=? AT+CGCLASS=CG Note: Enter GPRS Class C mode AT+CGCLASS=CC Note: Enter GMS mode AT+CGCLASS=A Note: Chosen class not supported AT+CGCLASS=? AT+CGCLASS? Possible Response(s) OK ERROR +CGCLASS: <class> OK +CGCLASS: (list of supported <class>s) OK OK OK +CME ERROR: 150 +CGCLASS: (CG,CC) OK +CGCLASS: (CC) OK 148

Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. GSM Wireless AT Commands - PN S000293B

Chapter 17 GPRS Commands

Select Service for MO SMS Messages +CGSMS

Description: The set command specifies the service or service preference that the modem will use to send MO SMS messages. The read command returns the currently selected service or service preference. The test command requests information on the currently available services and service preferences. Values: <service>: a numeric parameter which indicates the service or service preference to be used 0: GPRS 1: Circuit switched 2: GPRS preferred (use circuit switched if GPRS is not available) 3: Circuit switched preferred (use GPRS if circuit switched not available) Other values are reserved and will result in an ERROR response to the set command. Command Syntax:
Command AT+CGSMS= [<service>] At+CGSMS? AT+CGSMS=? AT +CGSMS=0 AT+CGSMS=? Possible Responses OK ERROR +CGSMS: <service> OK +CGSMS: (list of currently available <service>s) OK OK +CGSMS=(0-3) OK

Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. GSM Wireless AT Commands - PN S000293B

149

Chapter 17 GPRS Commands

GPRS Event Reporting +CGEREP

Description: Set command enables or disables sending of unsolicited result codes, +CGEV: XXX from modem to DTE in the case of certain events occurring in the GPRS modem or the network. <mode> controls the processing of unsolicited result codes specified within this command. Read command returns the current mode and buffer settings. Test command returns the modes and buffer settings supported by the modem as compound values. Values: <mode>: 0: Buffer unsolicited result codes in the modem; if modem result code buffer is full, the oldest ones can be discarded. No codes are forwarded to the DTE. 2: Buffer unsolicited result codes in the modem when modem-DTE link is reserved (e.g. in on-line data mode) and flush them to the DTE when modem-DTE link becomes available; otherwise forward them directly to the DTE. <bfr> 0: Modem buffer of unsolicited result codes defined within this command is cleared when <mode> 1 or 2 is entered. This is the only case supported. 1: Modem buffer of unsolicited result codes defined within this command is flushed to the DTE when <mode> 2 is entered. This case is not supported. The software provides a combination of all modes. When a serial link is available, indications are forwarded directly to the DTE. If a serial link is reserved (e.g., in on-line data mode) or the modem result code buffer is full, the oldest ones can be discarded. Command Syntax:
Command AT+CGEREP=[<mode>] AT+CGEREP? AT+CGEREP=? Possible Responses OK ERROR +CGEREP: <mode>,<bfr> OK +CGEREP: (list of supported <mode>s), (list of supported <bfr>s) OK

Result Codes and Corresponding Events: The following unsolicited result codes and the corresponding events are defined: +CGEV: REJECT <PDP_type>, <PDP_addr> A network request for PDP context activation occurred when the modem was unable to report it to the DTE with a +CRING unsolicited result code and was automatically rejected. +CGEV: NW REACT <PDP_type>, <PDP_addr>, [<cid>] The network has requested a context reactivation. The <cid> that was used to reactivate the context is provided if known to the modem. +CGEV: NW DEACT <PDP_type>, <PDP_addr>, [<cid>] The network has forced a context deactivation. The <cid> that was used to activate the context is provided if known to the modem. +CGEV: ME DEACT <PDP_type>, <PDP_addr>, [<cid>] The mobile equipment has forced a context deactivation. The <cid> that was used to activate the context is provided if known to the modem. +CGEV: NW DETACH The network has forced a GPRS detach. This implies that all active contexts have been deactivated. These are not reported separately. +CGEV: ME DETACH The mobile equipment has forced a GPRS detach. This implies that all active contexts have been deactivated. These are not reported separately. +CGEV: NW CLASS <class> The network has forced a change of MS class. The highest available class is reported. +CGEV: ME CLASS <class> The mobile equipment has forced a change of MS class. The highest available class is reported.

Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. GSM Wireless AT Commands - PN S000293B

150

Chapter 17 GPRS Commands

GPRS Network Registration Status +CGREG

Description: The set command controls the presentation of an unsolicited result code +CGREG: <stat> when <n>=1 and there is a change in the modem's GPRS network registration status, or code +CGREG: <stat>[,<lac>,<ci>] when <n>=2 and there is a change of the network cell. The read command returns the status of result code presentation and an integer <stat> which shows whether the network has currently indicated the registration of the modem. Location information elements <lac> and <ci> are returned only when <n>=2 and modem is registered in the network. Values: <n> 0: Disable network registration unsolicited result code 1: Enable network registration unsolicited result code +CGREG: <stat> 2: Enable network registration and location information unsolicited result code +CGREG: <stat>[,<lac>,<ci>] <stat> 0: Not registered; the modem is not currently searching a new operator to which to register 1: Registered, home network 2: Not registered, but modem is currently searching a new operator to which to register 3: Registration denied 4: Unknown 5: Registered, roaming <lac> String type; two byte location area code in hexadecimal format <ci> String type; two byte cell ID in hexadecimal format Command Syntax:
Command AT+CGREG=[<n>] AT+CGREG? Possible response(s) +CGREG: stat>[,<lac>,<ci>] OK +CGREG: <n>,<stat>[,<lac>,<ci>] OK Note: +CME ERROR: <err> +CGREG: (list of supported <n>s) OK

AT+CGREG=?

Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. GSM Wireless AT Commands - PN S000293B

151

Chapter 17 GPRS Commands

Request GPRS IP Service D

Description: This command causes the modem to perform whatever actions are necessary to establish communication between the DTE and the external PDN. The V.25ter 'D' (Dial) command causes the modem to enter the V.25ter online data state and, with the DTE, to start the specified layer 2 protocol. The modem return CONNECT to confirm acceptance of the command prior to entering the V.25ter online data state. No further commands may follow on the AT command line. The detailed behavior after the online data state has been entered is described briefly in clause 9, for IP, of GSM 07.60. GPRS attachment and PDP context activation procedures may take place prior to or during the PDP startup if they have not already been performed using the +CGATT and +CGACT commands. If <cid> is supported, its usage is the same as in the +CGDATA command. The +CGDCONT, +CGQREQ, etc. commands may then be used in the modem initialization AT command string to set values for for PDP type, APN, QoS etc If <cid> is not supported or is supported but omitted, the modem attempt to activate the context using the 'Empty PDP type' (GSM 04.08). (No PDP address or APN is sent in this case and only one PDP context subscription record is present in the HLR for this subscriber.) Values: <GPRS_SC_IP>: (GPRS Service Code for IP) a digit string (value 99), which identifies a request to use the GPRS with IP (PDP types IP and PPP) <cid>: a digit string which specifies a particular PDP context definition. Command Syntax:
Command D*<GPRS_SC_IP>[***<cid>]# Possible Responses CONNECT ERROR

Example
ATD*99***1# CONNECT ATD*99***2# ERROR

Network Requested PDP Context Activation

In this mode of operation, the modem behaves like an answering modem and accepts the normal V.25ter commands associated with answering a call. If GPRS-specific configuration commands are required, they may be sent to the modem as part of the modem initialization commands. The +CGAUTO command is used to select modem compatibility mode.

Automatic response to a network request for PDP context activation S0

The V.25ter 'S0=n' (Automatic answer) command may be used to turn off (n=0) and on (n>0) the automatic response to a network request for a PDP context activation.When the 'S0=n' (n>0) command is received, the modem attempt to perform a GPRS attach if it is not already attached. Failure will result in ERROR being returned to the DTE. Subsequently, the modem will announce a network request for PDP context activation by issuing the unsolicited result code RING to the DTE, followed by the intermediate result code CONNECT. The modem then enters V.25ter online data state and follows the same procedure as it would after having received a +CGANS=1 with no <L2P> or <cid> values specified. Note: The 'S0=n' (n=0) command does not perform an automatic GPRS detach.

Manual acceptance of a network request for PDP context activation A

The V.25ter 'A' (Answer) command may be used to accept a network request for a PDP context activation announced by the unsolicited result code RING. The modem responds with CONNECT, enters V.25ter online data state and follows the same procedure as it would after having received a +CGANS=1 with no <cid> value specified. It is an error to issue the 'A' command when there is no outstanding network request.

Manual rejection of a network request for PDP context activation H

The V.25ter 'H' or 'H0' (On-hook) command may be used to reject a network request for PDP context activation announced by the unsolicited result code RING. The modem responds with OK. It is an error to issue the 'H' command when there is no outstanding network request. Note: This is an extension to the usage of the 'H' command that is described in ITU-T V.25ter.
Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. GSM Wireless AT Commands - PN S000293B 152

Chapter 17 GPRS Commands

Automatic Response to a Network Request for PDP Context Activation +CGAUTO

Description: The set command disables or enables an automatic positive response (auto-answer) to the receipt of a Request PDP Context Activation message from the network. It also provides control over the use of the V.25ter basic commands 'S0', 'A and 'H' for handling network requests for PDP context activation. The setting does not affect the issuing of the unsolicited result code RING or +CRING. The test command returns values of <n> supported by the modem as a compound value. When the +CGAUTO=0 command is received, the modem will not perform a GPRS detach if it is attached. Subsequently, when the modem announces a network request for PDP context activation by issuing the unsolicited result code RING or +CRING, the DTE may manually accept or reject the request by issuing the +CGANS command or may simply ignore the network request. When the +CGAUTO=1 command is received, the modem will attempt to perform a GPRS attach if it is not already attached. Failure will result in ERROR or, if enabled, +CME ERROR being returned to the DTE. Subsequently, when the modem announces a network request for PDP context activation by issuing the unsolicited result code RING or +CRING to the DTE, this is followed by the intermediate result code CONNECT. The modem then enters V.25ter online data state and follows the same procedure as it would after having received a +CGANS=1 with <cid> values specified. Values: <n>: 0: Turn off automatic response for GPRS only For <n> = 0 GPRS network requests are manually accepted or rejected by the +CGANS command. 1: Turn on automatic response for GPRS only For <n> = 1 GPRS network requests are automatically accepted according to the description above. 2: Modem compatibility mode, GPRS only For <n> = 2, automatic acceptance of GPRS network requests is controlled by the 'S0' command. Manual control uses the 'A' and 'H' commands, respectively, to accept and reject GPRS requests. (+CGANS may also be used.) Incoming circuit switched calls can be neither manually nor automatically answered 3: Modem compatibility mode, GPRS and circuit switched calls (default) For <n> = 3, automatic acceptance of both GPRS network requests and incoming circuit switched calls is controlled by the 'S0' command. Manual control uses the 'A' and 'H' commands, respectively, to accept and reject GPRS requests. (+CGANS may also be used.) Circuit switched calls are handled as described elsewhere in this specification. Note: In class C GPRS the modem cant receive GPRS and GSM incoming calls simultaneously. Command Syntax:
Command Possible response(s) AT+CGAUTO=[<n>] OK ERROR AT+CGAUTO? +CGAUTO: <n> OK AT+CGAUTO=? +CGAUTO: (0-3) OK

Example:
AT+CGAUTO=? +CGAUTO: (0-2) OK AT+CGAUTO? +CGAUTO: 2 OK AT+CGAUTO=0 OK

Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. GSM Wireless AT Commands - PN S000293B

153

Chapter 17 GPRS Commands

Manual Response to a Network Request for PDP Context Activation +CGANS

Description: The execution command requests the modem to respond to a network request for GPRS PDP context activation which has been signalled to the DTE by the RING or +CRING: unsolicited result code. The <response> parameter allows the DTE to accept or reject the request. If <response> is 0, the request is rejected and the modem returns OK to the DTE. If <response> is 1, the following procedure is followed by the modem. PDP context activation procedures take place prior to or during the PDP startup. One <cid> may be specified in order to provide the values needed for the context activation request. During the PDP startup procedure the modem has the PDP type and the PDP address provided by the network in the Request PDP Context Activation message. If a <cid> is given his informations must matching with the PDP type and PDP address in the network request as follows The PDP type must match exactly. The PDP addresses are considered to match if they are identical or if the address in the context definition is unspecified. If any of this information is in conflict, the command will fail. The context is activated using the values for PDP type and PDP address provided by the network, together with the other information found in the PDP context definition. An APN may or may not be required, depending on the application. If no <cid> is given, the modem will attempt to activate the context using the values for PDP type and PDP address provided by the network, together with any other relevant information known to the modem. The other context parameters will be set to their default values. If the activation is successful, data transfer may proceed. After data transfer is complete, and the layer 2 protocol termination procedure has completed successfully, the V.25ter command state is re-entered and the modem returns the final result code OK. In the event of an erroneous termination or a failure to startup, the V.25ter command state is re-entered and the modem returns the final result code NO CARRIER or, if enabled, +CME ERROR. Attach, activate and other errors may be reported. It is also an error to issue the +CGANS command when there is no outstanding network request. This command may be used in both normal and modem compatibility modes. Values: <response>: is a numeric parameter which specifies how the request should be responded to. 0: reject the request 1: accept and request that the PDP context be activated If <response> is omitted it is assumed to be 0. Other values are reserved and will result in the ERROR response. <cid>: a numeric parameter which specifies a particular PDP context definition. Command Syntax:
Command AT+CGANS=[<response>, [<cid>]] AT+CGANS=? Possible response(s) OK ERROR +CGANS: (list of supported <response>s), (list of supported <L2P>s) OK

Example:
+CRING: GPRS "IP", "122.41.74.238" AT+CGANS=1 CONNECT AT+CGANS=? +CGANS= (0-1) OK

Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. GSM Wireless AT Commands - PN S000293B

154

Chapter 17 GPRS Commands

Show PDP Address +CGPADDR

Description: The execution command returns a list of PDP addresses for the specified context identifiers. The test command returns a list of defined <cid>s. Values: <cid>: A numeric parameter which specifies a particular PDP context definition. If no <cid> is specified, the addresses for all defined contexts are returned. <PDP_address>: A string that identifies the modem in the address space applicable to the PDP. The address may be static or dynamic. For a static address, it will be the one set by the +CGDCONT command when the context was defined. For a dynamic address it will be the one assigned during the last PDP context activation that used the context definition referred to by <cid>. <PDP_address> is omitted if none is available. Command Syntax:
Command AT+CGPADDR=[<cid> [,<cid> [,]]] Possible response(s) +CGPADDR: <cid>,<PDP_addr> [<CR><LF>+CGPADDR: <cid>,<PDP_addr> [...]] OK +CGPADDR: (list of defined <cid>s) OK

AT+CGPADDR=?

Example: In this example, 3 <cid>s are defined:

AT+CGPADDR=1 +CGPADDR=1,"107.210.5.4" OK AT+CGPADDR=? +CGAPDDR= (1-32) OK AT+CGPADDR +CGPADDR: 1, +CGPADDR: 2,"10.3.73.151" +CGPADDR: 3, +CGPADDR: 4,

Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. GSM Wireless AT Commands - PN S000293B

155

Chapter 17 GPRS Commands

Cellular Result Codes +CRC

Description: This command enables a more detailed ring indication, in case of incoming call (voice or data). Instead of the string RING, an extended string is used to indicate which type of call is ringing (e.g. +CRING: VOICE). These extended indications are:
+CRING: ASYNC +CRING: REL ASYNC +CRING: VOICE +CRING: FAX +CRING: GPRS for asynchronous transparent for asynchronous non-transparent for normal speech. for fax calls GPRS network request for PDP context activation

If the modem is unable to announce to the DTE the network's request (for example it is in V.25ter online data state) the modem reject the request. No corresponding unsolicited result code is issued when the modem returns to a command state. Values: No parameters Command Syntax:
Command AT+CRC=0 Note: Extended reports disabled AT+CRC=1 Note: Extended reports enabled AT+CRC? AT+CRC=? Possible responses OK Note: Command valid OK Note: Command valid +CRC: 1 OK +CRC: (0,1) OK

Service Reporting Control +CR

Description: This command enables a more detailed service reporting for incoming or outgoing calls. Before sending the CONNECT response to the application, the GSM module will precisely define the type of data connection being established. These report types are:
+CR: ASYNC +CR: REL ASYNC +CR: GPRS For asynchronous transparent For asynchronous non-transparent For GPRS

Values: No parameters Command syntax:

AT+CR
Possible responses OK Note: Command valid OK Note: Command valid

Command AT+CR=0 Note: Extended reports disabled AT+CR=1 Note: Extended reports enabled

Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. GSM Wireless AT Commands - PN S000293B

156

Chapter 17 GPRS Commands

Extended Error Report +CEER

Description: This command gives the reason of the call release when the last call setup (originating or answering) failed. New indication for GPRS is the reason of the last unsuccessful PDP context activation and the last GPRS detach or PDP context activation. Values: No parameters Command Syntax: AT+CEER
Command ATD123456789 ; Note: Outgoing voice call AT+CEER Note: Ask for reason of release Possible Responses NO CARRIER Note: Call setup failure +CEER: Error <xxx> OK Note: <xxx>is the cause information element values form GSM recommandation 04.08 or specific Call accepted

NO CARRIER indicates that the AT+CEER information is available for a failure diagnostic. See Failure Cause from GSM 04.08 Recommendation in Appendix A.

GPRS Parameters Customization +WGPRS

Description: This command modifies some of the GPRS parameters, such as the ATTACH-STATUS (the modem doesnt automatically make a GPRS attachment after initialization), the PDP-INIT-STATUS (activate automatically some defined PDP Contexts after initialization) and the use of NAT (IP address translation on PPP). In addition, this command permits the automatic setting of some PDP contexts after initialization. Note: The modem must be rebooted to activate the new setup. Values: <mode>: a numeric parameter which specifies a GPRS parameter: 0: ATTACH-STATUS (the modem doesnt automatically make a GPRS attachment after init) 1: PDP-INIT-STATUS (automatically activate some define PDP Contexts after init) 2: Set ACTIVABLE automatically after init a define PDP context 3: NAT <parameter>: a numeric parameter that control the <mode> 0: Off 1: On <cid>: (PDP Context Identifier) a numeric parameter (1-32) which specifies a particular PDP context definition. The parameter is local to the DTE-modem interface and is used in other PDP context-related commands. Note: When the module is set in CG class, the modem always automatically makes a GPRS attachment after initialization, so AT+WGPRS? Always gives +WGPRS: 0,0 for the parameter 0. Command Syntax: AT+WGPRS
OK ERROR +WGPRS: <mode>, <parameter1>,[<cid>] [<CR><LF>+WGPRS: <mode>, <parameter>,[<cid>] [...]] OK +WGPRS:<mode>(list of supported <parameter>),[(list of supported <cid>)][<CR><LF>+WGPRS:<mode>(list of supported <parameter>),[(list of supported <cid>)] [...]] OK
+WGPRS: 2,0,3 +WGPRS: 2,0,4 +WGPRS: 3,1 OK <CR><LF>

AT+WGPRS=<mode>,<parameter>,[<cid>] AT+WGPRS=?

AT+WGPRS?

Example:
AT+WGPRS=2,1,3 OK AT+WGPRS=? +WGPRS: (0-3),(0-1),(0-4) OK AT+WGPRS? +WGPRS: 0,0 +WGPRS: 1,0 +WGPRS: 2,1,1 +WGPRS: 2,0,2

Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. GSM Wireless AT Commands - PN S000293B

157

Chapter 17 GPRS Commands

Full GPRS AT Command Examples

Activation of an IP PDP Context
Example 1
AT +CGDCONT=1, "IP", "internet"; +GCDCONT=2, "IP", "abc.com" OK ATD*99***1# CONNECT

Example 2
AT +CGCLASS=CG OK +CGREG: 1 AT +CGDCONT=1, "IP", "internet" OK AT +CGQREQ=1,1,4,5,2,14 OK AT +CGQMIN=1,1,4,5,2,14 OK AT +CGATT=1 OK AT +CGACT=1,1 OK //Remark about +CGDATA: the goal of this command is the same as ATD*99*** AT +CGDATA=1 CONNECT . Data transfer . +CGEV: NW DETACH

Network Request
AT+CGAUTO=0 OK +CRING: GPRS "IP", "211.45.89.152" AT+CGANS=1 CONNECT . Data transfer

Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. GSM Wireless AT Commands - PN S000293B

158

Chapter 17 GPRS Commands

GPRS-Related Errors +CME ERROR

Errors related to a failure to perform an attach
Numeric Text 103 Illegal MS (#3) 106 Illegal ME (#6) 107 GPRS services not allowed (#7) 111 PLMN not allowed (#11) 112 Location area not allowed (#12) 113 Roaming not allowed in this location area (#13) (Values in parentheses are GSM Technical Specification 04.08 cause codes.)

Errors related to a failure to Activate a Context

Numeric Text 132 service option not supported (#32) 133 requested service option not subscribed (#33) 134 service option temporarily out of order (#34) 149 PDP authentication failure 533 Missing or Unknown APN (Values in parentheses are GSM Technical Specification 04.08 cause codes.)

Other GPRS errors

Numeric Text 150 invalid mobile class 148 unspecified GPRS error Other values in the range 101 - 150 are reserved for use by GPRS Also all other values below 256 are reserved

Specific GPRS Failure Cause for +CEER

Numeric Text 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 MS requested detach NWK requested Detach Unsuccessful attach cause NO SERVICE Unsuccessful attach cause NO ACCESS Unsuccessful attach cause GPRS SERVICE REFUSED PDP deactivation requested by Nwk PDP deactivation cause LLC link activation failed PDP deactivation cause NWK reactivation with same TI PDP deactivation cause GMM abort PDP deactivation cause LLC or SNDCP failure PDP unsuccessful activation cause GMM error PDP unsuccessful activation cause NWK reject PDP unsuccessful activation cause NO NSAPI available PDP unsuccessful activation cause SM refuse PDP unsuccessful activation cause MMI ignore

Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. GSM Wireless AT Commands - PN S000293B

159

Chapter 18 Other AT Commands

CHAPTER 18 - OTHER AT COMMANDS

V.25ter Recommendation
The commands not listed in this document are not supported. For these commands, the product will then answer with "ERROR". All modulation control, error control and data compression commands are not recognized. An "ERROR" string will be returned.

GSM 07.05 Recommendation

All the 07.05 commands not described in this manual are not implemented. The product will answer "ERROR" to these commands.

GSM 07.07 Recommendation

All the 07.07 commands not described in this manual are not implemented. The product will answer "ERROR" to these commands.

Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. GSM Wireless AT Commands - PN S000293B

160

Appendix A Result Codes, Failure Causes, Other Tables

APPENDIX A R ESULT CODES, FAILURE CAUSES, OTHER TABLES

Chapter Summary
The following tables are listed in Appendix A: ME error result code:+CME ERROR: <error> Message service failure result code: +CMS ERROR <er> Specific error results codes Failure Cause from GMS 05.08 recommendation (+CEER) Specific Failure Cause for +CEER GSM 04.11 Annex E-2: Mobile originating SM-transfer Unsolicited result codes Final result codes Intermediate result codes Parameter storage GMS sequences list Operator names Data Commands and Multiplexing

ME Error Result Code: +CME ERROR: <error>

<error> 3 4 5 10 11 12 13 16 17 18 20 21 22 24 26 27 30 32 40 103 106 107 111 112 113 132 133 134 148 149 150 Meaning Operation not allowed Operation not supported PH-SIM PIN required (SIM lock) SIM not inserted SIM PIN required SIM PUK required SIM failure Incorrect password Resulting from the following commands All GSM 07.07 commands (+CME ERROR: 3) All GSM 07.07 commands (+CME ERROR: 4) All GSM 07.07 commands (+CME ERROR: 5) All GSM 07.07 commands (+CME ERROR: 10) All GSM 07.07 commands (+CME ERROR: 11) All GSM 07.07 commands (+CME ERROR: 12) All GSM 07.07 commands (+CME ERROR: 13) +CACM, +CAMM, +CPUC, +CLCK, +CPWD, +CPIN, +CPIN2 (+CME ERROR: 16) SIM PIN2 required +CPBW (FDN), +CLCK (FDN), SIM PUK2 required +CACM, +CAMM, +CPUC, +CPBW (FDN), +CPIN, +CPIN2, +CLCK (FDN), +CPWD Memory full +CPBW Invalid index +CPBR, +CPBW, ATD>[mem]index, +WMGO Not found +CPBF, +CPBP, +CPBN, +CGSN, +WOPN, ATD>[mem]name Text string too long +CPBW, +CPIN, +CPIN2, +CLCK, +CPWD Dial string too long +CPBW, ATD, +CCFC Invalid characters in dial string +CPBW No network service +VTS, +COPS=?, +CLCK, +CCFC, +CCWA, +CUSD Network not allowed emergency calls only +COPS Network personal PIN required (Network lock) All GSM 07.07 commands (+CME ERROR: 40) Illegal MS (#3) +CGATT Illegal ME (#6) +CGATT GPRS services not allowed (#7) +CGATT PLMN not allowed (#11) +CGATT Location area not allowed (#12) +CGATT Roaming not allowed in this area (#13) +CGATT service option not supported (#32) +CGACT +CGDATA ATD*99 requested service option not subscribed (#33) +CGACT +CGDATA ATD*99 service option temporarily out of order (#34) +CGACT +CGDATA ATD*99 unspecified GPRS error All GPRS commands PDP authentication failure +CGACT +CGDATA ATD*99 invalid mobile class +CGCLASS +CGATT 161

Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. GSM Wireless AT Commands - PN S000293B

Appendix A Result Codes, Failure Causes, Other Tables

Message Service Failure Result Code +CMS ERROR: <er>

<er> is defined as below:
<er> Meaning 1 to 127 Error cause values from the GSM recommendation 04.11 Annex E-2 301 SMS service of ME reserved 302 Operation not allowed 303 Operation not supported 304 Invalid PDU mode parameter 305 Invalid text mode parameter 310 SIM not inserted 311 SIM PIN required 312 PH-SIM PIN required 313 SIM failure 316 SIM PUK required 317 SIM PIN2 required 318 SIM PUK2 required 321 Invalid memory index 322 SIM memory full 330 SC address unknown 340 no +CNMA acknowledgement expected Resulting from the following commands +CMGS, +CMSS +CSMS (with +CMS: ERROR 301) All SMS commands (+CMSS, +CMGL, +CPMS, +CSMP All SMS commands +CMGS, +CMGW +CMGS, +CMGW, +CMSS All SMS commands All SMS commands All SMS commands All SMS commands All SMS commands All SMS commands All SMS commands +CMGR, +CMSS, +CMGD +CMGW +CSCA?, +CMSS, +CMGS +CNMA

Specific Error Result Codes

<error> 500 512 513 514 515 517 518 519 520 526 527 528 529 531 Meaning unknown error. MM establishment failure (for SMS). Lower layer failure (for SMS) CP error (for SMS). Please wait, init or command processing in progress. SIM ToolKit facility not supported. SIM ToolKit indication not received. Reset the product to activate or change a new echo cancellation algo. Automatic abort about get plmn list for an incoming call. PIN deactivation forbidden with this SIM card. Please wait, RR or MM is busy. Retry your selection later. Location update failure. Emergency calls only. PLMN selection failure. Emergency calls only. SMS not sent: the <da> is not in FDN phonebook, and FDN lock is enabled. (for SMS) the embedded application is activated so the objects flash are not erased
Missing or Unknown APN

Resulting from the following commands All commands +CMGS, +CMSS (+CMS ERROR: 512) +CMGS, +CMSS (+CMS ERROR: 513) +CMGS, +CMSS (+CMS ERROR: 514) All commands ( +CME ERROR: 515 or +CMS ERROR: 515) +STGI +STGI +ECHO, +VIP +COPS=? +CLCK +COPS +COPS +COPS +CMGS, +CMSS (+CMS ERROR: 531)

532
533

+WOPEN
ATD*99 +GACT +CGDATA

Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. GSM Wireless AT Commands - PN S000293B

162

Appendix A Result Codes, Failure Causes, Other Tables

Failure Cause from GSM 04.08 Recommendation (+CEER)

Cause value Diagnostic
1 Unassigned (unallocated) number 3 No route to destination 6 Channel unacceptable 8 Operator determined barring 16 Normal call clearing 17 User busy 18 No user responding 19 User alerting, no answer 21 Call rejected 22 Number changed 26 Non selected user clearing 27 Destination out of order Invalid number format (incomplete number) 28 29 Facility rejected 30 Response to STATUS ENQUIRY 31 Normal, unspecified 34 No circuit/channel available 38 Network out of order 41 Temporary failure 42 Switching equipment congestion 43 Access information discarded 44 Requested circuit/channel not available 47 Resources unavailable, unspecified 49 Quality of service unavailable 50 Requested facility not subscribed 55 Incoming calls barred with in the CUG 57 Bearer capability not authorized 58 Bearer capability not presently available 63 Service or option not available, unspecified 65 Bearer service not implemented 68 ACM equal to or greater than ACMmax 69 Requested facility not implemented 70 Only restricted digital information bearer capability is available 79 Service or option not implemented, unspecified 81 Invalid transaction identifier value 87 User not member of CUG 88 Incompatible destination 91 Invalid transit network selection 95 Semantically incorrect message 96 Invalid mandatory information 97 Message type non-existent or not implemented 98 Message type not compatible with protocol state 99 Information element non-existent or not implemented 100 Conditional IE error 101 Message not compatible with protocol state 102 Recovery on timer expiry 111 Protocol error, unspecified 127 Interworking, unspecified 224 MS requested detach 225 PDP unsuccessful activation cause MMI ignore 226 NWK requested Detach 227 Unsuccessful attach cause NO SERVICE 228 Unsuccessful attach cause NO ACCESS 229 Unsuccessful attach cause GPRS SERVICE REFUSED 230 PDP deactivation requested by Nwk 231 PDP deactivation cause LLC link activation failed 232 PDP deactivation cause NWK reactivation with same TI 233 PDP deactivation cause GMM abort 234 PDP deactivation cause LLC or SNDCP failure 235 PDP unsuccessful activation cause GMM error 236 PDP unsuccessful activation cause NWK reject 237 PDP unsuccessful activation cause NO NSAPI available 238 PDP unsuccessful activation cause SM refuse All other values in the range 0 to 31 shall be treated as cause 3. All other values in the range 32 to 47 shall be treated as cause 47. All other values in the range 48 to 63 shall be treated as cause 63. All other values in the range 64 to 79 shall be treated as cause 79. All other values in the range 80 to 95 shall be treated as cause 95. All other values in the range 96 to 111 shall be treated as cause 111. All other values in the range 112 to 127 shall be treated as cause 127.

Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. GSM Wireless AT Commands - PN S000293B

163

Appendix A Result Codes, Failure Causes, Other Tables

Specific Failure Cause for +CEER

Cause value Diagnostic
240 241 252 253 254 255 FDN is active and number is not in FDN Call operation not allowed Call barring on outgoing calls Call barring on incoming calls Call impossible Lower layer failure

GSM 04.11 Annex E-2: Mobile Originating SM-Transfer

These error causes could appear for SMS commands (+CMGS, +CMSS, +CMGD) Cause No. 1: "Unassigned (unallocated) number" This cause indicates that the destination requested by the Mobile Station cannot be reached because, although the number is in a valid format, it is not currently assigned (allocated). Cause No. 8: "Operator determined barring" This cause indicates that the MS has tried to send a mobile originating short message when the MS's network operator or service provider has forbidden such transactions. Cause No. 10: "Call barred" This cause indicates that the outgoing call barred service applies to the short message service for the called destination. Cause No. 21: "Short message transfer rejected" This cause indicates that the equipment sending this cause does not wish to accept this short message, although it could have accepted the short message since the equipment sending this cause is neither busy nor incompatible. Cause No. 27: "Destination out of service" This cause indicates that the destination indicated by the Mobile Station cannot be reached because the interface to the destination is not functioning correctly. The term "not functioning correctly" indicates that a signaling message was unable to be delivered to the remote user; e.g., a physical layer or data link layer failure at the remote user, user equipment off-line, etc. Cause No. 28: "Unidentified subscriber" This cause indicates that the subscriber is not registered in the PLMN (e.g.. IMSI not known) Cause No. 29: "Facility rejected" This cause indicates that the facility requested by the Mobile Station is not supported by the PLMN. Cause No. 30: "Unknown subscriber" This cause indicates that the subscriber is not registered in the HLR (e.g.. IMSI or directory number is not allocated to a subscriber). Cause No. 38: "Network out of order" This cause indicates that the network is not functioning correctly and that the condition is likely to last a relatively long period of time; e.g., immediately reattempting the short message transfer is not likely to be successful. Cause No. 41: "Temporary failure" This cause indicates that the network is not functioning correctly and that the condition is not likely to last a long period of time; e.g., the Mobile Station may wish to try another short message transfer attempt almost immediately. Cause No. 42: "Congestion" This cause indicates that the short message service cannot be serviced because of high traffic. Cause No. 47: "Resources unavailable, unspecified" This cause is used to report a resource unavailable event only when no other cause applies. Cause No. 69: "Requested facility not implemented" This cause indicates that the network is unable to provide the requested short message service. Cause No. 81: "Invalid short message transfer reference value" This cause indicates that the equipment sending this cause has received a message with a short message reference which is not currently in use on the MS-network interface. Cause No. 95: "Invalid message, unspecified" This cause is used to report an invalid message event only when no other cause in the invalid message class applies. Cause No. 96: "Invalid mandatory information" This cause indicates that the equipment sending this cause has received a message where a mandatory information element is missing and/or has a content error (the two cases are undistinguishable). Cause No. 97: "Message type non-existent or not implemented" This cause indicates that the equipment sending this cause has received a message with a message type it does not recognize either because this is a message not defined or defined but not implemented by the equipment sending this cause. Cause No. 98: "Message not compatible with short message protocol state" This cause indicates that the equipment sending this cause has received a message such that the procedures do not indicate that this is a permissible message to receive while in the short message transfer state. Cause No. 99: "Information element non-existent or not implemented" This cause indicates that the equipment sending this cause has received a message which includes unrecognized information elements because the information element identifier is not defined or it is defined but not implemented by the equipment sending the cause. However, the information element is not required to be present in the message so that the equipment sends the cause to process the message. Cause No. 111: "Protocol error, unspecified" This cause is used to report a protocol error event only when no other cause applies. Cause No. 127: "Interworking, unspecified" This cause indicates that there has been interworking with a network which does not provide causes for actions it takes; thus, the precise cause for a message which is being sent cannot be determineed. All values other than specified should be treated as error Cause No 41.

Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. GSM Wireless AT Commands - PN S000293B

164

Appendix A Result Codes, Failure Causes, Other Tables

Unsolicited Result Codes

Verbose Result Code +CALA: < time string>,<index> +CBM: <length><pdu> (PDU) or +CBM:<sn>,<mid>,<dcs>,<page>,<pages> (Text mode) +CBMI: BM,<index> +CCCM: <ccm> +CCED: <values> +CCWA:<number>,<type>, <class> [,<alpha>] +CDS: <fo>, <mr> (text mode) or +CDS: <length>, (PDU) +CDSI: <mem>,<index> +CKEV: <keynb> +CLIP: <number>, <type> [,,,<alpha>] +CMT: <oa> (text mode) or +CMT: [<alpha>,] (PDU) +CMTI: <mem>,<index> +CREG: <stat> [,<lac>,<ci>] +CRING: <type> +CSQ: <RxLev>,99 +CSSU: <code2>[<number>,<type>] +STIN: <ind> +WIND: <IndicationNb> [,<CallId>] +WVMI: <LineId>,<Status> +WDCI: <LineId>,<Status> RING +CIEV Numeric (V0 set) As verbose As verbose Description Alarm notification Cell Broadcast Message directly displayed

As verbose As verbose As verbose (specific) As verbose As verbose As verbose As verbose As verbose As verbose As verbose As verbose As verbose As verbose As verbose As verbose (specific) As verbose (specific) As verbose (specific) As Verbose (specific) 2 As Verbose (specific)

Cell Broadcast Message stored in mem at location <index> Current Call Meter value Cell Environment Description indication Call Waiting number SMS status report after sending a SMS Incoming SMS Status Report after sending a SMS, stored in <mem> (SR) at location <index> Key press or release Incoming Call Presentation Incoming message directly displayed Incoming message stored in <mem> (SM) at location <index> Network registration indication Incoming call type (VOICE, FAX ...) Automatic RxLev indication with AT+CCED=1,8 command Supplementary service notification during a call SIM ToolKit Indication Specific unsolicited indication (SIM Insert/Remove, End of init, Reset, Alerting, Call creation/release) Voice Mail Indicator notification (cf. +CPHS command) Diverted call indicator Incoming call signal from network Indicator event reporting

Final Result Codes

Verbose Result Code +CME ERROR: <err> +CMS ERROR: <err> BUSY ERROR NO ANSWER NO CARRIER OK RING Numeric (V0 set) As verbose As verbose 7 4 8 3 0 2 Description Error from GSM 07.05 commands Error from SMS commands (07.07) Busy signal detected Command not accepted Connection completion timeout Connection terminated Acknowledges correct execution of a command line Incoming call signal from network

Intermediate Result Codes

Verbose Result Code +COLP:<number>,<type> +CR: <type> +ILRR: <rate> CONNECT 300 CONNECT 1200 CONNECT 1200/75 CONNECT 2400 CONNECT 4800 CONNECT 9600 CONNECT 14400 +CSSI: <code1>[,<index>] Numeric (V0 set) as verbose as verbose as verbose 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 As verbose Description Outgoing Call Presentation Outgoing Call report control Local TA-TE data rate Data connection at 300 bauds Data connection at 1200 bauds Data connection at 1200/75 bauds Data connection at 2400 bauds Data connection at 4800 bauds Data connection at 9600 bauds Data connection at 14400 bauds Supplementary service notification during a call setup

Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. GSM Wireless AT Commands - PN S000293B

165

Appendix A Result Codes, Failure Causes, Other Tables

Parameter Storage Mode

Parameter Storage Mode AT&W Command (E2P)
General commands X +CMEE X +CSCS X +WPCS Call Control commands %D ATS0 X +CICB X +CSNS X +ECHO +SIDET +SPEAKER +VGR +VGT X X X X

Command (E2P)

AT+CSAS (SIM, E2P)

AT&F (SIM, E2P)

X X X

Default values
0 PCCP437 TRANSPARENT 0 0 (no auto-answer) 2 (speech) 0 (voice) ,1,0,3,10,7 (Algo ID 1) ,3,30,8000,256 (Algo ID 3) 1,1 0 (Spk 1 & Mic 1) 64 (speaker 1) 32 (speaker 2) 64 (mic 1 & ctrl 1) 0 (others) 0,2 0 0 0 1 (text) 0,1,0,0,0 SIM dependant (phase 2) 0 1,167,0,0 0 0 0,0,0 0 0 0 0,0 0 0 0 0,0,1 0 0 61,61,48,6,1 1,1 3,0,4096,20 0 0 0 0 1 0,5,0,0,2,0,0,0,0 30 1 1 1 1 0 1 3,4 2,2

X X X X X X X X X

Network Service commands +COPS X X +CREG X Phonebook commands +WAIP X +CSVM X SMS commands +CMGF X +CNMI +CSCA +CSDH X +CSMP +CSMS X +WUSS X Supplementary Services commands +CCUG X +CCWA X +CLIP X +COLP X +CSSN X +CUSD X Data commands %C X \N X +CBST X +CR X +CRC X +CRLP X +DOPT X +DS X +DR X +ILRR X Fax Class 2 commands +FBOR X +FCQ X +FCR X +FDCC,+FDIS X +FPHCTO X V24 V25 commands &C X &D X &S X E X Q X V X +ICF X +IFC X

X X X X X X X X X

X X X

X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X

X X

Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. GSM Wireless AT Commands - PN S000293B

166

Appendix A Result Codes, Failure Causes, Other Tables Parameter Storage Mode AT&W Command (E2P)
+IPR X +WMUX X Specific commands +ADC +CMER X +CPHS +WCDM +WDR +WIND +WIOM +WRIM +WSVG +WVR SIM ToolKit commands +STSF GPRS commands +GCAUTO X +GCCLASS +GCDCONT +GCEREP X +GCREG X +GCSMS +WGPRS

Command (E2P)

AT+CSAS (SIM, E2P)

AT&F (SIM, E2P)

X

Default values
9600 0 0 0 ,0 0,0 2 0 255,0 0 0 5 0,160060C01F,3,0

X X X X X X X X X X

X X X X X X X

X X X X X X X

3 B 0 0 1 0,1 1,0 3,0

Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. GSM Wireless AT Commands - PN S000293B

167

Appendix A Result Codes, Failure Causes, Other Tables

GSM Sequences List

In accordance with GSM Technical Specification 02.30, the product supports the following GSM sequences, which can be used through the ATD and the +CKPD commands.

Security
**04*OLDPIN*NEWPIN*NEWPIN# **042*OLDPIN2*NEWPIN2*NEWPIN2# **05*PUK*NEWPIN*NEWPIN# **052*PUK2*NEWPIN2*NEWPIN2# *#06# Change PIN code Change PIN2 code Unlock PIN code Unlock PIN2 code Show the IMEI number

Call Forwarding
*SC# or *SC**bs# **SC*PhoneNumber# or **SC*PhoneNumber*BS# or **SC*PhoneNumber*[BS]*T# or *SC*PhoneNumber# or *SC*PhoneNumber*BS# or *SC*PhoneNumber*[BS]*T# *#SC# or *#SC**BS# #SC# or #SC**BS# ##SC# or ##SC**BS# The Service codes (SC) are: all call forwarding 002 all conditional call forwarding 004 call forwarding unconditional 21 call forwarding on no answer 61 call forwarding on not reachable 62 call busy 67 The Network service codes (BS) are: All tele and bearer services No code All teleservices 10 Telephony 11 All data teleservices 12 Fax services 13 Short Message Services 16 Voice Group Call Service 17 Voice Broadcast Service 18 All teleservices except SMS 19 All bearer services 20 All asynchronous services 21 All synchronous services 22 All data circuit synchronous 24 All data circuit asynchronous 25 All dedicated packet access 26 All dedicated PAD access 27 The no reply condition timer (T) is only used for SC = 002, 004 or 61. Activate Register and activate

Check status Deactivate Unregistered and deactivate

Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. GSM Wireless AT Commands - PN S000293B

168

Appendix A Result Codes, Failure Causes, Other Tables

Call Barring
*SC*Password# or *SC*Password*BS# *#SC# or *#SC**BS# #SC*Password# or #SC*Password*BS# **03*330*OLDPWD*NEWPWD*NEWPWD# **03**OLDPWD*NEWPWD*NEWPWD# *03*330*OLDPWD*NEWPWD*NEWPWD# *03**OLDPWD*NEWPWD*NEWPWD# Activate Check status Deactivate Change password for call barring

The Service codes (SC) are: call barring of outgoing call 33 all barring service (only for deactivation) 330 call barring of outgoing international call 331 call barring of outgoing international calls except to HPLMN 332 all outgoing barring service (only for deactivation) 333 call barring of incoming calls 35 call barring of incoming calls if roaming 351 all incoming barring service (only for deactivation) 353 Note: Network service codes (BS) are the same the call forwarding sequences.

Call Waiting
*43# *#43# #43# Activate Check status Deactivate

Number Presentation
*#30# *#31# *31#PhoneNumber #31#PhoneNumber *#76# CLIP check status CLIR check status Invoke CLIR for a voice call Suppress CLIR for a voice call COLP check status

Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. GSM Wireless AT Commands - PN S000293B

169

Appendix A Result Codes, Failure Causes, Other Tables

Operator Names
Country Initials A A A A A A A ABW AF AGO AL AL ALG ALG AN AND ANT ANT ANT AR ARG ARG AS AUS AUS AUS AUS AZE AZE B BA BA BA BD BDA BE BEL BEN BEN BEN BF BG BG BGD BGD BHR BI BL BMU BO BOL BRA BRA BRA BRA BRA BRU BTN BUR BW BW BY CAM MCC 311 332 232 232 232 232 232 363 412 631 276 276 603 603 344 213 362 362 362 722 722 722 544 505 505 505 505 400 400 206 218 218 218 470 350 206 206 616 616 616 002 284 284 470 470 426 642 702 350 736 736 724 724 724 724 724 528 402 642 652 652 257 624 MNC 140 011 01 003 005 007 010 001 001 002 001 002 001 002 030 003 051 069 091 034 007 035 011 001 002 003 006 001 002 010 003 005 090 003 001 020 001 002 003 004 002 001 005 001 002 001 001 067 002 002 001 001 002 003 004 031 11 017 002 001 002 001 002 Preferred Presentation of Country Initials and Mobile Network Name Sprocket Blue Sky A1 T-Mobile A A One A tele.ring 3 AT SETAR GSM AF AWCC UNITEL AMC-AL vodafone AL ALGERIAN MOBILE NETWORK Djezzy APUA PCS ANTIGUA STA-MOBILAND Telcell GSM ANT CURACAO TELECOM UTS Wireless Curacao N.V. PERSONAL UNIFON PORT-HABLE Blue Sky Telstra Mobile YES OPTUS AUS VODAFONE AUS H3GA AZE-AZERCELL GSM BAKCELL GSM 2000 B mobistar BA-ERONET MOBIS BIH GSMBIH DB SHEBAWORLD TELECOM BDA BASE BEL PROXIMUS TELECEL BENIN BJ BENINCELL BELL BENIN COMMUNICATION BF CELTEL M-TEL GSM BG BG GLOBUL BGD-GP BGD AKTEL BATELCO Spacetel BI BTL BTC MOBILITY LTD. MOVIL-E NUEVATEL TIM BRASIL TIM BRASIL TIM BRASIL TIM BRASIL Oi BRU-DSTCom BT B-MOBILE BUSAFA BW MASCOM BW VISTA BY VELCOM Orange CAM Abbreviated Mobile Network Name Sprocket Blue Sky A1 TMO A one telering 3 AT SETARGSM AWCC UNITEL AMC voda AL AMN Djezzy APUA-PCS M-AND Telcell CT GSM UTS AR TP UNIFON P-HABLE Blue Sky Telstra Optus VFONE H3GA ACELL BKCELL mobi* ERONET MOBIS GSMBIH SHEBA TELE BDA BASE PROXI TLCL-BEN BENCELL BB COM CELTEL M-TEL GLOBUL GP AKTEL BATELCO SPACETEL BTL MOBILITY BOMOV VIVA TIM TIM TIM TIM Oi DSTCom B-MOBILE SAFARIS MASCOM VISTA VELCOM Orange

Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. GSM Wireless AT Commands - PN S000293B

170

Appendix A Result Codes, Failure Causes, Other Tables

Country Initials CAN CAN CD CD CH CH CH CHN CHN CI CI CI CL CL CMR COG CPV CRI CU CY CZ CZ CZ D D D D D D DK DK DK DK DO DRC E E E E E EE EE EE EGY EGY ESV ESV ETH F F F F F F F FI FI FI FI FI FIN FJ FO FO FSM GA GAB MCC 302 302 629 630 228 228 228 460 460 612 612 612 730 730 624 629 625 712 368 280 230 230 230 262 262 262 262 262 161 238 238 238 238 370 630 214 214 214 214 214 248 248 248 602 602 706 706 636 208 208 208 340 340 340 647 244 244 244 244 244 244 542 288 288 550 628 628 MNC 370 720 001 089 001 002 003 000 001 001 003 005 001 010 001 010 001 001 001 001 001 002 003 001 002 003 007 013 014 001 002 020 030 001 001 001 002 003 004 007 00 002 003 001 002 001 010 001 001 010 020 001 020 020 010 003 005 009 014 091 012 001 001 002 001 003 001 Preferred Presentation of Country Initials and Mobile Network Name Microtell Rogers AT&T Wireless CELTEL CD CD OASIS SWISS GSM Sunrise Orange CH CHINA MOBILE CHN-CUGSM CI CORA Orange CI TELECEL-Cl ENTEL PCS ENTEL PCS MTN CAM COG LIBERTIS CPV MOVEL I.C.E. CU/C_COM CY CYTAGSM T-Mobile CZ EUROTEL CZ OSKAR T-MOBILE D Vodafone D2 E-Plus o2 - de MobilCom Quam TDC-MOBIL DK SONOFON TELIA DK Orange ORANGE CELLCO GSM Vodafone ES MOVISTAR E AMENA XFERA MOVISTAR EE EMT GSM EE RLE TELE2 EGY MobiNiL Vodafone EG ESV PERSONAL ESV PERSONAL ETH-MTN Orange F F SFR F BOUYGUES TELECOM F-Orange BOUYGTEL-C F-VINI SFR REUNION FI TELIA FI RADIOLINJA FI FINNET FI AMT FI SONERA FI 2G FJ VODAFONE FO FT-GSM KALL FSM Telecom CELTEL GA 628 01/LIBERTIS Abbreviated Mobile Network Name MCELL ROGERS CDLTEL OASIS SWISS Sunrise Orange CMCC CU-GSM CORA Orange TELCEL ENTEL PCS ENTEL PCS 62401 LIBERTIS CMOVEL I.C.E. C_COM CY-GSM TMO CZ ET - CZ OSKAR TMO D Voda D2 E-Plus o2 - de MobilCom Quam DK TDC SONO TELIA Orange ORANGE CELLCO Voda ES MSTAR AMENA XFERA MSTAR EMT RLE TELE2 MobiNiL Voda EG PERSONAL PERSONAL ET-MTN Orange SFR BYTEL Orange BOUYG-C VINI SFR RU TELIA RL FINNET FI AMT SONERA 2G VODAFONE FT-GSM KALL FSMTC CELTEL LIBERTIS

Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. GSM Wireless AT Commands - PN S000293B

171

Appendix A Result Codes, Failure Causes, Other Tables

Country Initials GAB GEO GEO GH GH GH GIB GL GM GMB GN GNQ GR GR GR GR HK HK HK HK HK HK HR HR HU HU HU I I I IL IL INA INA INA INA INA INA INA INA INA INA INA INA INA INA INA INA INA INA INA INA INA INA INA INA INA INA INA INA INA INA INA IND IND IND IND MCC 628 282 282 620 620 620 266 290 607 607 611 627 202 202 202 202 454 454 454 454 454 454 219 219 216 216 216 222 222 222 425 425 404 404 404 404 404 404 404 404 404 404 404 404 404 404 404 404 404 404 404 404 404 404 404 404 404 404 404 404 404 404 404 404 404 404 404 MNC 002 001 002 001 002 003 001 001 002 001 002 001 001 005 009 010 000 004 006 010 012 016 001 010 001 030 070 001 010 088 001 002 002 003 005 010 011 012 014 020 021 022 024 027 030 031 040 041 042 043 044 045 046 049 078 090 092 093 094 095 096 097 098 001 013 015 034 Preferred Presentation of Country Initials and Mobile Network Name GAB TELCEL GEO-GEOCELL MAGTI-GSM-GEO GH SPACEFON GH ONEtouch GH-MOBITEL GIBTEL GSM TELE Greenland AFRICLEE GAMCEL GN LAGUI GNQ01 GR COSMOTE VODAFONE GR GR Q-TELECOM GR TELESTET CSL HK Orange HK SMARTONE HK NEW WORLD HK PEOPLES HK SUNDAY HR-CRONET HR-VIP H PANNON GSM WESTEL VODAFONE HU I TIM VODAFONE IT I WIND IL ORANGE IL CELLCOM AIRTEL AIRTEL INA CELFORCE AIRTEL HUTCH INA ESCOTEL INA SPICE INA MaxTouch BPL MOBILE IDEA IDEA BPL MOBILE INA HUTCH AIRTEL INA INTEL INA RPG INA AIRCEL BPL MOBILE INA SPICE AIRTEL BPL MOBILE AIRTEL IDEA AIRTEL AIRTEL AIRTEL AIRTEL AIRTEL AIRTEL AIRTEL AIRTEL ESSAR HUTCH ESSAR BSNL MOBILE Abbreviated Mobile Network Name TELCEL GCELL MAGTI SPACE ONEtouch MOBITEL GIBTEL TELE GRL AFRICELL GAMCEL LAGUI GETESA C-OTE VODA GR Q-TELECOM TLSTET CSL ORANGE HKSMC NWPCS PEOPLES SUNDAY CRON VIP PANNON WESTEL VODAFONE TIM VODA IT I WIND ORANGE CELLCOM AIRTEL AIRTEL CELFORCE AIRTEL HUTCH ESCOTL SPICE MAXTCH BPL MOBILE IDEA IDEA BPL MOBILE HUTCH AIRTEL AIRTEL RPG AIRCEL BPL MOB SPICE AIRTEL BPL MOB AIRTEL IDEA AIRTEL AIRTEL AIRTEL AIRTEL AIRTEL AIRTEL AIRTEL AIRTEL ESSAR HUTCH ESSAR CellOne

Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. GSM Wireless AT Commands - PN S000293B

172

Appendix A Result Codes, Failure Causes, Other Tables

Country Initials IND IND IND IND IND IND IND IND IND IND IND IND IND IND IND IND IND IND IND IND IND IND IND IND IND IND IND IND IND IND IND IR IR IRL IRL IRL IS IS IS IS IT ITA JAM JM JOR JOR JP KE KE KGZ KHM KHM KHM KSA KT KT KZ KZ L L LAO LAO LAO LBR LI LI LIE MCC 404 404 404 404 404 404 404 404 404 404 404 404 404 404 404 404 404 404 404 404 404 404 404 404 404 510 510 510 510 510 510 432 432 272 272 272 274 274 274 274 222 222 338 338 416 416 440 639 639 437 456 456 456 420 419 419 401 401 270 270 457 457 457 618 295 295 295 MNC 038 051 053 054 055 057 058 059 060 062 064 066 068 069 071 072 073 074 075 076 077 079 080 081 086 000 001 008 010 011 021 011 014 001 002 003 001 002 003 004 098 099 020 005 001 077 010 002 003 001 001 002 018 001 002 003 001 002 001 077 001 002 008 001 001 002 005 Preferred Presentation of Country Initials and Mobile Network Name BSNL MOBILE BSNL MOBILE BSNL MOBILE BSNL MOBILE BSNL MOBILE BSNL MOBILE BSNL MOBILE BSNL MOBILE ESSAR BSNL MOBILE BSNL MOBILE BSNL MOBILE IN-DOLPHIN IN-DOLPHIN BSNL MOBILE BSNL MOBILE BSNL MOBILE BSNL MOBILE BSNL MOBILE BSNL MOBILE BSNL MOBILE BSNL MOBILE BSNL MOBILE BSNL MOBILE HUTCH ACeS IND SATELINDOCEL LIPPO TEL IND TELKOMSEL IND - EXCELCOM IND IM3 IR-TCI IR-KISH IRL VODAFONE 02 - IRL IRL METEOR IS SIMINN IS TAL IS islandssimi hf Viking IT BLU 3 ITA Cable & Wireless JM JM DIGICEL Fastlink JO MobCom JP DoCoMo Safaricom KE-KENCELL BITEL KGZ MOBITEL-KHM KHM-Hello GSM CAMBODIA SHINAWATRA ALJAWAL KT MTCNet KT WATANIYA KZ K-MOBILE KZ KCELL L LUXGSM L TANGO LAO GSM ETL MOBILE NETWORK TANGO LAO LBR Lonestar Cell TELECOM FL MONTEL FL1 Abbreviated Mobile Network Name CellOne CellOne CellOne CellOne CellOne CellOne CellOne CellOne ESSAR CellOne CellOne CellOne DOLPHIN DOLPHIN CellOne CellOne CellOne CellOne CellOne CellOne CellOne CellOne CellOne CellOne HUTCH ACeS SAT-C LIPPOTEL T-SEL proXL IM-3 432 11 KIFZO IRL VODA 02 - IRL METEOR SIMINN TAL Islandss Viking BLU 3 ITA C&W DIGICEL FSTLNK MobCom DoCoMo SAF-COM KENCELL BITEL MT-KHM KHM-SM CAMSHIN KSA MTC WATANIYA K-MOBILE KCELL LUXGSM TANGO LAO GSM ETLMNW TANGO Lonestar FLGSM MONTEL FL1

Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. GSM Wireless AT Commands - PN S000293B

173

Appendix A Result Codes, Failure Causes, Other Tables

Country Initials LIE LSO LSO LT LTU LTU LV LV MAC MAC MAC MD MD MG MG MKD MKD ML ML MM MN MOR MOR MOZ MR MRU MRU MT MT MV MW MW MX MY MY MY MY MY N N NA NCL NE NG NG NG NL NL NL NL NL NZ OMN P P P PE PGY PH PH PH PH PH PH PK PL PL MCC 295 651 651 246 246 24 247 247 455 455 455 259 259 646 646 294 294 610 610 414 428 604 604 643 609 617 617 278 278 472 650 650 334 502 502 502 502 502 242 242 649 546 614 621 621 621 204 204 204 204 204 530 422 268 268 268 716 744 515 515 515 515 515 515 410 260 260 MNC 077 001 002 002 001 003 001 002 000 001 003 001 002 001 002 001 002 001 002 001 099 000 001 001 001 001 010 001 021 001 001 100 020 012 013 016 017 019 001 002 001 001 002 020 030 040 004 008 012 016 020 001 002 001 003 006 010 001 001 002 003 005 011 020 003 001 002 Preferred Presentation of Country Initials and Mobile Network Name LI TANGO VCL COMMS LS-ECONET-EZI-CEL LT BITE GSM OMNITEL LT TELE2 LV LMT GSM LV TELE2 MACAU SMC MAC-CTMGSM Hutchinson MAC MD VOXTEL MD MOLDCELL MG MADACOM MG ANTARIS MKD MOBIMAK MKD, MTS A.D. MALITEL ML IKATEL ML MM 900 MN MOBICOM MOR MEDITEL MOR IAM MOZ-mCel MR MATTEL CELLPLUS-MRU EMTEL-MRU VODAFONE MT GO MOBILE MV DHIMOBILE MW CP 900 CELTEL MW TELCEL GSM MY maxis mobile MY TMTOUCH DiGi MY TIMECel MY CELCOM N Telenor N NetCom GSM MTC NAMIBIA NCL MOBILIS NE CELTEL ECONET NG MTN - NG NG NITEL VODAFONE NL NL KPN Q2 - NL Ben NL ORANGE NL VODAFONE NZ OMAN MOBILE VODAFONE P P OPTIMUS P TMN TIM PERU HOLA PARAGUAY ISLACOM GLOBE TELECOM-PH SMART DIGITEL ACeS ACeS PK-UFONE Plus GSM ERA Abbreviated Mobile Network Name TANGO VCLCOM EZI-CEL BITE OMT TELE2 LMT GSM TELE2 SmarTone CTMGSM HT MACAU VOXTEL MDCELL MADACOM ANTARIS MOBI-M MTS AD MALITEL IKATEL MPTGSM MOBICOM MEDITEL IAM mCel MATTEL CELL + EMTEL VODA MT GOMOBILE D-MOBILE CP 900 CELTEL TELCEL maxis TMTOUCH DiGi TIMECel CELCOM TELENOR N COM MTCNAM MOBNCL CELTEL ECONET MTN - NG NG NITEL VODA NL NL KPN Q2 - NL Ben NL ORANGE VODA OMAN VODA OPTIM TMN TIM VOX ISLACOM GLOBE SMART DIGITEL ACeS ACeS UFONE PLUS ERA

Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. GSM Wireless AT Commands - PN S000293B

174

Appendix A Result Codes, Failure Causes, Other Tables

Country Initials PL PRK PS QAT R RA RC REU REU RL RL RO RO RO ROC RUS RUS RUS RUS RUS RUS RUS RUS RUS RUS RUS RUS RUS RUS RUS RUS RUS RUS RUS S S S S SA SA SA SEZ SEZ SG SGP SGP SGP SI SI SI SK SK SN SN SOM SOM SR SR SRI SRI STP SUD SV SYR SYR SYR SYR MCC 260 467 425 427 635 283 630 647 647 415 415 226 226 226 466 250 250 250 250 250 250 250 250 250 250 250 250 250 250 250 250 250 250 250 240 240 240 240 655 655 655 633 633 525 525 525 525 293 293 293 231 231 608 608 637 637 746 746 413 413 626 634 706 417 417 417 417 MNC 003 193 005 001 010 001 002 000 002 001 003 001 003 010 092 001 002 004 005 007 010 011 012 013 016 017 019 020 028 039 044 092 093 099 001 003 007 008 001 007 010 001 010 003 001 002 005 040 041 070 001 002 001 002 001 082 001 002 002 003 001 001 002 001 002 009 093 Preferred Presentation of Country Initials and Mobile Network Name PL IDEA KP SUN JAWWAL-PALESTINE QAT-QATARNET R-CELL RA-ARMGSM CELTEL RC ORANGE RE F-OMT RL Cellis RL LibanCell RO CONNEX RO COSMOROM RO ORANGE Chunghwa Telecom LDM MTS-RUS MEGAFON-RUS SIBCHALLENGE RUS SCS RUS RUS BMT RUS DTC ORENSOT RUS Far East RUS KUBAN-GSM RUS16 250 16 RUS 17 RUS INDIGO TELE2 EXTEL RUS RUS SUCT RUS North Caucasian GSM Primetelefone RUS TELECOM XXI RUS Bee Line TELIA S ORANGE S COMVIQ VODAFONE SE VodaCom-SA CELL C MTN-SA SEYCEL SEZ AIRTEL SGP M1-GSM SINGTEL-G9 SINGTEL-G18 STARHUB-SGP SI.MOBIL SI MOBITEL GSM SI VEGA 070 ORANGE SK EUROTEL-SK SN ALIZE SN- SENTEL SG SOM BARAKAAT TELSOM MOBILE ICMS SR SR.TELESUR.GSM SRI DIALOG SRI - CELLTEL STP CSTMOVEL MOBITEL SDN DIGICEL SYRIATEL 94 SYRIA SYR MOBILE SYR SYRIATEL Abbreviated Mobile Network Name IDEA SUNNET JAWWAL Q-NET RCELL ARMMO1 CELTEL ORANGE OMT CLLIS LibCL CONNEX COSMOROM ORANGE CHTLDM MTS MEGAFON RUS_SCN SCS BMT DTC ORENSOT FAR EAST KUGSM NTC ERMAK INDIGO TELE2 EXTEL SUCT NC-GSM Primtel TXXI Bee Line TELIA ORANGE IQ VODA SE VODA CELL C MTN 633-01 AIRTEL M1-GSM SINGTEL SINGTEL STARHUB SI.MOBIL SI-GSM VEGA 070 ORANGE ET-SK ALIZE SENTEL BARAKAAT TELSOM ICMS TELEG DIALOG CELLTEL CSTMOVEL MOBITEL DIGICEL SYRIATEL 94 SYRIA MOBILE SYRIATEL

Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. GSM Wireless AT Commands - PN S000293B

175

Appendix A Result Codes, Failure Causes, Other Tables

Country Initials SZ TAI TCD TD TG TH TH TH TH TH TJK TN TON TR TR TR TR TTO TUN TWN TWN TWN TWN TWN TWN TWN TZ TZ TZ TZ UA UA UA UAE UG UG UG UK UK UK UK UK UK UK UK UK UK UKR USA USA USA USA USA USA USA USA USA USA USA USA USA USA USA USA USA USA USA MCC 653 466 622 622 615 520 520 520 520 520 436 605 539 286 286 286 286 374 605 466 466 466 466 466 466 466 640 640 640 640 255 255 255 424 641 641 641 234 234 234 234 234 234 234 234 234 234 255 310 310 310 310 310 310 310 310 310 310 310 310 310 310 310 310 310 310 310 MNC 010 089 001 002 001 001 015 018 023 099 003 002 001 001 002 003 004 012 003 001 006 068 088 093 097 099 001 002 003 005 001 003 005 002 001 010 011 010 015 020 030 031 032 033 050 055 058 002 011 020 026 031 050 064 150 160 170 180 200 210 220 230 240 250 260 270 310 Preferred Presentation of Country Initials and Mobile Network Name Swazi-MTN T3G CELTEL TCD TD LIBERTIS TG-TOGO CELL TH GSM TH ACT 1900 TH-DTAC TH GSM 1800 ORANGE TH TJK MLT TUNISIE TELECOM U-CALL TR TURKCELL TR TELSIM TR ARIA TR AYCELL TSTT TUNISIANA Far Eastone TWN TUNTEX GSM 1800 ACeS KGT-ONLINE TWN Mobitai TWN GSM 1800 TransAsia Tritel-TZ MOBITEL-TZ ZANTEL-TZ CELTEL-TZ UA UMC UA-KYIVSTAR UA-GT UAE ETISALAT UG CelTel MTN-UGANDA UTL TELCEL Q2 -UK UK VODAFONE 3 UK T-MOBILE UK T-MOBILE UK T-MOBILE UK ORANGE JT GSM Cable & Wireless Guensey MANX PRONTO UKR-WELLCOM USA Wireless 2000 Telepho SPRINT T-MOBILE T-MOBILE DIGICEL USA AE AIRADIGN CINGULAR WIRELESS T-MOBILE CINGULAR WIRELESS CINGULAR WIRELESS T-MOBILE T-MOBILE T-MOBILE T-MOBILE T-MOBILE T-MOBILE T-MOBILE T-MOBILE T-MOBILE Abbreviated Mobile Network Name SwaziMTN T3G CELTEL LIBERTIS TGCELL TH GSM ACT 1900 DTAC GSM 1800 ORANGE MLT TUNTEL U-CALL TCELL TELSIM ARIA AYCELL TSTT TUNISIANA FET TUNTEX ACeS KGT TW MOB TCC TransAsia TRITEL MOBITEL ZANTEL CELTEL UMC UA-KS UA-GT ETSLT CELTEL MTN-UG UTL Q2 -UK VODA 3 UK TMO UK TMO UK TMO UK ORANGE JT GSM C&W PRONTO WELLCOM WTTCKy SPRINT TMO TMO JAM DC ARDGMC CINGULAR TMO CINGULAR CINGULAR TMO TMO TMO TMO TMO TMO TMO TMO TMO

Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. GSM Wireless AT Commands - PN S000293B

176

Appendix A Result Codes, Failure Causes, Other Tables

Country Initials USA USA USA USA USA USA USA USA USA USA USA USA USA USA USA USA USA USA USA USA USA USA UZB UZB UZB UZB UZB VN VN VUT VZ VZ YE YEM YU YU YU YU ZM ZW ZW ZW MCC 310 310 310 310 310 310 310 310 310 310 310 310 310 310 310 310 310 310 310 310 310 310 434 434 434 434 434 452 452 541 734 734 421 421 220 220 220 220 645 648 648 648 MNC 340 350 380 410 460 530 560 580 610 630 640 660 670 680 690 740 760 770 780 790 800 980 001 002 004 005 007 001 002 001 001 002 002 001 001 002 003 004 001 001 003 004 Preferred Presentation of Country Initials and Mobile Network Name WESTLINK COMM CAROLINA PHONE AT&T WIRELESS CINGULAR WIRELESS USA ONELINK WEST VIRGINIA WIRELESS DOBSONUS T-MOBILE EPICTOUCH AMERILINK PCS Einstein PCS T-MOBILE WIRELESS 2000 PCS NPI WIRELESS Conestoga TELEMETRIX PTSI IWS AIRLINK PCS PinPoint T-MOBILE AT&T WIRELESS BUZTEL UZMACOM UZB DAEWOO-GSM UZB CSOCOM GSM UZB UZD VN MOBIFONE VN VINAFONE VUT SMILE VZ INFO DIGITEL SPACETEL YEM-SABA YU MOBTEL PROMONTE Yug 03 MONET ZM CELTEL ZW NET*ONE TELECEL ZW ZW ECONET Abbreviated Mobile Network Name WESTLINK CAROLINA AT&T CINGULAR ONELINK WVW DOBSONUS TMO EPICTOUCH AMERILINK Einstein TMO W 2000 PCS NPI Conestoga TELEMETRIX PTSI IWS AIRLINK PinPoint TMO AT&T BUZTEL UZMGSM DW-GSM COSCOM UZDGSM VMS GPC SMILE INFONT DIGITEL SPACETEL SABAFON MOBTEL PROMONTE YU MTS MONET CELTEL 64801 TELECEL ECONET

Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. GSM Wireless AT Commands - PN S000293B

177

Appendix B Data Commands and Multiplexing, CPHS Information Field, and CSP Constants

APPENDIX B - DATA COMMANDS AND MULTIPLEXING, CPHS INFORMATION FIELD, AND CSP CONSTANTS
Data Commands and Multiplexing
The multiplexing protocol operates between a DCE (Data Communication Equipment: the product) and a DTE (Data Terminal Equipment). It allows a double session over a serial link interface: one for AT commands and one for DATA communications. AT+WMUX=1 activates the Multiplexing Mode. With this mode, AT commands and DATA are encapsulated in packets. The header of these packets allows recognition of a DATA packet or an AT command packet. AT+WMUX=0 deactivates the Multiplexing Mode and gets the product back to the default mode. This appendix presents how the multiplexing mode handles DATA and AT command flow. It also describes the format of DATA packets and AT command packets.

AT Command Packets
An AT command is encapsulated in a packet with a header, which allows to separate it from DATA packets. This packet is formed by a header (3 bytes), the AT command itself, and a checksum (1 byte): B7 B6 B5 B4 B3 B2 B1 B0 Start pattern 0xAA AT command length LSB AT command pattern 0x1D AT command length MSB AT command Checksum The 3 bytes of the header are: The first byte (0xAA) is used to identify the packet, The second byte represents the 8 LSB (Low Significant Bits) bits of the length of the AT command, The third byte is made of 2 parts: The 3 LSB bits are the 3 MSB (Most Significant Bits) bits of the length of the AT command, The 5 MSB bits (0x1D which equals to 0xE8 with the 3 bits offset) are used to identify an AT command. The maximum length of an AT command could be 2047 bytes which is greater than all the existing AT commands. The checksum is the addition (modulo 256) of all the transmitted bytes (header bytes and AT command bytes).

Data Packets
DATA is encapsulated into packets. These packets are composed of a header (3 bytes), the data bytes and the checksum (1 byte): B7 B6 B5 B4 B3 B2 B1 B0 Start pattern 0xDD Data packet length LSB Data packet type Data packet length MSB Data Bytes Checksum The 3 bytes of the header are: The first byte (0xDD) used to identify the packet, The second byte represents the 8 LSB bits of the length of the data field, The last byte is made of 2 parts: The 3 LSB bits represent the 3 MSB bits of the length of the data field, The 5 MSB bits represent the packet type. Data packets can have different values according to the type of packet: 0 DATA Packet: The packet contains the data to transmit on the radio link or received from the radio link, 1 1 STATUS Packet: The packet contains the status of SA, SB, X bits and the break condition coding as follow: SA SB X BRK RI Spare Spare Spare The length of data for the status packet is always equal to 1, Whenever a status changes (except break), all the status bits are included, These bits are off by default (and therefore the bits DTR and RTS), so it is necessary to send a status packet to the target at the beginning of the multiplexing to start the transmission,

These status bits contain the V24 control information: SA contains DTR (signal CT108 from terminal to IWF) and DSR (signal CT107 from terminal to IWF), SB contains RTS (signal CT105 from terminal to IWF) and DCD (signal CT109 from IWF to terminal), X contains CTS (signal CT106). For more information, refer to GSM Technical Specification 07.02

Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. GSM Wireless AT Commands - PN S000293B

178

Appendix B Data Commands and Multiplexing, CPHS Information Field, and CSP Constants
2 READY Packet: The packet indicates that the target is ready to receive data: No data are transmitted in this packet (so the length is null), 3 BUSY Packet: The packet indicates that the target is busy and can not receive data: like the ready packet, no data are transmitted, Other Values: Currently, these values are not used (reserved for future enhancement). Checksum is calculated like the AT command packet checksum (addition of all transmitted bytes including header bytes).

Examples
AT Command and Its Answer
When there is no encapsulation, the AT command transmitted on the serial link is like this (in ASCII and hexadecimal): AT\r\n 0x41 0x54 0x0D 0x0A The answer is like this: \r\nOK\r\n 0x0D 0x0A 0x4F 0x4B 0x0D 0x0A With the encapsulation in the serial link, the packet transmitted is (in hexadecimal): 0xAA 0x04 0xE8 0x41 0x54 0x0D 0x0A 0x42 And the answer is like this: 0xAA 0x06 0xE8 0x0D 0x0A 0x4F 0x4B 0x0D 0x0A 0x60

Initialization and Data Packet

When the Multiplexing Mode is activated (+WMUX=1), the product sends 2 Data packets after the establishment of a DATA call (after the CONNECT xxxx message): 1 READY Packet and 1 STATUS Packet. To set the different signals to the right value, it is necessary to send a STATUS packet to the product. Here are some examples of STATUS packets: 0xDD 0x01 0x08 0x40 0x26 bit RTS is on To start a data call, all the bits should be on: 0xDD 0x01 0x08 0xC0 0xA6 bits DTR and RTS are on

Restriction
The autobauding mode is not available when the Multiplexing Mode is activated: the serial link speed must be set to a fixed rate.

CPHS Information Field

CPHS Information
Description All information CSP service activated and allocated SST service activated and allocated Mailbox Number service activated and allocated Operator Name Shortform service activated and allocated Information Numbers service activated and allocated RFU RFU RFU Voice Message Waiting Indicator for Line 1 Voice Message Waiting Indicator for Line 2 Data Message Waiting Indicator Fax Message Waiting Indicator Call Forward Activated Indicator for Line 1 Call Forward Activated Indicator for Line 2 Call Forward Activated Indicator for Data Call Forward Activated Indicator for Fax Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Line 1 Mailbox Number Available Line 2 Mailbox Number Available Date Mailbox Number Available Fax Mailbox Number Available EF Mn Updatable Data Field 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 Bit Field None 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24

Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. GSM Wireless AT Commands - PN S000293B

179

Appendix B Data Commands and Multiplexing, CPHS Information Field, and CSP Constants

CSP Constants
Service Group: Call Offering
Service Call Forwarding Unconditional Call Forwarding on User Busy Call Forwarding on No Rely Call Forwarding on User Not Reachable Call Transfer External Value 1 2 3 4 5

Service Group: Call Restriction

Service Barring of All Outgoing Calls Barring of Outgoing International Calls Barring of Outgoing International Calls except those directed to the Home PLMN country Barring of All Outgoing Calls BIC Roam External Value 9 10 11 12 13

Service Group: Other Supplementary Services

Service Multi-Party Service Closed User Group Advice of Charge Perferential CUG CUG Outgoing Access External Value 17 18 19 20 21

Service Group: Group Completion

Service Call Hold Call Waiting Completion of Call to Busy Subscriber Restriction of the menus allowing use of user to user signalling External Value 25 26 27 28

Service Group: Teleservices

Service Short Message Mobile Terminated Short Message Mobile Originated Short Message Cell Broadcast Restricts menu options for the ability to set reply path active on outgoing Short Messages SMS Delivery Confirmation Restriction of menus for SMS Protocol ID options Validity Period, restriction of menus for SMS Validity period options External Value 33 34 35 36 37 38 39

Service Group: CPHS Teleservices

Service Alternate Line Service External Value 41

Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. GSM Wireless AT Commands - PN S000293B

180

Appendix B Data Commands and Multiplexing, CPHS Information Field, and CSP Constants

Service Group: Number Identification

Service Calling Line Identification Presentation Connected Line Identification Restriction Connected Line Identification Presentation Malicious Call Indicator CLI per call mode default block CLI menu to send CLI CLI per call mode default block CLI menu to block CLI External Value 57 59 60 61 63 64

Service Group: Phase 2+ Services

Service Menus concerned with GPRS functionality Menus concerned with High Speed Circuit Switched Data functionality ASCII Voice Group call menus ASCII Voice Broadcast service menus Multi Subscriber profile menus Multi band: Restriction of menus allowing user to select a particular GSM 900/1800 or 1900 band External Value 65 66 67 68 69 70

Service Group: Value Added Services

Service Restriction of menus options for manual PLMN selection Restriction of menus options for Voice Mail or other similar menus Restriction of menus options for the ability to send Short Messages with type Paging Restriction of menus options for the ability to send Short Messages with type Email Restriction of menus options for Fax calls Restriction of menus options for Data calls Restriction of menus allowing the user to change language External Value 73 74 75 76 77 78 80

Service Group: Information Numbers

Service The ME shall only present information numbers to the user if this field is set to FF External Value 81

Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. GSM Wireless AT Commands - PN S000293B

181

Appendix C AT Command Examples

APPENDIX C - AT COMMAND EXAMPLES

Examples
Example: When a PIN Is Required
Example 1: When the ME has to be powered ON. AT+CMEE=1 Enable the report mobile equipment errors. OK AT+CREG=1 Report registration. OK AT+CPAS Query ME Status. +CPAS: 5 (ME is asleep) OK AT+CFUN=1 Set ME to full functionality. OK AT+COPS=0 Ask for automatic operator selection and registration. +CME ERROR: 11 SIM PIN required. AT+CPIN=1234 User entered a wrong PIN. +CME ERROR: 16 Incorrect password. AT+CPIN=0000 OK PIN OK. AT+COPS=0 Ask for automatic operator selection and registration. OK +CREG:1 Registered on the network. AT+COPS=3,0 Select the long name alphanumeric format. OK AT+COPS? Get the operator name. +COPS: 0,0,I OMNITEL OK Example 2: When the ME has already been powered ON AT+CMEE=1 Enable the report mobile equipment errors. OK AT+CPAS Get the ME Status. +CPAS: 0 ME is ready to receive commands. OK AT+CPIN? Is ME requiring a password? +CPIN: SIM PIN Yes, SIM PIN required. AT+CPIN=0000 OK PIN OK.

Example: When a Voice Call Is Originated

When the ME is powered on and the SIM PIN has been entered AT+CMEE=1 Enable the reporting of mobile equipment errors. OK AT+WIND=63 Ask to display the general indications. OK AT+CPIN? Is ME requiring a password? +CPIN: READY Product is ready. ATD0607103543; Make a voice call. +WIND: 5,1 Indication of call. +WIND: 2 Remote party is ringing. OK Call setup was successful. Conversation ATH Release the call. OK

Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. GSM Wireless AT Commands - PN S000293B

182

Appendix C AT Command Examples

Incoming Calls Examples

When the ME is powered ON and the SIM PIN has been entered AT+CMEE=1 Enable the report mobile equipment errors. OK AT+WIND=63 Ask to display the general indications. OK AT+CLIP=1 Enable the calling line identification presentation. OK AT+CRC=1 Enable extended format of incoming indication. OK AT+CNUM Query own number (voice number) or MSISDN. +CNUM: Speech,+33608971019,145. OK Call this number from another equipment. +WIND: 5,1 Indication of call (Ring). +CRING: Voice Type of call is VOICE. +CLIP:+33607103543,145,,,John Panborn Identification of the remote party. +CRING: Voice ATA Answer the call. OK Conversation NO CARRIER The call has been released by the remote party. +WIND: 6,1 Indication of call release.

Phonebook Examples
For each example illustrated in this section, the ME is supposed to have been powered on and the SIM PIN entered. Example 1: The whole phonebook of the ME is read. AT+CPBS=? Query supported phonebook memories. +CPBS: (SM,FD,ON) ADN, FDN, and MSISDN phonebooks supported. AT+CPBS=SM Select ADN phonebook. OK AT+CPBR=? Read the index range and the length of the elements. +CPBR: (1-80),20,14 80 locations (from 1 to 80), max length of 20 for the phone number, 14 characters max for the text. AT+CLIP=1 Enable the calling line identification presentation. AT+CPBR=1,80 Read all entries (only the ones set are returned). +CPBR: 1,0346572834,129,Delores Clairborne +CPBR: 2,1284374523,129,Thad Beaumont +CPBR: 3,1243657845,129,John Panborn OK Example 2: Erase or Write a phonebook entry. AT+CPBW=? Get the phonebook type. +CPBW: (1-80),20,(129,145),14 80 locations, max length of 20 for the phone number, TON/NPI of 129 or 145 and 14 characters max for text. AT+CPBW=3 Erase location 3. OK AT+CPBW=3, 4356729012,129,Carry Write at location 3. OK AT+CPBR=1,80 Read all entries (only the ones set are returned). +CPBR: 1,0346572834,129,Delores Clairborne +CPBR: 2,1284374523,129,Thad Beaumont +CPBR: 3,1243657845,129,John Panborn OK Example 3: Find phonebook entries. AT+CPBW=? Get the phonebook type. +CPBF: 20,14 Max length of 20 for the phone number, 10 characters for the text. AT+CPBF=D Read entries starting with D. +CPBF: 1,0346572834,129,Delores Clairborne OK AT+CPBF=W Read entries starting with W. +CME ERROR: 22 Entry not found.

Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. GSM Wireless AT Commands - PN S000293B

183

Appendix C AT Command Examples

Examples of Short Messages

Example 1: Send a short message. AT+CNMI=0,1,1,1,0 OK AT+CSMP=17,169,0,0 OK AT+CMGF=1 OK AT+CSCA=+33608080706 OK AT+CMGS=0601290800 SMS-DELIVERs are directly stored. SMS-STATUS-REPORTs are displayed. SMS-SUBMIT message with a validity period (one day). Text mode to send a Short Message. Set Service Center Address to +33608080706.

Send a SMS-SUBMIT to mobile phone. Product sends a 4-character sequence: 0x0D 0x0A 0x3E 0x20. This is the first text line Edit first line and press carriage return (<CR>, 0x0D). This is the last text line Edit last line and send message by pressing <ctrl-Z> (0x1A). +CMGS: 5 Success: message reference 5 is returned from the SMS Service Center. +CDS: 2,5,0601290800,129,99/05/01 14:15:10+04. Success: report of successful message delivery received.

Example 1: Read a short message. AT+CMGF=1 Text mode to read Short Messages. AT+CMGL=ALL List all stored messages. +CMGL: 1,REC READ,+336290918,,99/05/01 14:15:10+04 I will be late. This is the first message. +CMGL: 2,REC UNREAD,+336290918,,99/05/01 14:19:44+04 Traffic jam on Broadway. This is the second message. OK AT+CMGR=1 Read the first message. +CMGR: REC READ,+336290918,,99/05/01 14:19:44+04 OK

Fax Class 2 Examples

The normal characters are generated DTE. The bold characters are modem generated. Example 1: Send a fax Class 2. AT+FCLASS=2 Select fax class 2. OK AT+FLID="LocalFax" OK ATD0601234567 Call establishment. +FCON Connection OK. [+FCSI:"RemoteFax"] +FDIS:0,3,0,2,0,0,0,0 OK AT+FDT Beginning of the data transfer. +FDCS:0,3,0,2,0,0,0,0 CONNECT <0x11h> Send carrier. First page data terminated by <0x10h><0x03h>. OK Page transmitted. AT+FET=0 Send another page. +FPTS:1 First page acquitted. OK AT+FDT CONNECT <0x11h> Send carrier. Second page data terminated by <0x10h><0x03h>. OK Page transmitted. AT+FET=2 No more pages. +FPTS:1 First page acknowledged. +FHNG:0 Normal end of connection. OK

Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. GSM Wireless AT Commands - PN S000293B

184

Appendix C AT Command Examples

Example 2: Receive a fax Class 2. AT+FCR=1 OK AT+FLID="LocalFax" OK RING ATA +FCON [+FTSI:"RemoteFax"] +FDCS:0,3,0,2,0,0,0,0 OK AT+FDR +FCFR +FDCS:0,3,0,2,0,0,0,0 CONNECT <0x12h> First page data terminated by <0x10h><0x03h> OK +FPTS:1 +FET:0 OK AT+FDR +FDCS:0,3,0,2,0,0,0,0 CONNECT <0x12h>

Incoming call. Answer. Connection OK.

Receive page carrier.

Page received. First page acknowledged. To receive another page.

Receive page carrier.

Second page data terminated by <0x10h><0x03h> OK Page received +FPTS:1 Second page acknowledged. +FET:2 No more page to receive. OK AT+FDR +FHNG:0 Normal end of connection. OK

Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. GSM Wireless AT Commands - PN S000293B

185

Appendix D ME SIM ToolKit Support

APPENDIX D - ME SIM TOOLKIT SUPPORT

TABLE 1 Support of SIM ToolKit classes This has been extracted from the GMS Technical Specification 11.14. Command description CALL CONTROL CELL BROADCAST DOWNLOAD DISPLAY TEXT EVENT DOWNLOAD - MT call - Call connected - Call disconnected - Location status - User activity - Idle screen available GET INKEY GET INPUT GET READER STATUS MENU SELECTION MO SHORT MESSAGE CONTROL MORE TIME PERFORM CARD APDU PLAY TONE POLLING OFF POLL INTERVAL POWER ON CARD POWER OFF CARD PROVIDE LOCAL INFORMATION REFRESH RUN AT COMMAND SELECT ITEM SEND SHORT MESSAGE SEND SS SEND USSD SET UP CALL SET UP EVENT LIST SET UP IDLE MODE TEXT SET UP MENU SMS-PP DOWNLOAD TIMER MANAGEMENT TIMER EXPIRATION Class 1 Class 2 X X X Class 3 X X X X X X X X X X X Lc X X X Lc X X X Lc Lc X X Lc X X X X X X X X X Lc Lc

X X $(MultipleCard)$ X X $(MultipleCard)$ X X X $(MultipleCard)$ $(MultipleCard)$ X $(AT$) X X X X $(IdleModeText)$ X $(Timer)$ $(Timer)$ X X X X

Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. GSM Wireless AT Commands - PN S000293B

186

Appendix D ME SIM ToolKit Support

TABLE 2 Compatibility between available Terminal Responses and Proactive Commands Proactive commands Terminal Reponses Setup Menu (0) Display Text (1) Get Get Inkey Input (2) (3) Setup Call (4) Play Tone (5) Select Item (6) Refresh (7) Send SS (8) Send SMS (9) Send USSD (10) Setup event list (11)

Backward Move (95) Command beyond ME capabilities (96) ME currently unable to process command (97) No response from the user (98) SIM session terminated by the user (99)

Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. GSM Wireless AT Commands - PN S000293B

187

Appendix E Structure of the Terminal Profile

APPENDIX E - STRUCTURE OF THE TERMINAL PROFILE

First byte (Download): b8 b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 Profile download SMS-PP data download Cell Broadcast data download Menu selection '9E XX' response code for SIM data download error Timer expiration USSD string data object supported in Call Control RFU, bit=0 Second byte (Other): b8 b7 b6 b5 User choice Set by product to 1 Set by product to 1 User choice Set by product to 1 Set by product to 0 User choice

b4

b3

b2

b1

Command result Call Control by SIM Cell identity included in Call Control by SIM MO short message control by SIM Handling of the alpha identifier according to subclause 9.1.3 UCS2 Entry supported UCS2 Display supported Display of the extension text Third byte (Proactive SIM): b8 b7 b6 b5 b4

User choice User choice User choice User choice User choice User choice User choice User choice

b3

b2

b1

Proactive SIM: DISPLAY TEXT Proactive SIM: GET INKEY Proactive SIM: GET INPUT Proactive SIM: MORE TIME Proactive SIM: PLAY TONE Proactive SIM: POLL INTERVAL Proactive SIM: POLLING OFF Proactive SIM: REFRESH Fourth byte (Proactive SIM): b8 b7 b6 b5 b4 b3

User choice User choice User choice User choice User choice Set by product to 1 Set by product to 1 User choice

b2

b1

Proactive SIM: SELECT ITEM Proactive SIM: SEND SHORT MESSAGE Proactive SIM: SEND SS Proactive SIM: SEND USSD Proactive SIM: SET UP CALL Proactive SIM: SET UP MENU Proactive SIM: PROVIDE LOCAL INFORMATION (MCC, MNC, LAC, Cell ID & IMEI) Proactive SIM: PROVIDE LOCAL INFORMATION (NMR)

User choice User choice User choice User choice User choice User choice Set by product to 1

Set by product to 1

Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. GSM Wireless AT Commands - PN S000293B

188

Appendix E Structure of the Terminal Profile

Fifth byte (Event driven information): b8 b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1

Proactive SIM: SET UP EVENT LIST Event: MT call Event: Call connected Event: Call disconnected Event: Location status Event: User activity Event: Idle screen available Event: Card reader status Sixth byte: (reserved for Event driven information extensions) b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1

Set by product to 1 Set by product to 1 Set by product to 1 Set by product to 1 Set by product to 1 User choice User choice Set by product to 0

b8

RFU, bit = 0 Seventh byte (Multiple card proactive commands) for class "a" b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1

b8

Proactive SIM: POWER ON CARD Proactive SIM: POWER OFF CARD Proactive SIM: PERFORM CARD APDU Proactive SIM: GET READER STATUS RFU, bit = 0 Eighth byte (Proactive SIM): b8 b7 b6 b5 b4 b3

Set by product to 0 Set by product to 0 Set by product to 0 Set by product to 0 Set by product to 0

b2

b1

Proactive SIM: TIMER MANAGEMENT (start, stop) Proactive SIM: TIMER MANAGEMENT (get current value) Proactive SIM: PROVIDE LOCAL INFORMATION (date, time and time zone) Binary choice in GET INKEY SET UP IDLE MODE TEXT RUN AT COMMAND (e.g.. class "b" is supported) 2nd alpha identifier in SET UP CALL 2nd capability configuration parameter (see 9.1.6) Ninth byte: b8 b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1

Set by product to 1 Set by product to 1 Set by product to 0

Set by product to 0 Set by product to 0 Set by product to 0 Set by product to 0 Set by product to 0

Sustained DISPLAY TEXT (see 6.4.1) SEND DTMF command (see 6.4.24) RFU, bit = 0 RFU, bit = 0 RFU, bit = 0 RFU, bit = 0 RFU, bit = 0 RFU, bit = 0 Subsequent bytes: b8 b7 b6 b5

Set by product to 0 Set by product to 0

b4

b3

b2

b1

RFU, bit = 0

Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. GSM Wireless AT Commands - PN S000293B

189

Appendix F Command Type and Next Action Indicator

APPENDIX F - COMMAND TYPE AND NEXT ACTION INDICATOR

This table has been extracted from the GMS Technical Specification 11.14. Value '00' '01' '02' '03' '04' '05' '10' '11' '12' '13' '14' '20' '21' '22' '23' '24' '25' '26' '27' '28' '30' '31' '32' '33' '34' '81' Name REFRESH MORE TIME POLL INTERVAL POLLING OFF SET UP EVENT LIST SET UP CALL SEND SS SEND USSD SEND SHORT MESSAGE SEND DTMF PLAY TONE DISPLAY TEXT GET INKEY GET INPUT SELECT ITEM SET UP MENU PROVIDE LOCAL INFORMATION TIMER MANAGEMENT SET UP IDLE MODEL TEXT PERFORM CARD APDU class "a" only POWER ON CARD class "a" only POWER OFF CARD class "a" only GET READER STATUS class "a" only RUN AT COMMAND class "b" only End of the proactive session Used for Type of Command coding X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X not applicable Used for Next Action Indicator coding -

X X X X X X X X X X

X X X X X X

Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. GSM Wireless AT Commands - PN S000293B

190

Appendix G Coding of Alpha Fields in the SIM for UCS2

APPENDIX G - CODING OF ALPHA FIELDS IN THE SIM FOR UCS2

The coding can take one of the three following structures. If the ME supports UCS2 coding of alpha fields in the SIM, the ME shall support all three coding schemes for character sets containing 128 characters or less; for character sets containing more than 128 characters, the ME shall at least support the first coding scheme. If the alpha field record contains GSM default alphabet characters only, then none of these schemes shall be used in that record. Within a record, only one coding scheme, either GSM default alphabet, or one of the three described below, shall be used. 1. If the first byte in the alpha string is '0x80', then the other bytes are 16 bit UCS2 characters. The more significant byte (MSB) of the UCS2 character is coded in the lower numbered byte of the alpha field, and the less significant byte (LSB) of the UCS2 character is coded in the higher numbered alpha field byte. In other words, byte 2 of the alpha field contains the more significant byte (MSB) of the first UCS2 character, and byte 3 of the alpha field contains the less significant byte (LSB) of the first UCS2 character (as shown below). Unused bytes shall be set to 'FF', and if the alpha field has an even number of bytes, then the last (unusable) byte shall be set to 'FF'. Example 1 Byte 1 '80' Byte 2 Ch1MSB Byte 3 Ch1LSB Byte 4 Ch2MSB Byte 5 Ch2LSB Byte 6 Ch3MSB Byte 7 Ch3LSB Byte 8 'FF' Byte 9 'FF'

2.

If the first byte of the alpha string is set to 0x'81', then the second byte contains a value indicating the number of characters in the string. The third byte contains an 8-bit number that defines bits 15 to 8 of a 16-bit base pointer, where bit 16 is set to zero, and bits 7 to 1 are also set to zero. These sixteen bits represent a base pointer to a "half-page" in the UCS2 code space, to be used with some or all of the remaining bytes in the string. The fourth and subsequent bytes in the string contain codings as follows:

If bit 8 of the byte is set to zero, the remaining bits of the byte contain a GSM Default Alphabet character If bit 8 of the byte is set to one, then the remaining bits are an offset value added to the 16-bit base pointer defined by byte 3, and the resulting 16-bit value is a UCS2 code point and defines a UCS2 character. Byte 2 '05' Byte 3 '13' Byte 4 '53' Byte 5 '95' Byte 6 'A6' Byte 7 'XX' Byte 8 'FF' Byte 9 'FF'

Example 2 Byte 1 '81'

In the above example: Byte 2 indicates there are 5 characters in the string Byte 3 indicates bits 15 to 8 of the base pointer, and indicates a bit pattern of 0hhh hhhh h000 0000 as the 16 bit base pointer number. Bengali characters for example start at code position 0980 (0000 1001 1000 0000), which is indicated by the coding '13' in byte 3 (shown by the italicized digits). Byte 4 indicates GSM Default Alphabet character 53; e.g., "S". Byte 5 indicates a UCS2 character offset to the base pointer of '15', expressed in binary as follows 001 0101, which, when added to the base pointer value results in a sixteen bit value of 0000 1001 1001 0101, e.g.. '0995', which is the Bengali letter KA. Byte 8 contains the value 'FF', but as the string length is 5, this a valid character in the string, where the bit pattern 111 1111 is added to the base pointer, yielding a sixteen bit value of 0000 1001 1111 1111 for the UCS2 character (e.g.. '09FF'). Byte 9 contains the padding value 0xFF. 3. If the first byte of the alpha string is set to '0x82', then the second byte contains the length of the string (number of characters). The third and fourth bytes contain a 16-bit number that defines the complete 16-bit base pointer to a "half-page" in the UCS2 code space for use with some or all of the remaining bytes in the string. The fifth and subsequent bytes in the string contain coding as follows: If bit 8 of the byte is set to zero, the remaining 7 bits of the byte contain a GSM Default Alphabet character If bit 8 of the byte is set to one, the remaining 7 bits are an offset value added to the base pointer defined in bytes three and four, and the resultant 16 bit value is a UCS2 code point, and defines a UCS2 character. Example 3 Byte 1 '82' Byte 2 '05' Byte 3 '05' Byte 4 '30' Byte 5 '2D' Byte 6 '82' Byte 7 'D3' Byte 8 '2D' Byte 9 '31'

In the above example Byte 2 indicates there are 5 characters in the string Bytes 3 and 4 contain a sixteen bit base pointer number of '0530', pointing to the first character of the Armenian character set. Byte 5 contains a GSM Default Alphabet character of '2D', which is a dash "-". Byte 6 contains a value '82', which indicates it is an offset of '02' added to the base pointer, resulting in a UCS2 character code of '0532', which represents Armenian character Capital BEN. Byte 7 contains a value 'D3', an offset of '53', which when added to the base pointer results in a UCS2 code point of '0583', representing Armenian Character small PIWR.

Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. GSM Wireless AT Commands - PN S000293B

191

Appendix H Specification of Power Down Control via RS232

APPENDIX H - SPECIFICATION OF POWER DOWN CONTROL VIA RS232

This appendix describes how the power down mode of the product can be activated and deactivated via the RS232 serial link. Refer to +W32K to activate or deactivate the power down mode. In this appendix, the term DTE refers to the customer device driving the product, which is referred to as the DCE. The terms referring to the RS232 signals and levels are used according to recommendations V.24 and V.28. However they are worth at remembering: DTR is the circuit 108/2 TX is the circuit 103 RX is the circuit 102 CTS is the circuit 106 The logical level HIGH or ON corresponds to the electrical level of 12V, and the level LOW or OFF corresponds to 12 V The activation and deactivation are always initiated from the DTE and is carried out through the handshaking of DTR and CTS The power down mode can be entered only when the DCE is idle; that means when there is no connection to the network is in progress. Into the details: Whenever the DTE requests the DCE to enter the power down mode, the DTE drops (ON-to-OFF transition) DTR. From this time on, the DTE must not send any more characters on the TX line. The TX FIFO must be empty. The DCE acknowledges entry in the power down mode by dropping CTS within an interval of 5s after the DTR drop. However, during that period the DTE is prohibited from sending any more AT commands. AT responses can be sent back to the DTE even if the DCE is in power down mode (actually the DCE exits the power down mode, sends the AT response and enters back the power down mode). Therefore, the DTE can drop DTR just after sending an AT command and before receiving the AT response. The DCE is made to exit the power down mode by raising the DTR. DCE is not ready to receive further AT commands until it raises in turn CTS, which can take up to 2s from the DTR raise. Diagram Depicting Handshaking:

DTR CTS

2 4

6 7 8 XXXX XXXX 3 5 XXXX 9 XXXX

TX RX

1 XXXX

Description of the stages: 1: the DTE sends an AT command 2: the DTE drops DTR to make the DCE enter the power down mode. Warning: this mode will not really enter until CTS is dropped (stage 4). The DTE could also have dropped DTR after receiving the AT response (stage 3). 3: the DCE sends back the AT response (if any) 4: the DCE drops CTS and does enter the power down mode. 5: the DCE sends back an unsolicited response (for instance a RING or +SMTI (incoming SMS indication)) 6: the DTE wants to reply to that unsolicited response so it causes the DCE to exit the power down mode by raising its DTR. 7: in turn the DCE acknowledges the exit of the power down mode by raising CTS. 8) & 9) exchange of AT commands/responses. Note 1): Note 2): The DTE must not send any AT commands from stage 2 on up to stage 7. During the latency period (between stages 2 and 4) should the DTE want to abort the power down mode, it raises DTR and should wait for 150us before assessing CTS. If CTS is still high than the DCE has aborted the power down mode and is ready to receive AT commands. The 150us wait should get around the race condition between DTR raise and CTS drop.

Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. GSM Wireless AT Commands - PN S000293B

192

Appendix I Conditions for Command Execution and SIM Dependence

APPENDIX I - CONDITIONS FOR COMMAND EXECUTION AND SIM DEPENDENCE

The following table lists AT command execution syntax and the execution condition. The SIM dependency column indicates if the command behavior will vary if another card is used. For example, it will vary for phonebook reading commands. The Intermediate column indicates if intermediate response can occur.

General Commands
AT Commands AT+CGMI AT+CGMM AT+CGMR AT+CGSN AT+CSCS AT+WPCS AT+CIMI AT+CCID AT+GCAP A/ AT+CPOF AT+CFUN AT+CPAS AT+CMEE AT+CKPD AT+CCLK AT+CALA Conditions None None None None +WIND: 4 +WIND: 4 +WIND: 4 +WIND: 1 None Depends on previous command +WIND: 3 without SIM, +WIND: 1 with SIM None None None Depends of the sequence used +WIND: 4 None SIM dependence N N N N N N Y Y N Depends on prev. command N N N N Y/N Y N Intermediate N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N Y

Call Control Commands

AT commands ATD ATH ATA AT+CEER AT+VTD AT+VTS ATDL AT%D ATS0 AT+CICB AT+CSNS AT+VGR AT+VGT AT+CMUT AT+SPEAKER AT+ECHO AT+SIDET AT+VIP AT+DUI AT+HUI AT+RUI Conditions Depends of sequence used None None +WIND: 4 None None None None None None None None None None None None None None PIN PIN PIN SIM dependence Y/N N N Y N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N Intermediate Y N N N N N Y N N N N N N N N N N N N N N

Network Service Commands

AT commands AT+CSQ AT+COPS AT+CREG AT+WOPN AT+CPOL Conditions None +WIND: 4 None None +WIND: 7 SIM dependence N Y N N Y Intermediate N N Y N Y

Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. GSM Wireless AT Commands - PN S000293B

193

Appendix I Conditions for Command Execution and SIM Dependence

Security Commands
AT commands AT+CPIN AT+CPIN2 AT+CPINC AT+CLCK AT+CPWD Conditions +WIND: 1 after PIN entered +WIND: 1 +WIND: 4 +WIND: 4 SIM dependence Y Y Y Y Y Intermediate N N N N N

Phonebook Commands
AT commands AT+CPBS AT+CPBR AT+CPBF AT+CPBW AT+CPBP AT+CPBN AT+CNUM AT+WAIP AT+CSVM Conditions +WIND: 4 +WIND: 4 +WIND: 4 +WIND: 4 +WIND: 4 +WIND: 4 +WIND: 4 None +WIND: 4 SIM dependence Y Y Y Y Y Y Y N N Intermediate N Y Y N Y Y N N N

Short Messages Commands

AT commands AT+CSMS AT+CNMA AT+CPMS AT+CMGF AT+CSAS AT+CRES AT+CSDH AT+CNMI AT+CMGR AT+CMGL AT+CMGS AT+CMGW AT+CMSS AT+CSMP AT+CMGD AT+CSCA AT+CSCB AT+WCBM AT+WMSC AT+WMGO AT+WUSS Conditions +WIND: 4 +WIND: 4 +WIND: 4 +WIND: 4 SIM dependence Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y N Intermediate N N N N N N N N Y Y N Y N N N N N N Y N N

+WIND: 4 +WIND: 4 +WIND: 4 +WIND: 4 +WIND: 4 +WIND: 4 +WIND: 4 +WIND: 4 +WIND: 4 +WIND: 4 +WIND: 4 +WIND: 4 +WIND: 4 None

Supplementary Services Commands

AT commands AT+CCFC AT+CLCK AT+CPWD AT+CCWA AT+CLIR AT+CLIP AT+COLP AT+CAOC AT+CACM AT+CAMM AT+CPUC AT+CHLD AT+CLCC AT+CSSN AT+CUSD AT+CCUG Conditions +WIND: 4 +WIND: 4 +WIND: 4 +WIND: 4 +WIND: 4 +WIND: 4 +WIND: 4 +WIND: 4 +WIND: 4 +WIND: 4 +WIND: 4 +WIND: 4 None None None +WIND: 4 SIM dependence Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y N N N Y Intermediate N N N N N N N Y N N N N N N N Y

Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. GSM Wireless AT Commands - PN S000293B

194

Appendix I Conditions for Command Execution and SIM Dependence

Data Commands
AT commands AT+CBST AT+FCLASS AT+CR AT+CRC AT+ILRR AT+CRLP AT+DOPT AT%C AT+DS AT+DR \N Conditions None None None None +WIND: 4 None None None None None None SIM dependence N N N N N N N N N N N Intermediate N N N N N N N N N N N

Fax Commands
AT commands AT+FTM AT+FRM AT+FTH AT+FRH AT+FTS AT+FRS Conditions None None None None None None SIM dependence N N N N N N Intermediate N N N N N N

Class 2 Commands
AT commands AT+FDT AT+FDR AT+FET AT+FPTS AT+FK AT+FBOR AT+FBUF AT+FCQ AT+FCR AT+FDIS AT+FDCC AT+FLID AT+FPHCTO Conditions None None None None None None None None None None None None None SIM dependence N N N N N N N N N N N N N Intermediate N N N N N N N N N N N N N

V24-V25 Commands
AT commands AT+IPR AT+ICF AT+IFC AT&C AT&D AT&S ATO ATQ ATV ATZ AT&W AT&T ATE AT&F AT&V ATI AT+WMUX Conditions None None None None None None +WIND: 4 None None None None None None None None None None SIM dependence N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N Intermediate N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N

Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. GSM Wireless AT Commands - PN S000293B

195

Appendix I Conditions for Command Execution and SIM Dependence

Specific AT Commands
AT commands AT+CCED AT+WIND AT+ADC AT+CMER AT+WLPR AT+WLPW AT+WIOR AT+WIOW AT+WIOM AT+WAC AT+WTONE AT+WDTMF AT+WDWL AT+WVR AT+WDR AT+WSVG AT+WSTR AT+WSCAN AT+WRIM AT+W32K AT+WCDM AT+WCCS AT+WLCK AT+CPHS AT+WMIR AT+WCDP AT+WMBN AT+WOPEN AT+WRST AT+WSST Conditions None None None None +WIND: 1 +WIND: 1 None None None None None None None None None None None None None None None +WIND: 4 None (PIN for auto CNL) +WIND: 4 None None PIN None None None SIM dependence N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N (Y for auto CNL) Y N N Y N N N Intermediate N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N

SIM ToolKit Commands

AT commands AT+STSF AT+STIN AT+STGI AT+STGR Conditions None +WIND: 4 +WIND: 4 +WIND: 4 SIM dependence N Y Y Y Intermediate N N N N

Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. GSM Wireless AT Commands - PN S000293B

196

Index

INDEX
%
%C Select data compression............................................84 %D Automatic dialing with DTR ....................................23 +CLCC List current calls ................................................ 75 +CLCK Call barring........................................................ 67 +CLCK Facility lock....................................................... 41 +CLIP Calling Line Identification................................... 70 +CLIR Calling line identification restriction................... 69 +CME ERROR GPRS-related errors ............................ 159 +CME Error Result Code............................................... 161 +CMEC Mobile equipment control mode ..................... 107 +CMEE Report Mobile Equipment errors........................ 17 +CMER Mobile equipment event reporting .................. 105 +CMGD Delete message................................................. 61 +CMGF Preferred Message Format ................................ 54 +CMGL List message ..................................................... 58 +CMGR Read message ................................................... 57 +CMGS Send message.................................................... 59 +CMGW Write Message to Memory .............................. 59 +CMS ERROR Message service failure result code ...... 162 +CMSS Send Message from Storage .............................. 60 +CMUT Microphone Mute Control ................................ 26 +CNMA New Message Acknowledgement .................... 51 +CNMI New message indication .................................... 56 +CNUM Subscriber number ........................................... 47 +COLP Connected line identification presentation ......... 71 +COPN Read Operator Name ........................................ 37 +COPS Operator Selection.............................................. 31 +CPAS Phone activity status............................................ 16 +CPBF Find phonebook entries ...................................... 44 +CPBN Move action in phonebook ................................ 46 +CPBP Phonebook phone search .................................... 46 +CPBR Read phonebook entries ..................................... 44 +CPBS Select phonebook memory storage..................... 43 +CPBW Write phonebook entry ..................................... 45 +CPHS CPHS command ............................................... 118 +CPIN Enter PIN ............................................................ 38 +CPIN2 Enter PIN2 ........................................................ 40 +CPINC PIN remaining attempt number ........................ 40 +CPLS Selection of Preferred PLMN list ....................... 34 +CPMS Preferred Message Storage ................................ 53 +CPOF Power off............................................................. 15 +CPOL Preferred operator list ........................................ 35 +CPUC Price per unit and currency table ....................... 73 +CPWD Change password.............................................. 42 +CPWD Modify SS password......................................... 68 +CR Service reporting control ...................................... 156 +CR Service Reporting Control ...................................... 81 +CRC Cellular result codes........................................... 156 +CRC Cellular Result Codes........................................... 82 +CREG Network Registration......................................... 33 +CRLP Radio link protocol parameters .......................... 83 +CSAS Save Settings ...................................................... 54 +CSCA Service center address........................................ 62 +CSCB Select Cell Broadcast Message Types................ 62 +CSCS Select TE character set ........................................ 14 +CSDH Show text mode parameters............................... 55 +CSMP Set Text Mode Parameters................................. 60 +CSMS Select message service....................................... 51 +CSNS Single Numbering Scheme................................. 24 197

&
&C Set DCD signal .........................................................95 &D Set DTR signal..........................................................96 &F Restore factory settings .............................................98 &S Set DSR signal ..........................................................96 &T Auto-tests ..................................................................98 &V Display configuration ...............................................99 &W Save configuration ...................................................97

+
+ADC Analog digital converter measurements .............104 +CACM Accumulated call meter ....................................72 +CALA Alarm Management ............................................18 +CAMM Accumulated call meter maximum ..................73 +CAOC Advice of charge ...............................................72 +CBST Bearer Type Selection ........................................80 +CCED Cell environment description ...........................101 +CCFC Call forwarding ..................................................66 +CCID Card Identification ...............................................15 +CCLK Clock Management .............................................17 +CCUG Closed User Group ............................................78 +CCWA Call waiting ......................................................68 +CEER Extended error report..................................21, 157 +CEER, Failure Cause....................................................159 +CFUN Set phone functionality .......................................16 +CGACT PDP context activate or deactivate................146 +CGANS Manual response to network request for PDP context activation....................................................................154 +CGATT Attach or Detach............................................145 +CGAUTO Automatic response to network request for PDP context activation .......................................................153 +CGCLASS GPRS Mobile Station Class......................148 +CGDATA Enter Data State .........................................147 +CGDCONT Define PDP Context ................................140 +CGEREP GPRS Event Reporting................................150 +CGMI Manufacturer identification.................................13 +CGMM Request Model Identification............................13 +CGMR Request revision identification...........................13 +CGPADDR Show PDP Address..................................155 +CGQMIN Quality of Service Profile Minimum Acceptable ...................................................................................144 +CGQREQ Quality of Service Profile Requested .........142 +CGREG GPRS network registration status..................151 +CGSMS Select service for MO SMS messages...........149 +CHLD Call related supplementary services...................74 +CICB Incoming Call Bearer ..........................................24 +CIMI Request IMSI........................................................15 +CIND Indicator Control...............................................106 +CKPD Keypad control....................................................17

Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. GSM Wireless AT Commands - PN S000293B

Index +CSQ Signal Quality .......................................................30 +WMIR Customer storage mirror ................................. 122 +CSSN Supplementary Service Notifications .................76 +WMSC Message status modification ............................ 63 +CSVM Set Voice Mail Number.....................................49 +WMUX Multiplexing Mode ....................................... 100 +CUSD Unstructured Supplementary Service Data ........77 +WNON Network operator name ................................. 121 +DOPT Others radio link parameters ..............................83 +WOPEN Open AT control command.......................... 124 +DR V42bis data compression report..............................85 +WOPN Read operator name.......................................... 34 +DS V42bis data compression.........................................84 +WPCS Phonebook Character Set ................................... 14 +ECHO Echo Cancellation..............................................27 +WRIM Ring Indicator Mode....................................... 114 +FBOR Page transfer bit order ........................................89 +WRST Reset ............................................................... 125 +FBUF Buffer size report................................................89 +WSCAN Scan ............................................................. 114 +FCLASS Select Mode ...................................................81 +WSST Set standard tone.............................................. 126 +FCQ Copy quality checking ..........................................89 +WSTR Status Request................................................. 113 +FCR Capability to receive .............................................89 +WSVG Select Voice Gain........................................... 113 +FDCC DCE capabilities parameters ..............................91 +WSVN Write IMEI SVN ............................................. 127 +FDIS Current sessions parameters.................................90 +WTONE Play tone ...................................................... 110 +FDR Receive Data.........................................................88 +WUSS Unchange SMS Status....................................... 65 +FDT Transmit Data .......................................................88 +WVMI Unsolicited result voice mail indicator ........... 120 +FET Transmit page punctuation ....................................88 +WVR Voice Rate ........................................................ 112 +FK Terminate Session ...................................................89 +FLID Local ID string.....................................................91 3 +FPHCTO Page transfer timeout parameter....................91 +FPTS Page transfer status parameters............................88 32kHz power down mode +W32K................................ 115 +FRH HDLC receive speed.............................................87 +FRM Receive speed.......................................................86 A +FRS Receive silence ......................................................87 +FTH HDLC transmit speed............................................86 A Answer a call............................................................... 21 +FTM Transmit speed .....................................................86 A/ Repeat last command.................................................. 15 +FTS Stop transmission and wait ....................................87 Abort command +WAC ................................................ 110 +GCAP Capabilities list ...................................................15 Accumulated call meter +CACM.................................... 72 +ICF DTE-DCE character framing..................................94 Accumulated call meter maximum +CAMM .................. 73 +IFC DTE-DCE local flow control..................................95 Advice of charge +CAOC ............................................... 72 +ILRR DTE-DCE local rate reporting.............................82 Alarm Management +CALA........................................... 18 +IPR Fixed DTE rate .......................................................93 Alternate line service +WALS ...................................... 124 +SIDET SideTone modification ......................................29 Analog digital converter measurements +ADC............. 104 +SPEAKER Speaker & Microphone selection ................26 Answer a call A............................................................... 21 +STCR Unsolicited Result SIM ToolKit Control Response137 AT Command Examples ................................................ 182 +STGI SIM ToolKit Get Information............................134 Automatic answer S0 ...................................................... 23 +STGR SIM ToolKit Give Response ............................137 Automatic dialing with DTR %D.................................... 23 +STIN SIM ToolKit Indication .....................................133 Automatic response to network request for PDP context +STSF SIM ToolKit Set Facilities.................................131 activation +CGAUTO............................................... 153 +VGR, +VGT Gain control .............................................25 Auto-tests &T.................................................................. 98 +VIP Initialize Voice Parameters ....................................29 Avoid phonebook initialization +WAIP.......................... 48 +VTD, +VTS DTMF signals ...........................................22 +W32K 32kHz power down mode ................................115 B +WAC Abort command.................................................110 +WAIP Avoid phonebook initialization ..........................48 Back to online mode O.................................................... 96 +WALS Alternate line service........................................124 Bearer Type Selection +CBST ........................................ 80 +WATH Hang-up ..........................................................127 Buffer size report +FBUF................................................ 89 +WCBM Cell Broadcast Message Identifiers..................63 +WCCS Custom character set .......................................116 +WCDM Change default melody ..................................115 C +WCDP Change default player .....................................122 Call barring +CLCK........................................................ 67 +WCPI CPHS information ............................................121 Call forwarding +CCFC .................................................. 66 +WCSP Customer service profile..................................122 Call related supplementary services +CHLD .................. 74 +WDCI Unsolicited result diverted call indicator..........120 Call waiting +CCWA ...................................................... 68 +WDCP Delete Calls Phonebook ....................................48 Calling line identification presentation +CLIP................ 70 +WDR Data Rate...........................................................112 Calling line identification restriction +CLIR................... 69 +WDTMF Play DTMF tone ..........................................111 Capabilities list +GCAP ................................................... 15 +WDWL Downloading .................................................111 Capability to receive +FCR............................................. 89 +WGPRS GPRS Parameters Customization..................157 Card Identification +CCID.............................................. 15 +WIND General Indications..........................................103 Cell Broadcast Message Identifiers +WCBM .................. 63 +WIOM Input/Output Management ..............................109 Cell environment description +CCED........................... 101 +WIOR Read GPIO value .............................................108 Cellular result codes +CRC..................................... 82, 156 +WIOW Write GPIO value ...........................................109 Change default melody +WCDM.................................. 115 +WLCK Lock................................................................117 Change default player +WCDP ..................................... 122 +WLPR Read Language Preference ..............................107 Change password +CPWD.............................................. 42 +WLPW Write Language Preference ............................108 Clock Management +CCLK............................................ 17 +WMBN CPHS mail box number ..................................123 Closed User Group +CCUG............................................ 78 +WMBS Multi-band selection.......................................127 Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. GSM Wireless AT Commands - PN S000293B 198

Index Command line Select TE character set +CSCS................................... 14 AT .................................................................................11 Set phone functionality +CFUN ................................. 16 Command Type and Next Action Indicator ....................190 Commands, GPRS Commands, Call Control Automatic response to network request for PDP context Answer a call A...........................................................21 activation +CGAUTO ........................................... 153 Automatic answer S0 ..................................................23 Cellular result codes +CRC ...................................... 156 Automatic dialing with DTR %D................................23 Define PDP Context +CGDCONT ........................... 140 Dial command D ..........................................................19 Enter Data State +CGDATA..................................... 147 DTMF signals +VTD, +VTS.......................................22 Extended error report +CEER................................... 157 Echo Cancellation +ECHO .........................................27 GPRS Attach or Detach +CGATT............................ 145 Extended error report +CEER .....................................21 GPRS Event Reporting +CGEREP........................... 150 Gain control +VGR, +VGT.........................................25 GPRS Mobile Station Class +CGCLASS ................. 148 Hang-Up command H .................................................20 GPRS network registration status +CGREG............. 151 Incoming Call Bearer +CICB......................................24 GPRS Parameters Customization +WGPRS............. 157 Initialize Voice Parameters +VIP................................29 GPRS-related errors +CME ERROR ......................... 159 Microphone Mute Control +CMUT ............................26 Manual response to network request for PDP context Redial last telephone number DL ................................22 activation +CGANS .............................................. 154 SideTone modification +SIDET..................................29 PDP context activate or deactivate +CGACT ........... 146 Single Numbering Scheme +CSNS.............................24 Quality of Service Profile Minimum Acceptable +CGQMIN Speaker & Microphone selection +SPEAKER............26 ............................................................................... 144 Commands, Data Quality of Service Profile Requested +CGQREQ .... 142 Bearer Type Selection +CBST ....................................80 Request GPRS IP service D...................................... 152 Cellular result codes +CRC.........................................82 Select service for MO SMS messages +CGSMS ...... 149 DTE-DCE local rate reporting +ILRR ........................82 Service reporting control +CR .................................. 156 Others radio link parameters +DOPT ..........................83 Show PDP Address +CGPADDR............................. 155 Radio link protocol parameters +CRLP ......................83 Commands, Network Service Select data compression %C .......................................84 Network Registration +CREG .................................... 33 Select data error correcting mode \N...........................85 Operator Selection +COPS ......................................... 31 Select Mode +FCLASS...............................................81 Preferred operator list +CPOL .................................... 35 Service Reporting Control +CR ..................................81 Read Operator Name +COPN..................................... 37 V42bis data compression +DS ....................................84 Read operator name +WOPN ..................................... 34 V42bis data compression report +DR .........................85 Selection of Preferred PLMN list +CPLS ................... 34 Commands, Fax Signal Quality +CSQ .................................................. 30 HDLC receive speed +FRH ........................................87 Commands, Phonebook HDLC transmit speed +FTH .......................................86 Avoid phonebook initialization +WAIP ..................... 48 Receive silence +FRS..................................................87 Delete Calls Phonebook +WDCP ................................ 48 Receive speed +FRM ..................................................86 Find phonebook entries +CPBF.................................. 44 Stop transmission and wait +FTS................................87 Move action in phonebook +CPBN ............................ 46 Transmit speed +FTM.................................................86 Phonebook phone search +CPBP................................ 46 Commands, Fax Class 2 Read phonebook entries +CPBR................................. 44 Buffer size report +FBUF............................................89 Select phonebook memory storage +CPBS ................ 43 Capability to receive +FCR.........................................89 Set Voice Mail Number +CSVM................................ 49 Copy quality checking +FCQ......................................89 Subscriber number +CNUM ....................................... 47 Current sessions parameters +FDIS ............................90 Write phonebook entry +CPBW ................................. 45 DCE capabilities parameters +FDCC..........................91 Commands, Security Local ID string +FLID ................................................91 Change password +CPWD ......................................... 42 Page transfer bit order +FBOR....................................89 Enter PIN +CPIN ........................................................ 38 Page transfer status parameters +FPTS .......................88 Enter PIN2 +CPIN2 .................................................... 40 Page transfer timeout parameter +FPHCTO................91 Facility lock +CLCK .................................................. 41 Receive Data +FDR ....................................................88 Pin remaining attempt number +CPINC ..................... 40 Terminate Session +FK...............................................89 Commands, Short Messages Transmit Data +FDT ...................................................88 Cell Broadcast Message Identifiers +WCBM .............. 63 Transmit page punctuation +FET................................88 Delete message +CMGD ............................................ 61 Commands, General List message +CMGL ................................................. 58 Alarm Management +CALA.......................................18 Message overwriting +WMGO.................................... 64 Capabilities list +GCAP ...............................................15 Message status modification +WMSC........................ 63 Card Identification +CCID...........................................15 New Message Acknowledgement +CNMA ................ 51 Clock Management +CCLK........................................17 New message indication +CNMI ................................ 56 Keypad control +CKPD ..............................................17 Preferred Message Format +CMGF............................ 54 Manufacturer Identification +CGMI ............................13 Preferred Message Storage +CPMS........................... 53 Phone activity status +CPAS.......................................16 Read message +CMGR............................................... 57 Phonebook Character Set +WPCS ..............................14 Restore settings +CRES.............................................. 55 Power off +CPOF........................................................15 Save Settings +CSAS.................................................. 54 Product Serial Number +CGSN ..................................14 Select Cell Broadcast Message Types +CSCB ........... 62 Repeat last command A/..............................................15 Select message service +CSMS .................................. 51 Report Mobile Equipment errors +CMEE...................17 Send message +CMGS ............................................... 59 Request IMSI +CIMI ..................................................15 Send Message From Storage +CMSS ......................... 60 Request Model Identification +CGMM .......................13 Service center address +CSCA ................................... 62 Request revision identification +CGMR ......................13 Set Text Mode Parameters +CSMP ............................ 60 Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. GSM Wireless AT Commands - PN S000293B 199

Index Show text mode parameters +CSDH...........................55 Commands, V24-V25 Unchange SMS Status +WUSS....................................65 Auto-tests &T ............................................................. 98 Write Message to Memory +CMGW ..........................59 Back to online mode O ............................................... 96 Commands, SIM ToolKit DCE response format V .............................................. 97 SIM ToolKit Get Information +STGI .......................134 Default configuration Z............................................... 97 SIM ToolKit Give Response (+STGR) ......................137 Display configuration &V........................................... 99 SIM ToolKit Indication +STIN .................................133 DTE-DCE character framing +ICF............................. 94 SIM ToolKit Set Facilities +STSF ............................131 DTE-DCE local flow control +IFC............................. 95 Unsolicited Result SIM ToolKit Control Response +STCR Echo E......................................................................... 98 ...............................................................................137 Fixed DTE rate +IPR .................................................. 93 Commands, Specific Multiplexing Mode +WMUX ................................... 100 +WRST ......................................................................125 Request identification information I ........................... 99 32kHz power down mode +W32K.............................115 Restore factory settings &F......................................... 98 Abort command +WAC ............................................110 Result code suppression Q .......................................... 97 Alternate line service +WALS ..................................124 Save configuration &W .............................................. 97 Analog digital converter measurements +ADC.........104 Set DCD signal &C..................................................... 95 Cell environment description +CCED.......................101 Set DSR signal &S...................................................... 96 Change default melody +WCDM..............................115 Set DTR signal &D..................................................... 96 Change default player +WCDP .................................122 Connected line identification presentation +COLP ......... 71 CPHS command +CPHS...........................................118 Copy quality checking +FCQ.......................................... 89 CPHS information +WCPI........................................121 CPHS command +CPHS............................................... 118 CPHS mail box number +WMBN.............................123 CPHS information +WCPI............................................ 121 Custom character set +WCCS....................................116 CPHS Information Field................................................. 179 Customer service profile +WCSP .............................122 CPHS mail box number +WMBN................................. 123 Customer storage mirror +WMIR .............................122 CRES Restore settings .................................................... 55 Data Rate +WDR ......................................................112 Current sessions parameters +FDIS ................................ 90 Downloading +WDWL .............................................111 Custom character set +WCCS....................................... 116 General Indications +WIND .....................................103 Customer service profile +WCSP ................................. 122 Hang-up +WATH......................................................127 Customer storage mirror +WMIR ................................. 122 Indicator Control +CIND ..........................................106 Input/Output Management +WIOM..........................109 D Lock +WLCK............................................................117 Mobile equipment control mode +CMEC .................107 D Dial command ............................................................. 19 Mobile equipment event reporting +CMER ..............105 D Request GPRS IP service .......................................... 152 Multi-band selection +WMBS ..................................127 Data Commands and Multiplexing ............................ 178 Network operator name +WNON .............................121 Data packets ................................................................... 178 Open AT control command +WOPEN......................124 Data Rate +WDR .......................................................... 112 Play DTMF tone +WDTMF......................................111 DCE capabilities parameters +FDCC.............................. 91 Play tone +WTONE ..................................................110 DCE response format V .................................................. 97 Read GPIO value +WIOR.........................................108 Default configuration Z ................................................... 97 Read Language Preference +WLPR..........................107 Define PDP Context +CGDCONT................................ 140 Ring Indicator Mode +WRIM ....................................114 Delete Calls Phonebook +WDCP..................................... 48 Scan +WSCAN ..........................................................114 Delete message +CMGD................................................. 61 Select Voice Gain +WSVG.......................................113 Dial command D .............................................................. 19 Set standard tone +WSST..........................................126 Display configuration &V ............................................... 99 Status Request +WSTR .............................................113 DL Redial last telephone number .................................... 22 Unsolicited result diverted call indicator +WDCI .....120 Downloading +WDWL ................................................. 111 Unsolicited result voice mail indicator +WVMI .......120 DTE-DCE character framing +ICF ................................. 94 Voice Rate +WVR ....................................................112 DTE-DCE local flow control +IFC ................................. 95 Write GPIO value +WIOW.......................................109 DTE-DCE local rate reporting +ILRR ............................ 82 Write IMEI SVN +WSVN ........................................127 DTMF signals +VTD, +VTS........................................... 22 Write Language Preference +WLPW........................108 Commands, Supplementary Services E Accumulated call meter +CACM ................................72 Accumulated call meter maximum +CAMM ..............73 E Echo............................................................................. 98 Advice of charge +CAOC ...........................................72 Echo E............................................................................. 98 Call barring +CLCK....................................................67 Echo Cancellation +ECHO ............................................. 27 Call forwarding +CCFC ..............................................66 Enter Data State +CGDATA......................................... 147 Call related supplementary services +CHLD ..............74 Enter PIN +CPIN ............................................................ 38 Call waiting +CCWA ..................................................68 Enter PIN2 +CPIN2 ........................................................ 40 Calling line identification presentation +CLIP............70 Extended error report +CEER ................................. 21, 157 Calling line identification restriction +CLIR...............69 Closed User Group +CCUG........................................78 F Connected line identification presentation +COLP .....71 List current calls +CLCC .............................................75 Facility lock +CLCK....................................................... 41 Modify SS password +CPWD.....................................68 Failure cause .................................................................. 163 Price per unit and currency table +CPUC....................73 Failure cause for +CEER................................................ 159 Supplementary Service Notifications +CSSN .............76 Fax application setup........................................................ 87 Unstructured Supplementary Service Data +CUSD ....77 Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. GSM Wireless AT Commands - PN S000293B 200

Index Fax Class 2 indication messages.......................................92 Find phonebook entries +CPBF.......................................44 Fixed DTE rate +IPR .......................................................93

N
N Select data error correcting mode ................................ 85 Network operator name +WNON ................................. 121 Network Registration +CREG......................................... 33 Network requested PDP context activation .................... 152 New Message Acknowledgement +CNMA .................... 51 New message indication +CNMI .................................... 56

G
Gain control +VGR, +VGT .............................................25 General Indications +WIND..........................................103 GPRS AT command examples .......................................158 GPRS Attach or Detach +CGATT.................................145 GPRS Event Reporting +CGEREP................................150 GPRS Mobile Station Class +CGCLASS......................148 GPRS network registration status +CGREG..................151 GPRS Parameters Customization +WGPRS..................157 GPRS-related errors +CME ERROR.............................159 GSM call barring sequences list .....................................169 GSM call forwarding sequences list ...............................168 GSM call waiting sequences list .....................................169 GSM number presentation sequences list .......................169 GSM security sequences list ...........................................168 GSM sequences list ........................................................168

O
O Back to online mode.................................................... 96 Open AT control command +WOPEN.......................... 124 Operator names .............................................................. 170 Operator Selection +COPS.............................................. 31 Other radio link parameters +DOPT ............................... 83

P
Page transfer bit order +FBOR........................................ 89 Page transfer status parameters +FPTS ........................... 88 Page transfer timeout parameter +FPHCTO.................... 91 Parameters storage ......................................................... 166 PDP Context Activate or Deactivate +CGACT.............. 146 Phone activity status +CPAS........................................... 16 Phonebook Character Set +WPCS .................................. 14 Phonebook phone search +CPBP .................................... 46 PIN remaining attempt number +CPINC ........................ 40 Play DTMF tone +WDTMF.......................................... 111 Play tone +WTONE ...................................................... 110 Power down control via RS232...................................... 192 Power off +CPOF............................................................ 15 Preferred Message Format +CMGF ................................ 54 Preferred Message Storage +CPMS ................................ 53 Preferred operator list +CPOL ........................................ 35 Price per unit and currency table +CPUC ....................... 73 Product Serial Number +CGSN ...................................... 14

H
H Hang-Up command......................................................20 Hang-up +WATH ..........................................................127 Hang-Up command H......................................................20 HDLC receive speed +FRH.............................................87 HDLC transmit speed +FTH............................................86

I
I Request identification information ................................99 Incoming Call Bearer +CICB ..........................................24 Indicator Control +CIND...............................................106 Information responses, result codes..................................11 Initialization......................................................................12 Initialize Voice Parameters +VIP ....................................29 Input/Output Management +WIOM ..............................109

Q
Q Result code suppression .............................................. 97 Quality of Service Profile Minimum Acceptable +CGQMIN ................................................................................... 144 Quality of Service Profile Requested +CGQREQ......... 142

K
Keypad control +CKPD...................................................17

L
Line settings......................................................................11 List current calls +CLCC.................................................75 List message +CMGL......................................................58 Local ID string +FLID.....................................................91 Lock +WLCK................................................................117

R
Radio link protocol parameters +CRLP .......................... 83 Read GPIO value +WIOR............................................. 108 Read Language Preference +WLPR.............................. 107 Read message +CMGR ................................................... 57 Read Operator Name +COPN ......................................... 37 Read operator name +WOPN.......................................... 34 Read phonebook entries +CPBR ..................................... 44 Receive Data +FDR ........................................................ 88 Receive silence +FRS...................................................... 87 Receive speed +FRM ...................................................... 86 Redial last telephone number DL .................................... 22 Remote disconnection ...................................................... 21 Repeat last command A/ .................................................. 15 Report Mobile Equipment errors +CMEE....................... 17 Request GPRS IP service D .......................................... 152 Request identification information I................................ 99 Request IMSI +CIMI ....................................................... 15 Request Model Identification +CGMM ........................... 13 Request revision identification +CGMR .......................... 13 Reset +WRST ............................................................... 125 Restore factory settings &F............................................. 98 201

M
Manual response to network request for PDP context activation +CGANS....................................................................154 Manufacturer identification +CGMI.................................13 ME SIM ToolKit Support...............................................186 Message overwriting +WMGO .......................................64 Message status modification +WMSC.............................63 Microphone Mute Control +CMUT.................................26 Mobile equipment control mode +CMEC .....................107 Mobile equipment event reporting +CMER ..................105 Modify SS password +CPWD .........................................68 Move action in phonebook +CPBN.................................46 Multi-band selection +WMBS.......................................127 Multiplexing mode +WMUX .........................................100

Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. GSM Wireless AT Commands - PN S000293B

Index Restore settings +CRES...................................................55 Result code suppression Q...............................................97 Result codes unsolicited ..................................................................165 Result codes final............................................................165 Result codes intermediate ...............................................165 Ring Indicator Mode +WRIM .......................................114 SIM for UCS2, coding of alpha fields............................ 191 SIM Toolkit Error codes ................................................ 132 SIM ToolKit Get Information +STGI ........................... 134 SIM ToolKit Give Response +STGR............................ 137 SIM ToolKit Indication +STIN..................................... 133 SIM ToolKit Set Facilities +STSF ................................ 131 Single Numbering Scheme +CSNS................................. 24 Speaker & Microphone selection +SPEAKER................ 26 Specific error result codes .............................................. 162 Status Request +WSTR................................................. 113 Stop transmission and wait +FTS.................................... 87 Structure of Terminal Profile ......................................... 188 Subscriber number +CNUM ........................................... 47 Supplementary Service Notifications +CSSN ................. 76

S
S0 Automatic answer.......................................................23 Save configuration &W ...................................................97 Save Settings +CSAS ......................................................54 Scan +WSCAN..............................................................114 Select Cell Broadcast Message Types +CSCB ................62 Select data compression %C............................................84 Select data error correcting mode \N ...............................85 Select message service +CSMS.......................................51 Select Mode +FCLASS ...................................................81 Select phonebook memory storage +CPBS .....................43 Select service for MO SMS messages +CGSMS...........149 Select TE character set +CSCS........................................14 Select Voice Gain +WSVG ...........................................113 Selection of Preferred PLMN list +CPLS........................34 Send message +CMGS ....................................................59 Send Message from Storage +CMSS...............................60 Service center address +CSCA ........................................62 Service reporting control +CR.......................................156 Service Reporting Control +CR.......................................81 Set DCD signal &C .........................................................95 Set DSR signal &S ..........................................................96 Set DTR signal &D..........................................................96 Set phone functionality +CFUN ......................................16 Set standard tone +WSST ..............................................126 Set Text Mode Parameters +CSMP .................................60 Set Voice Mail Number +CSVM.....................................49 Short Messages Commands Parameters definition ...........50 Show PDP Address +CGPADDR..................................155 Show text mode parameters +CSDH ...............................55 SideTone modification +SIDET ......................................29 Signal Quality +CSQ .......................................................30 SIM Application ToolKit Overview ...............................128 SIM Card Insertion and Removal .....................................12 SIM Conditions Class 2 Commands .....................................................195 Data commands..........................................................195 Fax commands ...........................................................195 General commands.....................................................193 Specific AT commands ..............................................196 V24-V25 commands ..................................................195 SIM conditions for command execution and dependence193

T
Terminate Session +FK................................................... 89 Transmit Data +FDT ....................................................... 88 Transmit page punctuation +FET.................................... 88 Transmit speed +FTM..................................................... 86

U
Unchange SMS Status +WUSS....................................... 65 Unsolicited result diverted call indicator +WDCI ......... 120 Unsolicited Result SIM ToolKit Control Response +STCR137 Unsolicited result voice mail indicator +WVMI ........... 120 Unstructured Supplementary Service Data +CUSD........ 77 Using commands during data connection......................... 79

V
V DCE response format .................................................. 97 V42bis data compression +DS ........................................ 84 V42bis data compression report +DR ............................. 85 Voice Rate +WVR ........................................................ 112

W
Write GPIO value +WIOW........................................... 109 Write IMEI SVN +WSVN ............................................ 127 Write Language Preference +WLPW............................ 108 Write Message to Memory +CMGW .............................. 59 Write phonebook entry +CPBW ..................................... 45

Z
Z Default configuration................................................... 97

Multi-Tech Systems, Inc. GSM Wireless AT Commands - PN S000293B

202